Rename more widget nt* related files to equivalent tq*

Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro <michele.calgaro@yahoo.it>

78 files changed, 2139 insertions, 2139 deletions

diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt
index 3b551a89..713624f7 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ The QAccel class handles keyboard accelerator and shortcut keys.
 .PP
 A keyboard accelerator triggers an action when a certain key combination is pressed. The accelerator handles all keyboard activity for all the children of one top-level widget, so it is not affected by the keyboard focus.
 .PP
-In most cases, you will not need to use this class directly. Use the TQAction class to create actions with accelerators that can be used in both menus and toolbars. If you're only interested in menus use TQMenuData::insertItem() or TQMenuData::setAccel() to make accelerators for operations that are also available on menus. Many widgets automatically generate accelerators, such as QButton, QGroupBox, TQLabel (with TQLabel::setBuddy()), TQMenuBar and QTabBar. Example:
+In most cases, you will not need to use this class directly. Use the TQAction class to create actions with accelerators that can be used in both menus and toolbars. If you're only interested in menus use TQMenuData::insertItem() or TQMenuData::setAccel() to make accelerators for operations that are also available on menus. Many widgets automatically generate accelerators, such as TQButton, QGroupBox, TQLabel (with TQLabel::setBuddy()), TQMenuBar and TQTabBar. Example:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Each accelerator item consists of an identifier and a QKeySequence. A single key
 .PP
 When an accelerator key is pressed, the accelerator sends out the signal activated() with a number that identifies this particular accelerator item. Accelerator items can also be individually connected, so that two different keys will activate two different slots (see connectItem() and disconnectItem()).
 .PP
-The activated() signal is \fInot\fR emitted when two or more accelerators match the same key. Instead, the first matching accelerator sends out the activatedAmbiguously() signal. By pressing the key multiple times, users can navigate between all matching accelerators. Some standard controls like TQPushButton and TQCheckBox connect the activatedAmbiguously() signal to the harmless setFocus() slot, whereas activated() is connected to a slot invoking the button's action. Most controls, like TQLabel and QTabBar, treat activated() and activatedAmbiguously() as equivalent.
+The activated() signal is \fInot\fR emitted when two or more accelerators match the same key. Instead, the first matching accelerator sends out the activatedAmbiguously() signal. By pressing the key multiple times, users can navigate between all matching accelerators. Some standard controls like TQPushButton and TQCheckBox connect the activatedAmbiguously() signal to the harmless setFocus() slot, whereas activated() is connected to a slot invoking the button's action. Most controls, like TQLabel and TQTabBar, treat activated() and activatedAmbiguously() as equivalent.
 .PP
 Use setEnabled() to enable or disable all the items in an accelerator, or setItemEnabled() to enable or disable individual items. An item is active only when both the QAccel and the item itself are enabled.
 .PP
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Example:
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-See also QKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), QButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), QKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+See also QKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), TQButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), QKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "QAccel::QAccel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a QAccel object called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. The accelerator operates on \fIparent\fR.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt
index 0b91f3d7..e5d3b9a5 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ Example:
 .br
         #include <ntqapplication.h>
 .br
-        #include <ntqlistbox.h>
+        #include <tqlistbox.h>
 .br
 .br
         int main( int argc, char **argv )
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ Example:
 .br
             QApplication a( argc, argv );
 .br
-            QListBox b;
+            TQListBox b;
 .br
             a.setMainWidget( &b );
 .br
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ See also processEvents(), exec(), and TQTimer.
 .SH "void QApplication::quit ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Tells the application to exit with return code 0 (success). Equivalent to calling QApplication::exit( 0 ).
 .PP
-It's common to connect the lastWindowClosed() signal to quit(), and you also often connect e.g. QButton::clicked() or signals in TQAction, TQPopupMenu or TQMenuBar to it.
+It's common to connect the lastWindowClosed() signal to quit(), and you also often connect e.g. TQButton::clicked() or signals in TQAction, TQPopupMenu or TQMenuBar to it.
 .PP
 Example:
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt
index ab2cea4b..33b3d387 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling TQWidget::hide() on a w
 .PP
 You will almost always want to use QVBoxLayout and QHBoxLayout rather than QBoxLayout because of their convenient constructors.
 .PP
-See also QGrid, Layout Overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
+See also TQGrid, Layout Overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
 .SH "QBoxLayout::Direction"
 This type is used to determine the direction of a box layout.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt
index cf1be83c..74cd6752 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QButton 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQButton 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QButton \- The abstract base class of button widgets, providing functionality common to buttons
+TQButton \- The abstract base class of button widgets, providing functionality common to buttons
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqbutton.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqbutton.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQWidget.
 .PP
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ Inherited by TQCheckBox, TQPushButton, TQRadioButton, and TQToolButton.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQButton\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQButton\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QButton\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQButton\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const"
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Inherited by TQCheckBox, TQPushButton, TQRadioButton, and TQToolButton.
 .BI "bool \fBisExclusiveToggle\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
+.BI "TQButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SS "Public Slots"
@@ -166,17 +166,17 @@ Inherited by TQCheckBox, TQPushButton, TQRadioButton, and TQToolButton.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QButton class is the abstract base class of button widgets, providing functionality common to buttons.
+The TQButton class is the abstract base class of button widgets, providing functionality common to buttons.
 .PP
 \fBIf you want to create a button use TQPushButton.\fR
 .PP
-The QButton class implements an \fIabstract\fR button, and lets subclasses specify how to reply to user actions and how to draw the button.
+The TQButton class implements an \fIabstract\fR button, and lets subclasses specify how to reply to user actions and how to draw the button.
 .PP
-QButton provides both push and toggle buttons. The TQRadioButton and TQCheckBox classes provide only toggle buttons; TQPushButton and TQToolButton provide both toggle and push buttons.
+TQButton provides both push and toggle buttons. The TQRadioButton and TQCheckBox classes provide only toggle buttons; TQPushButton and TQToolButton provide both toggle and push buttons.
 .PP
 Any button can have either a text or pixmap label. setText() sets the button to be a text button and setPixmap() sets it to be a pixmap button. The text/pixmap is manipulated as necessary to create the "disabled" appearance when the button is disabled.
 .PP
-QButton provides most of the states used for buttons:
+TQButton provides most of the states used for buttons:
 .TP
 isDown() indicates whether the button is \fIpressed\fR down.
 .TP
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ The difference between isDown() and isOn() is as follows: When the user clicks a
 .PP
 Default buttons (as used in many dialogs) are provided by TQPushButton::setDefault() and TQPushButton::setAutoDefault().
 .PP
-QButton provides five signals: <ol type=1>
+TQButton provides five signals: <ol type=1>
 .TP
 pressed() is emitted when the button is pressed. E.g. with the mouse or when animateClick() is called.
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ toggled(bool) is emitted when the state of a toggle button changes.
 .TP
 stateChanged(int) is emitted when the state of a tristate toggle button changes.
 .PP
-If the button is a text button with an ampersand (&) in its text, QButton creates an automatic accelerator key. This code creates a push button labelled "Ro<u>c</u>k & Roll" (where the c is underlined). The button gets an automatic accelerator key, Alt+C:
+If the button is a text button with an ampersand (&) in its text, TQButton creates an automatic accelerator key. This code creates a push button labelled "Ro<u>c</u>k & Roll" (where the c is underlined). The button gets an automatic accelerator key, Alt+C:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
@@ -226,38 +226,38 @@ You can also set a custom accelerator using the setAccel() function. This is use
 .PP
 All of the buttons provided by TQt (TQPushButton, TQToolButton, TQCheckBox and TQRadioButton) can display both text and pixmaps.
 .PP
-To subclass QButton, you must reimplement at least drawButton() (to draw the button's outline) and drawButtonLabel() (to draw its text or pixmap). It is generally advisable to reimplement sizeHint() as well, and sometimes hitButton() (to determine whether a button press is within the button).
+To subclass TQButton, you must reimplement at least drawButton() (to draw the button's outline) and drawButtonLabel() (to draw its text or pixmap). It is generally advisable to reimplement sizeHint() as well, and sometimes hitButton() (to determine whether a button press is within the button).
 .PP
-To reduce flickering, QButton::paintEvent() sets up a pixmap that the drawButton() function draws in. You should not reimplement paintEvent() for a subclass of QButton unless you want to take over all drawing.
+To reduce flickering, TQButton::paintEvent() sets up a pixmap that the drawButton() function draws in. You should not reimplement paintEvent() for a subclass of TQButton unless you want to take over all drawing.
 .PP
-See also QButtonGroup and Abstract Widget Classes.
+See also TQButtonGroup and Abstract Widget Classes.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QButton::ToggleState"
+.SH "TQButton::ToggleState"
 This enum defines the state of a toggle button.
 .TP
-\fCQButton::Off\fR - the button is in the "off" state
+\fCTQButton::Off\fR - the button is in the "off" state
 .TP
-\fCQButton::NoChange\fR - the button is in the default/unchanged state
+\fCTQButton::NoChange\fR - the button is in the default/unchanged state
 .TP
-\fCQButton::On\fR - the button is in the "on" state
-.SH "QButton::ToggleType"
+\fCTQButton::On\fR - the button is in the "on" state
+.SH "TQButton::ToggleType"
 This enum type defines what a button can do in response to a mouse/keyboard press:
 .TP
-\fCQButton::SingleShot\fR - pressing the button causes an action, then the button returns to the unpressed state.
+\fCTQButton::SingleShot\fR - pressing the button causes an action, then the button returns to the unpressed state.
 .TP
-\fCQButton::Toggle\fR - pressing the button toggles it between an On and an Off state.
+\fCTQButton::Toggle\fR - pressing the button toggles it between an On and an Off state.
 .TP
-\fCQButton::Tristate\fR - pressing the button cycles between the three states On, Off and NoChange
+\fCTQButton::Tristate\fR - pressing the button cycles between the three states On, Off and NoChange
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QButton::QButton ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQButton::TQButton ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a standard button called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, using the widget flags \fIf\fR.
 .PP
-If \fIparent\fR is a QButtonGroup, this constructor calls QButtonGroup::insert().
-.SH "QButton::~QButton ()"
+If \fIparent\fR is a TQButtonGroup, this constructor calls TQButtonGroup::insert().
+.SH "TQButton::~TQButton ()"
 Destroys the button.
-.SH "QKeySequence QButton::accel () const"
+.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::animateClick ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::animateClick ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Performs an animated click: the button is pressed and released a short while later.
 .PP
 The pressed(), released(), clicked(), toggled(), and stateChanged() signals are emitted as appropriate.
@@ -265,12 +265,12 @@ The pressed(), released(), clicked(), toggled(), and stateChanged() signals are
 This function does nothing if the button is disabled.
 .PP
 See also accel.
-.SH "bool QButton::autoRepeat () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const"
 Returns TRUE if autoRepeat is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is activated (i.e. first pressed down and then released when the mouse cursor is inside the button), when the accelerator key is typed or when animateClick() is called. This signal is \fInot\fR emitted if you call setDown().
 .PP
-The QButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
+The TQButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR Don't launch a model dialog in response to this signal for a button that has autoRepeat turned on.
 .PP
@@ -278,96 +278,96 @@ See also pressed(), released(), toggled(), autoRepeat, and down.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp, listbox/listbox.cpp, network/clientserver/client/client.cpp, progressbar/progressbar.cpp, richtext/richtext.cpp, t2/main.cpp, and t4/main.cpp.
-.SH "void QButton::drawButton ( TQPainter * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::drawButton ( TQPainter * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws the button. The default implementation does nothing.
 .PP
 This virtual function is reimplemented by subclasses to draw real buttons. At some point, these reimplementations should call drawButtonLabel().
 .PP
 See also drawButtonLabel() and paintEvent().
-.SH "void QButton::drawButtonLabel ( TQPainter * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::drawButtonLabel ( TQPainter * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws the button text or pixmap.
 .PP
 This virtual function is reimplemented by subclasses to draw real buttons. It is invoked by drawButton().
 .PP
 See also drawButton() and paintEvent().
-.SH "QButtonGroup * QButton::group () const"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup * TQButton::group () const"
 Returns the group that this button belongs to.
 .PP
-If the button is not a member of any QButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
+If the button is not a member of any TQButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
 .PP
-See also QButtonGroup.
-.SH "bool QButton::hitButton ( const TQPoint & pos ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+See also TQButtonGroup.
+.SH "bool TQButton::hitButton ( const TQPoint & pos ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if \fIpos\fR is inside the clickable button rectangle; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 By default, the clickable area is the entire widget. Subclasses may reimplement it, though.
-.SH "bool QButton::isDown () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isDown () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is pressed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "down" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is an exclusive toggle; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "exclusiveToggle" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isOn () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isOn () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is toggled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "on" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isToggleButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isToggleButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is a toggle button; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "toggleButton" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Handles paint events for buttons. Small and typically complex buttons are painted double-buffered to reduce flicker. The actually drawing is done in the virtual functions drawButton() and drawButtonLabel().
 .PP
 See also drawButton() and drawButtonLabel().
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QButton::pixmap () const"
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQButton::pixmap () const"
 Returns the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is pressed down.
 .PP
 See also released() and clicked().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l network/httpd/httpd.cpp and popup/popup.cpp.
-.SH "void QButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void QButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether autoRepeat is enabled. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the button is pressed. See the "down" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setOn ( bool on )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setOn ( bool on )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Sets the state of this button to On if \fIon\fR is TRUE; otherwise to Off.
 .PP
 See also toggleState.
-.SH "void QButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setState ( ToggleState s )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setState ( ToggleState s )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Sets the toggle state of the button to \fIs\fR. \fIs\fR can be Off, NoChange or On.
-.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setToggleButton ( bool b )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setToggleButton ( bool b )\fC [protected]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE, this button becomes a toggle button; if \fIb\fR is FALSE, this button becomes a command button.
 .PP
 See also toggleButton.
-.SH "void QButton::setToggleType ( ToggleType type )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setToggleType ( ToggleType type )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Sets the toggle type of the button to \fItype\fR.
 .PP
 \fItype\fR can be set to SingleShot, Toggle and Tristate.
-.SH "ToggleState QButton::state () const"
+.SH "ToggleState TQButton::state () const"
 Returns the state of the toggle button. See the "toggleState" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On if the button is on, NoChange if it is in the" no change" state or Off if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 .PP
-See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState.
-.SH "TQString QButton::text () const"
+See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
+.SH "TQString TQButton::text () const"
 Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Toggles the state of a toggle button.
 .PP
 See also on, setOn(), toggled(), and toggleButton.
-.SH "ToggleType QButton::toggleType () const"
+.SH "ToggleType TQButton::toggleType () const"
 Returns the type of toggle on the button. See the "toggleType" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes status. \fIon\fR is TRUE if the button is on, or FALSE if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, or because setOn() was called.
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Set this property's value with setDown() and get this property's value with isDo
 .SH "bool exclusiveToggle"
 This property holds whether the button is an exclusive toggle.
 .PP
-If this property is TRUE and the button is in a QButtonGroup, the button can only be toggled off by another one being toggled on. The default is FALSE.
+If this property is TRUE and the button is in a TQButtonGroup, the button can only be toggled off by another one being toggled on. The default is FALSE.
 .PP
 Get this property's value with isExclusiveToggle().
 .SH "bool on"
@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@ This property holds the type of toggle on the button.
 .PP
 The default toggle type is SingleShot.
 .PP
-See also QButton::ToggleType.
+See also TQButton::ToggleType.
 .PP
 Get this property's value with toggleType().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqbutton.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqbutton.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt
index da6fc1c1..1b80ed5c 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QButtonGroup 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQButtonGroup 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QButtonGroup \- Organizes QButton widgets in a group
+TQButtonGroup \- Organizes TQButton widgets in a group
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqbuttongroup.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqbuttongroup.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits QGroupBox.
 .PP
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Inherited by QHButtonGroup and QVButtonGroup.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQButtonGroup\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQButtonGroup\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBisExclusive\fR () const"
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ Inherited by QHButtonGroup and QVButtonGroup.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetRadioButtonExclusive\fR ( bool )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsert\fR ( QButton * button, int id = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsert\fR ( TQButton * button, int id = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( QButton * button )"
+.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( TQButton * button )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QButton * \fBfind\fR ( int id ) const"
+.BI "TQButton * \fBfind\fR ( int id ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBid\fR ( QButton * button ) const"
+.BI "int \fBid\fR ( TQButton * button ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBcount\fR () const"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Inherited by QHButtonGroup and QVButtonGroup.
 .BI "virtual void \fBmoveFocus\fR ( int key )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QButton * \fBselected\fR () const"
+.BI "TQButton * \fBselected\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBselectedId\fR () const"
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Inherited by QHButtonGroup and QVButtonGroup.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QButtonGroup widget organizes QButton widgets in a group.
+The TQButtonGroup widget organizes TQButton widgets in a group.
 .PP
 A button group widget makes it easier to deal with groups of buttons. Each button in a button group has a unique identifier. The button group emits a clicked() signal with this identifier when a button in the group is clicked. This makes a button group particularly useful when you have several similar buttons and want to connect all their clicked() signals to a single slot.
 .PP
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ An exclusive button group switches off all toggle buttons except the one that wa
 .PP
 There are two ways of using a button group:
 .TP
-The button group is the parent widget of a number of buttons, i.e. the button group is the parent argument in the button constructor. The buttons are assigned identifiers 0, 1, 2, etc., in the order they are created. A QButtonGroup can display a frame and a title because it inherits QGroupBox.
+The button group is the parent widget of a number of buttons, i.e. the button group is the parent argument in the button constructor. The buttons are assigned identifiers 0, 1, 2, etc., in the order they are created. A TQButtonGroup can display a frame and a title because it inherits QGroupBox.
 .TP
 The button group is an invisible widget and the contained buttons have some other parent widget. In this usage, each button must be manually inserted, using insert(), into the button group and given an identifier.
 .PP
@@ -117,38 +117,38 @@ A button can be removed from the group with remove(). A pointer to a button with
 .PP
 See also TQPushButton, TQCheckBox, TQRadioButton, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a button group with no title.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a button group with the title \fItitle\fR.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a button group with no title. Child widgets will be arranged in \fIstrips\fR rows or columns (depending on \fIorientation\fR).
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a button group with title \fItitle\fR. Child widgets will be arranged in \fIstrips\fR rows or columns (depending on \fIorientation\fR).
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::clicked ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::clicked ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when a button in the group is clicked. The \fIid\fR argument is the button's identifier.
 .PP
 See also insert().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp and xform/xform.cpp.
-.SH "int QButtonGroup::count () const"
+.SH "int TQButtonGroup::count () const"
 Returns the number of buttons in the group.
-.SH "QButton * QButtonGroup::find ( int id ) const"
+.SH "TQButton * TQButtonGroup::find ( int id ) const"
 Returns the button with the specified identifier \fIid\fR, or 0 if the button was not found.
-.SH "int QButtonGroup::id ( QButton * button ) const"
+.SH "int TQButtonGroup::id ( TQButton * button ) const"
 Returns the id of \fIbutton\fR, or -1 if \fIbutton\fR is not a member of this group.
 .PP
 See also selectedId.
-.SH "int QButtonGroup::insert ( QButton * button, int id = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQButtonGroup::insert ( TQButton * button, int id = -1 )"
 Inserts the \fIbutton\fR with the identifier \fIid\fR into the button group. Returns the button identifier.
 .PP
 Buttons are normally inserted into a button group automatically by passing the button group as the parent when the button is constructed. So it is not necessary to manually insert buttons that have this button group as their parent widget. An exception is when you want custom identifiers instead of the default 0, 1, 2, etc., or if you want the buttons to have some other parent.
@@ -159,37 +159,37 @@ See also find(), remove(), and exclusive.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l listbox/listbox.cpp and xform/xform.cpp.
-.SH "bool QButtonGroup::isExclusive () const"
+.SH "bool TQButtonGroup::isExclusive () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button group is exclusive; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "exclusive" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButtonGroup::isRadioButtonExclusive () const"
+.SH "bool TQButtonGroup::isRadioButtonExclusive () const"
 Returns TRUE if the radio buttons in the group are exclusive; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "radioButtonExclusive" property for details.
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::moveFocus ( int key )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::moveFocus ( int key )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Moves the keyboard focus according to \fIkey\fR, and if appropriate checks the new focus item.
 .PP
 This function does nothing unless the keyboard focus points to one of the button group members and \fIkey\fR is one of Key_Up, Key_Down, Key_Left and Key_Right.
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::pressed ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::pressed ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when a button in the group is pressed. The \fIid\fR argument is the button's identifier.
 .PP
 See also insert().
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::released ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::released ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when a button in the group is released. The \fIid\fR argument is the button's identifier.
 .PP
 See also insert().
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::remove ( QButton * button )"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::remove ( TQButton * button )"
 Removes the \fIbutton\fR from the button group.
 .PP
 See also insert().
-.SH "QButton * QButtonGroup::selected () const"
+.SH "TQButton * TQButtonGroup::selected () const"
 Returns the selected toggle button if exactly one is selected; otherwise returns 0.
 .PP
 See also selectedId.
-.SH "int QButtonGroup::selectedId () const"
+.SH "int TQButtonGroup::selectedId () const"
 Returns the selected toggle button. See the "selectedId" property for details.
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::setButton ( int id )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::setButton ( int id )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the selected toggle button to \fIid\fR. See the "selectedId" property for details.
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::setExclusive ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::setExclusive ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the button group is exclusive. See the "exclusive" property for details.
-.SH "void QButtonGroup::setRadioButtonExclusive ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButtonGroup::setRadioButtonExclusive ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the radio buttons in the group are exclusive. See the "radioButtonExclusive" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "bool exclusive"
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ See also selected().
 Set this property's value with setButton() and get this property's value with selectedId().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqbuttongroup.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqbuttongroup.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt
index de7e76b5..49039da0 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Two or more TQCanvasView objects can view the same canvas.
 An arbitrary transformation matrix can be set on each TQCanvasView which makes it easy to zoom, rotate or shear the viewed canvas.
 .IP
 .TP
-Widgets provide a lot more functionality, such as input (QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent etc.) and layout management (QGridLayout etc.).
+Widgets provide a lot more functionality, such as input (QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent etc.) and layout management (TQGridLayout etc.).
 .IP
 .PP
 A canvas consists of a background, a number of canvas items organized by x, y and z coordinates, and a foreground. A canvas item's z coordinate can be treated as a layer number -- canvas items with a higher z coordinate appear in front of canvas items with a lower z coordinate.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt
index 0a964040..c78f10e0 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQCheckBox \- Checkbox with a text label
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqcheckbox.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QButton.
+Inherits TQButton.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Inherits QButton.
 .BI "bool \fBisExclusiveToggle\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
+.BI "TQButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBtoggle\fR ()"
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ The TQCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.
 .PP
 TQCheckBox and TQRadioButton are both option buttons. That is, they can be switched on (checked) or off (unchecked). The classes differ in how the choices for the user are restricted. Radio buttons define a "one of many" choice, whereas checkboxes provide" many of many" choices.
 .PP
-A QButtonGroup can be used to group check buttons visually.
+A TQButtonGroup can be used to group check buttons visually.
 .PP
 Whenever a checkbox is checked or cleared it emits the signal toggled(). Connect to this signal if you want to trigger an action each time the checkbox changes state. You can use isChecked() to query whether or not a checkbox is checked.
 .PP
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Just like TQPushButton, a checkbox can display text or a pixmap. The text can be
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QButton, TQRadioButton, Fowler: Check Box, and Basic Widgets.
+See also TQButton, TQRadioButton, Fowler: Check Box, and Basic Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "TQCheckBox::TQCheckBox ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a checkbox with no text.
@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
 Constructs a checkbox with text \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QKeySequence QButton::accel () const"
+.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::autoRepeat () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const"
 Returns TRUE if autoRepeat is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is activated (i.e. first pressed down and then released when the mouse cursor is inside the button), when the accelerator key is typed or when animateClick() is called. This signal is \fInot\fR emitted if you call setDown().
 .PP
-The QButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
+The TQButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR Don't launch a model dialog in response to this signal for a button that has autoRepeat turned on.
 .PP
@@ -165,70 +165,70 @@ See also pressed(), released(), toggled(), autoRepeat, and down.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp, listbox/listbox.cpp, network/clientserver/client/client.cpp, progressbar/progressbar.cpp, richtext/richtext.cpp, t2/main.cpp, and t4/main.cpp.
-.SH "QButtonGroup * QButton::group () const"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup * TQButton::group () const"
 Returns the group that this button belongs to.
 .PP
-If the button is not a member of any QButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
+If the button is not a member of any TQButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
 .PP
-See also QButtonGroup.
+See also TQButtonGroup.
 .SH "bool TQCheckBox::isChecked () const"
 Returns TRUE if the checkbox is checked; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "checked" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isDown () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isDown () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is pressed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "down" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is an exclusive toggle; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "exclusiveToggle" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isOn () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isOn () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is toggled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "on" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isToggleButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isToggleButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is a toggle button; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "toggleButton" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQCheckBox::isTristate () const"
 Returns TRUE if the checkbox is a tri-state checkbox; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "tristate" property for details.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QButton::pixmap () const"
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQButton::pixmap () const"
 Returns the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is pressed down.
 .PP
 See also released() and clicked().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l network/httpd/httpd.cpp and popup/popup.cpp.
-.SH "void QButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void QButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether autoRepeat is enabled. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
 .SH "void TQCheckBox::setChecked ( bool check )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets whether the checkbox is checked to \fIcheck\fR. See the "checked" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the button is pressed. See the "down" property for details.
 .SH "void TQCheckBox::setNoChange ()"
 Sets the checkbox to the "no change" state.
 .PP
 See also tristate.
-.SH "void QButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
 .SH "void TQCheckBox::setTristate ( bool y = TRUE )"
 Sets whether the checkbox is a tri-state checkbox to \fIy\fR. See the "tristate" property for details.
-.SH "ToggleState QButton::state () const"
+.SH "ToggleState TQButton::state () const"
 Returns the state of the toggle button. See the "toggleState" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On if the button is on, NoChange if it is in the" no change" state or Off if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 .PP
-See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState.
-.SH "TQString QButton::text () const"
+See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
+.SH "TQString TQButton::text () const"
 Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Toggles the state of a toggle button.
 .PP
 See also on, setOn(), toggled(), and toggleButton.
-.SH "void QButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes status. \fIon\fR is TRUE if the button is on, or FALSE if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, or because setOn() was called.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt
index cc030707..9afbc0ee 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
 .SH NAME
 TQCheckListItem \- Checkable list view items
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistview.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistview.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QListViewItem.
+Inherits TQListViewItem.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -25,25 +25,25 @@ Inherits QListViewItem.
 .BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQCheckListItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQCheckListItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQCheckListItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckListItem\fR ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "\fB~TQCheckListItem\fR ()"
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Inherits QListViewItem.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The TQCheckListItem class provides checkable list view items.
 .PP
-TQCheckListItems are used in QListViews to provide QListViewItems that are checkboxes, radio buttons or controllers.
+TQCheckListItems are used in TQListViews to provide TQListViewItems that are checkboxes, radio buttons or controllers.
 .PP
 Checkbox and controller check list items may be inserted at any level in a list view. Radio button check list items must be children of a controller check list item.
 .PP
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ The item can be checked or unchecked with setOn(). Its type can be retrieved wit
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem, QListView, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQListViewItem, TQListView, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
 .SH "TQCheckListItem::ToggleState"
 This enum specifies a TQCheckListItem's toggle state.
@@ -134,26 +134,26 @@ This enum type specifies a TQCheckListItem's type:
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQCheckListItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that a RadioButton must be the child of a RadioButtonController, otherwise it will not toggle.
-.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQCheckListItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQCheckListItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, which is after \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children, and with text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that a RadioButton must be the child of a RadioButtonController, otherwise it will not toggle.
-.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that this item must \fInot\fR be a RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
-.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, which is after \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children, with text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that this item must \fInot\fR be a RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
-.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that \fItt\fR must \fInot\fR be RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
-.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
+.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )"
 Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, which is after \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children, with text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that \fItt\fR must \fInot\fR be RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
-.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
+.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
 Constructs a RadioButtonController item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and pixmap \fIp\fR.
-.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
+.SH "TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
 Constructs a RadioButtonController item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and pixmap \fIp\fR.
 .SH "TQCheckListItem::~TQCheckListItem ()"
 Destroys the item, and all its children to any depth, freeing up all allocated resources.
 .SH "void TQCheckListItem::activate ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Toggle check box or set radio button to on.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListViewItem.
+Reimplemented from TQListViewItem.
 .SH "bool TQCheckListItem::isOn () const"
 Returns TRUE if the item is toggled on; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .SH "bool TQCheckListItem::isTristate () const"
@@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ See also setTristate().
 .SH "void TQCheckListItem::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, int column, int width, int align )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Paints the item using the painter \fIp\fR and the color group \fIcg\fR. The item is in column \fIcolumn\fR, has width \fIwidth\fR and has alignment \fIalign\fR. (See TQt::AlignmentFlags for valid alignments.)
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListViewItem.
+Reimplemented from TQListViewItem.
 .SH "void TQCheckListItem::paintFocus ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, const TQRect & r )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Draws the focus rectangle \fIr\fR using the color group \fIcg\fR on the painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListViewItem.
+Reimplemented from TQListViewItem.
 .SH "int TQCheckListItem::rtti () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns 1.
 .PP
 Make your derived classes return their own values for rtti(), and you can distinguish between list view items. You should use values greater than 1000, to allow for extensions to this class.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListViewItem.
+Reimplemented from TQListViewItem.
 .SH "void TQCheckListItem::setOn ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the button on if \fIb\fR is TRUE, otherwise sets it off. Maintains radio button exclusivity.
 .SH "void TQCheckListItem::setState ( ToggleState s )"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt
index b2e99a38..3321a20d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt
@@ -7,16 +7,16 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-TQCheckTableItem \- Checkboxes in QTables
+TQCheckTableItem \- Checkboxes in TQTables
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtable.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtable.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QTableItem.
+Inherits TQTableItem.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQCheckTableItem\fR ( QTable * table, const TQString & txt )"
+.BI "\fBTQCheckTableItem\fR ( TQTable * table, const TQString & txt )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetChecked\fR ( bool b )"
@@ -29,17 +29,17 @@ Inherits QTableItem.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The TQCheckTableItem class provides checkboxes in QTables.
+The TQCheckTableItem class provides checkboxes in TQTables.
 .PP
-A TQCheckTableItem is a table item which looks and behaves like a checkbox. The advantage of using TQCheckTableItems rather than real checkboxes is that a TQCheckTableItem uses far less resources than a real checkbox would in a QTable. When the cell has the focus it displays a real checkbox which the user can interact with. When the cell does not have the focus the cell \fIlooks\fR like a checkbox. Pixmaps may not be used in TQCheckTableItems.
+A TQCheckTableItem is a table item which looks and behaves like a checkbox. The advantage of using TQCheckTableItems rather than real checkboxes is that a TQCheckTableItem uses far less resources than a real checkbox would in a TQTable. When the cell has the focus it displays a real checkbox which the user can interact with. When the cell does not have the focus the cell \fIlooks\fR like a checkbox. Pixmaps may not be used in TQCheckTableItems.
 .PP
 TQCheckTableItem items have the edit type WhenCurrent (see EditType).
 .PP
 To change the checkbox's label use setText(). The checkbox can be checked and unchecked with setChecked() and its state retrieved using isChecked().
 .PP
-To populate a table cell with a TQCheckTableItem use QTable::setItem().
+To populate a table cell with a TQCheckTableItem use TQTable::setItem().
 .PP
-TQCheckTableItems can be distinguished from QTableItems and TQComboTableItems using their Run Time Type Identification (rtti) value.
+TQCheckTableItems can be distinguished from TQTableItems and TQComboTableItems using their Run Time Type Identification (rtti) value.
 .PP
 <center>
 .ce 1
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ TQCheckTableItems can be distinguished from QTableItems and TQComboTableItems us
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also rtti(), EditType, TQComboTableItem, QTableItem, TQCheckBox, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also rtti(), EditType, TQComboTableItem, TQTableItem, TQCheckBox, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "TQCheckTableItem::TQCheckTableItem ( QTable * table, const TQString & txt )"
+.SH "TQCheckTableItem::TQCheckTableItem ( TQTable * table, const TQString & txt )"
 Creates a TQCheckTableItem with an EditType of WhenCurrent as a child of \fItable\fR. The checkbox is initially unchecked and its label is set to the string \fItxt\fR.
 .SH "bool TQCheckTableItem::isChecked () const"
 Returns TRUE if the checkbox table item is checked; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ Returns 2.
 .PP
 Make your derived classes return their own values for rtti()to distinguish between different table item subclasses. You should use values greater than 1000, preferably a large random number, to allow for extensions to this class.
 .PP
-See also QTableItem::rtti().
+See also TQTableItem::rtti().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTableItem.
+Reimplemented from TQTableItem.
 .SH "void TQCheckTableItem::setChecked ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE the checkbox is checked; if \fIb\fR is FALSE the checkbox is unchecked.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt
index 14bafe16..239eda04 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .BI "const QValidator * \fBvalidator\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetListBox\fR ( QListBox * newListBox )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetListBox\fR ( TQListBox * newListBox )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBox * \fBlistBox\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListBox * \fBlistBox\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetLineEdit\fR ( TQLineEdit * edit )"
@@ -283,9 +283,9 @@ A combobox can be populated using the insert functions, insertStringList() and i
 .PP
 (Windows style)
 .PP
-Depending on the style, TQComboBox will use a QListBox or a TQPopupMenu to display the list of items. See setListBox() for more information.
+Depending on the style, TQComboBox will use a TQListBox or a TQPopupMenu to display the list of items. See setListBox() for more information.
 .PP
-See also TQLineEdit, QListBox, TQSpinBox, TQRadioButton, QButtonGroup, GUI Design Handbook: Combo Box, GUI Design Handbook: Drop-Down List Box, and Basic Widgets.
+See also TQLineEdit, TQListBox, TQSpinBox, TQRadioButton, TQButtonGroup, GUI Design Handbook: Combo Box, GUI Design Handbook: Drop-Down List Box, and Basic Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
 .SH "TQComboBox::Policy"
 This enum specifies what the TQComboBox should do when a new string is entered by the user.
@@ -432,8 +432,8 @@ Returns the position of the items inserted by the user. See the "insertionPolicy
 Returns the line edit, or 0 if there is no line edit.
 .PP
 Only editable listboxes have a line editor.
-.SH "QListBox * TQComboBox::listBox () const"
-Returns the current list box, or 0 if there is no list box. (TQComboBox can use TQPopupMenu instead of QListBox.) Provided to match setListBox().
+.SH "TQListBox * TQComboBox::listBox () const"
+Returns the current list box, or 0 if there is no list box. (TQComboBox can use TQPopupMenu instead of TQListBox.) Provided to match setListBox().
 .PP
 See also setListBox().
 .PP
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 Sets the position of the items inserted by the user to \fIpolicy\fR. See the "insertionPolicy" property for details.
 .SH "void TQComboBox::setLineEdit ( TQLineEdit * edit )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the line edit to use \fIedit\fR instead of the current line edit.
-.SH "void TQComboBox::setListBox ( QListBox * newListBox )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQComboBox::setListBox ( TQListBox * newListBox )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the combobox to use \fInewListBox\fR instead of the current list box or popup. As a side effect, it clears the combobox of its current contents.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR TQComboBox assumes that newListBox->text(n) returns non-null for 0 <= n < newListbox->count(). This assumption is necessary because of the line edit in TQComboBox.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt
index 3d0db43e..b372bc09 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt
@@ -7,16 +7,16 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-TQComboTableItem \- Means of using comboboxes in QTables
+TQComboTableItem \- Means of using comboboxes in TQTables
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtable.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtable.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QTableItem.
+Inherits TQTableItem.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQComboTableItem\fR ( QTable * table, const TQStringList & list, bool editable = FALSE )"
+.BI "\fBTQComboTableItem\fR ( TQTable * table, const TQStringList & list, bool editable = FALSE )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "\fB~TQComboTableItem\fR ()"
@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ Inherits QTableItem.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The TQComboTableItem class provides a means of using comboboxes in QTables.
+The TQComboTableItem class provides a means of using comboboxes in TQTables.
 .PP
-A TQComboTableItem is a table item which looks and behaves like a combobox. The advantage of using TQComboTableItems rather than real comboboxes is that a TQComboTableItem uses far less resources than real comboboxes in QTables. When the cell has the focus it displays a real combobox which the user can interact with. When the cell does not have the focus the cell \fIlooks\fR like a combobox. Only text items (i.e. no pixmaps) may be used in TQComboTableItems.
+A TQComboTableItem is a table item which looks and behaves like a combobox. The advantage of using TQComboTableItems rather than real comboboxes is that a TQComboTableItem uses far less resources than real comboboxes in TQTables. When the cell has the focus it displays a real combobox which the user can interact with. When the cell does not have the focus the cell \fIlooks\fR like a combobox. Only text items (i.e. no pixmaps) may be used in TQComboTableItems.
 .PP
 TQComboTableItem items have the edit type WhenCurrent (see EditType). The TQComboTableItem's list of items is provided by a TQStringList passed to the constructor.
 .PP
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ The list of items may be changed using setStringList(). The current item can be
 .PP
 If isEditable() is TRUE the TQComboTableItem will permit the user to either choose an existing list item, or create a new list item by entering their own text; otherwise the user may only choose one of the existing list items.
 .PP
-To populate a table cell with a TQComboTableItem use QTable::setItem().
+To populate a table cell with a TQComboTableItem use TQTable::setItem().
 .PP
-TQComboTableItems may be deleted with QTable::clearCell().
+TQComboTableItems may be deleted with TQTable::clearCell().
 .PP
-TQComboTableItems can be distinguished from QTableItems and TQCheckTableItems using their Run Time Type Identification number (see rtti()).
+TQComboTableItems can be distinguished from TQTableItems and TQCheckTableItems using their Run Time Type Identification number (see rtti()).
 .PP
 <center>
 .ce 1
@@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ TQComboTableItems can be distinguished from QTableItems and TQCheckTableItems us
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also TQCheckTableItem, QTableItem, TQComboBox, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQCheckTableItem, TQTableItem, TQComboBox, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "TQComboTableItem::TQComboTableItem ( QTable * table, const TQStringList & list, bool editable = FALSE )"
+.SH "TQComboTableItem::TQComboTableItem ( TQTable * table, const TQStringList & list, bool editable = FALSE )"
 Creates a combo table item for the table \fItable\fR. The combobox's list of items is passed in the \fIlist\fR argument. If \fIeditable\fR is TRUE the user may type in new list items; if \fIeditable\fR is FALSE the user may only select from the list of items provided.
 .PP
 By default TQComboTableItems cannot be replaced by other table items since isReplaceable() returns FALSE by default.
 .PP
-See also QTable::clearCell() and EditType.
+See also TQTable::clearCell() and EditType.
 .SH "TQComboTableItem::~TQComboTableItem ()"
 TQComboTableItem destructor.
 .SH "int TQComboTableItem::count () const"
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ Returns 1.
 .PP
 Make your derived classes return their own values for rtti()to distinguish between different table item subclasses. You should use values greater than 1000, preferably a large random number, to allow for extensions to this class.
 .PP
-See also QTableItem::rtti().
+See also TQTableItem::rtti().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTableItem.
+Reimplemented from TQTableItem.
 .SH "void TQComboTableItem::setCurrentItem ( int i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the list item \fIi\fR to be the combo table item's current list item.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt
index b42c75c6..fc0da29d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQDataTable \- Flexible SQL table widget that supports browsing and editing
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqdatatable.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QTable.
+Inherits TQTable.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ If you want a to present your data in a form use TQDataBrowser, or for read-only
 .PP
 When displaying data, TQDataTable only retrieves data for visible rows. If the driver supports the 'query size' property the TQDataTable will have the correct number of rows and the vertical scrollbar will accurately reflect the number of rows displayed in proportion to the number of rows in the dataset. If the driver does not support the 'query size' property, rows are dynamically fetched from the database on an as-needed basis with the scrollbar becoming more accurate as the user scrolls down through the records. This allows extremely large queries to be displayed as quickly as possible, with minimum memory usage.
 .PP
-TQDataTable inherits QTable's API and extends it with functions to sort and filter the data and sort columns. See setSqlCursor(), setFilter(), setSort(), setSorting(), sortColumn() and refresh().
+TQDataTable inherits TQTable's API and extends it with functions to sort and filter the data and sort columns. See setSqlCursor(), setFilter(), setSort(), setSorting(), sortColumn() and refresh().
 .PP
 When displaying editable cursors, cell editing will be enabled. (For more information on editable cursors, see TQSqlCursor). TQDataTable can be used to modify existing data and to add new records. When a user makes changes to a field in the table, the cursor's edit buffer is used. The table will not send changes in the edit buffer to the database until the user moves to a different record in the grid or presses Enter. Cell editing is initiated by pressing F2 (or right clicking and then clicking the appropriate popup menu item) and canceled by pressing Esc. If there is a problem updating or adding data, errors are handled automatically (see handleError() to change this behavior). Note that if autoEdit() is FALSE navigating to another record will cancel the insert or update.
 .PP
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Examples:
 .SH "void TQDataTable::adjustColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Resizes column \fIcol\fR so that the column width is wide enough to display the widest item the column contains (including the column label). If the table's TQSqlCursor is not currently active, the cursor will be refreshed before the column width is calculated. Be aware that this function may be slow on tables that contain large result sets.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTable.
+Reimplemented from TQTable.
 .SH "bool TQDataTable::autoDelete () const"
 Returns TRUE if the table will automatically delete the cursor specified by setSqlCursor(); otherwise returns FALSE.
 .SH "bool TQDataTable::autoEdit () const"
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ Editing takes place using the cursor's edit buffer (see TQSqlCursor::editBuffer(
 .PP
 \fIrow\fR and \fIcol\fR refer to the row and column in the TQDataTable.
 .PP
-(\fIreplace\fR is provided for reimplementors and reflects the API of QTable::beginEdit().)
+(\fIreplace\fR is provided for reimplementors and reflects the API of TQTable::beginEdit().)
 .SH "TQSql::Confirm TQDataTable::confirmCancel ( TQSql::Op m )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Protected virtual function which returns a confirmation for cancelling an edit mode of \fIm\fR. Derived classes can reimplement this function to provide their own cancel dialog. The default implementation uses a message box which prompts the user to confirm the cancel.
 .SH "bool TQDataTable::confirmCancels () const"
@@ -432,11 +432,11 @@ Returns the text used to represent NULL values. See the "nullText" property for
 .SH "int TQDataTable::numCols () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the number of columns in the table. See the "numCols" property for details.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTable.
+Reimplemented from TQTable.
 .SH "int TQDataTable::numRows () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the number of rows in the table. See the "numRows" property for details.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTable.
+Reimplemented from TQTable.
 .SH "void TQDataTable::paintField ( TQPainter * p, const TQSqlField * field, const TQRect & cr, bool selected )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Paints the \fIfield\fR on the painter \fIp\fR. The painter has already been translated to the appropriate cell's origin where the \fIfield\fR is to be rendered. \fIcr\fR describes the cell coordinates in the content coordinate system. The \fIselected\fR parameter is ignored.
 .PP
@@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ If \fIlabel\fR is specified, it is used as the column's header label, otherwise
 .PP
 See also setSqlCursor() and refresh().
 .SH "void TQDataTable::setColumnWidth ( int col, int w )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
-Sets the column \fIcol\fR to the width \fIw\fR. Note that unlike QTable the TQDataTable is not immediately redrawn, you must call refresh(TQDataTable::RefreshColumns) yourself.
+Sets the column \fIcol\fR to the width \fIw\fR. Note that unlike TQTable the TQDataTable is not immediately redrawn, you must call refresh(TQDataTable::RefreshColumns) yourself.
 .PP
 See also refresh().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTable.
+Reimplemented from TQTable.
 .SH "void TQDataTable::setConfirmCancels ( bool confirm )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the data table confirms cancel operations to \fIconfirm\fR. See the "confirmCancels" property for details.
 .SH "void TQDataTable::setConfirmDelete ( bool confirm )\fC [virtual]\fR"
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Sorts column \fIcol\fR in ascending order if \fIascending\fR is TRUE (the defaul
 .PP
 The \fIwholeRows\fR parameter is ignored; TQDataTable always sorts whole rows by the specified column.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTable.
+Reimplemented from TQTable.
 .SH "void TQDataTable::sortDescending ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sorts column \fIcol\fR in descending order.
 .PP
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ Returns the cursor used by the data table.
 .SH "TQString TQDataTable::text ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the text in cell \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, or an empty string if the cell is empty. If the cell's value is NULL then nullText() will be returned. If the cell does not exist then TQString::null is returned.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QTable.
+Reimplemented from TQTable.
 .SH "TQString TQDataTable::trueText () const"
 Returns the text used to represent true values. See the "trueText" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQDataTable::updateCurrent ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt
index 311cfbb5..651b632e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ TQDialog \- The base class of dialog windows
 .PP
 Inherits TQWidget.
 .PP
-Inherited by TQColorDialog, QErrorMessage, TQFileDialog, TQFontDialog, QInputDialog, QMessageBox, QMotifDialog, QProgressDialog, QTabDialog, and QWizard.
+Inherited by TQColorDialog, QErrorMessage, TQFileDialog, TQFontDialog, QInputDialog, QMessageBox, QMotifDialog, TQProgressDialog, TQTabDialog, and TQWizard.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ A \fBmodal\fR dialog is a dialog that blocks input to other visible windows in t
 .PP
 The most common way to display a modal dialog is to call its exec() function. When the user closes the dialog, exec() will provide a useful return value. Typically we connect a default button, e.g. "OK", to the accept() slot and a" Cancel" button to the reject() slot, to get the dialog to close and return the appropriate value. Alternatively you can connect to the done() slot, passing it Accepted or Rejected.
 .PP
-An alternative is to call setModal(TRUE), then show(). Unlike exec(), show() returns control to the caller immediately. Calling setModal(TRUE) is especially useful for progress dialogs, where the user must have the ability to interact with the dialog, e.g. to cancel a long running operation. If you use show() and setModal(TRUE) together you must call QApplication::processEvents() periodically during processing to enable the user to interact with the dialog. (See QProgressDialog.)
+An alternative is to call setModal(TRUE), then show(). Unlike exec(), show() returns control to the caller immediately. Calling setModal(TRUE) is especially useful for progress dialogs, where the user must have the ability to interact with the dialog, e.g. to cancel a long running operation. If you use show() and setModal(TRUE) together you must call QApplication::processEvents() periodically during processing to enable the user to interact with the dialog. (See TQProgressDialog.)
 .SH "Modeless Dialogs"
 A \fBmodeless\fR dialog is a dialog that operates independently of other windows in the same application. Find and replace dialogs in word-processors are often modeless to allow the user to interact with both the application's main window and with the dialog.
 .PP
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ A modeless dialog. After the show() call, control returns to the main event loop
     }
 .fi
 .PP
-See also QTabDialog, TQWidget, QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Dialogs, Standard, Abstract Widget Classes, and Dialog Classes.
+See also TQTabDialog, TQWidget, TQProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Dialogs, Standard, Abstract Widget Classes, and Dialog Classes.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
 .SH "TQDialog::DialogCode"
 The value returned by a modal dialog.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 .SH "void TQDialog::showExtension ( bool showIt )\fC [protected slot]\fR"
 If \fIshowIt\fR is TRUE, the dialog's extension is shown; otherwise the extension is hidden.
 .PP
-This slot is usually connected to the QButton::toggled() signal of a TQPushButton.
+This slot is usually connected to the TQButton::toggled() signal of a TQPushButton.
 .PP
 A dialog with a visible extension is not resizeable.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt
index 00b63b35..020a12ac 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QDockWindow \- Widget which can be docked inside a QDockArea or floated as a top
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqdockwindow.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 Inherited by TQToolBar.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt
index aa99b6db..ecdbfa14 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ TQEvent \- The base class of all event classes. Event objects contain event para
 .PP
 Inherits Qt.
 .PP
-Inherited by TQTimerEvent, QMouseEvent, QWheelEvent, QTabletEvent, QKeyEvent, QFocusEvent, TQPaintEvent, QMoveEvent, QResizeEvent, QCloseEvent, TQIconDragEvent, QShowEvent, QHideEvent, QContextMenuEvent, QIMEvent, TQDropEvent, TQDragLeaveEvent, QChildEvent, and QCustomEvent.
+Inherited by TQTimerEvent, QMouseEvent, QWheelEvent, TQTabletEvent, QKeyEvent, QFocusEvent, TQPaintEvent, QMoveEvent, QResizeEvent, QCloseEvent, TQIconDragEvent, QShowEvent, QHideEvent, QContextMenuEvent, QIMEvent, TQDropEvent, TQDragLeaveEvent, QChildEvent, and QCustomEvent.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt
index 0232858a..1ea10a2d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Inherits TQDialog.
 .BI "void \fBaddWidgets\fR ( TQLabel * l, TQWidget * w, TQPushButton * b )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBaddToolButton\fR ( QButton * b, bool separator = FALSE )"
+.BI "void \fBaddToolButton\fR ( TQButton * b, bool separator = FALSE )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBaddLeftWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )"
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ See also addRightWidget(), addWidgets(), and addToolButton().
 Adds the widget \fIw\fR to the right-hand side of the file dialog.
 .PP
 See also addLeftWidget(), addWidgets(), and addToolButton().
-.SH "void TQFileDialog::addToolButton ( QButton * b, bool separator = FALSE )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFileDialog::addToolButton ( TQButton * b, bool separator = FALSE )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Adds the tool button \fIb\fR to the row of tool buttons at the top of the file dialog. The button is appended to the right of this row. If \fIseparator\fR is TRUE, a small space is inserted between the last button of the row and the new button \fIb\fR.
 .PP
 See also addWidgets(), addLeftWidget(), and addRightWidget().
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt
index f491c8be..38a4cab4 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QFrame 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQFrame 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,18 +7,18 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QFrame \- The base class of widgets that can have a frame
+TQFrame \- The base class of widgets that can have a frame
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqframe.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqframe.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQWidget.
 .PP
-Inherited by QGroupBox, TQScrollView, QDockWindow, QGrid, QHBox, TQLabel, TQLCDNumber, TQLineEdit, TQMenuBar, TQPopupMenu, QProgressBar, QSplitter, TQToolBox, and TQWidgetStack.
+Inherited by QGroupBox, TQScrollView, QDockWindow, TQGrid, QHBox, TQLabel, TQLCDNumber, TQLineEdit, TQMenuBar, TQPopupMenu, TQProgressBar, QSplitter, TQToolBox, and TQWidgetStack.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQFrame\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQFrame\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBframeStyle\fR () const"
@@ -121,28 +121,28 @@ Inherited by QGroupBox, TQScrollView, QDockWindow, QGrid, QHBox, TQLabel, TQLCDN
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QFrame class is the base class of widgets that can have a frame.
+The TQFrame class is the base class of widgets that can have a frame.
 .PP
 It draws a frame and calls a virtual function, drawContents(), to fill in the frame. This function is reimplemented by subclasses. There are also two other less useful functions: drawFrame() and frameChanged().
 .PP
-TQPopupMenu uses this to "raise" the menu above the surrounding screen. QProgressBar has a "sunken" look. TQLabel has a flat look. The frames of widgets like these can be changed.
+TQPopupMenu uses this to "raise" the menu above the surrounding screen. TQProgressBar has a "sunken" look. TQLabel has a flat look. The frames of widgets like these can be changed.
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
     TQLabel label(...);
 .br
-    label.setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Raised );
+    label.setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Raised );
 .br
     label.setLineWidth( 2 );
 .br
 .br
-    QProgressBar pbar(...);
+    TQProgressBar pbar(...);
 .br
-    label.setFrameStyle( QFrame::NoFrame );
+    label.setFrameStyle( TQFrame::NoFrame );
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-The QFrame class can also be used directly for creating simple frames without any contents, although usually you would use a QHBox or QVBox because they automatically lay out the widgets you put inside the frame.
+The TQFrame class can also be used directly for creating simple frames without any contents, although usually you would use a QHBox or QVBox because they automatically lay out the widgets you put inside the frame.
 .PP
 A frame widget has four attributes: frameStyle(), lineWidth(), midLineWidth(), and margin().
 .PP
@@ -164,62 +164,62 @@ This table shows the most useful combinations of styles and widths (and some rat
 .PP
 See also Abstract Widget Classes.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QFrame::Shadow"
-This enum type defines the 3D effect used for QFrame's frame.
+.SH "TQFrame::Shadow"
+This enum type defines the 3D effect used for TQFrame's frame.
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::Plain\fR - the frame and contents appear level with the surroundings; draws using the palette foreground color (without any 3D effect)
+\fCTQFrame::Plain\fR - the frame and contents appear level with the surroundings; draws using the palette foreground color (without any 3D effect)
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::Raised\fR - the frame and contents appear raised; draws a 3D raised line using the light and dark colors of the current color group
+\fCTQFrame::Raised\fR - the frame and contents appear raised; draws a 3D raised line using the light and dark colors of the current color group
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::Sunken\fR - the frame and contents appear sunken; draws a 3D sunken line using the light and dark colors of the current color group
+\fCTQFrame::Sunken\fR - the frame and contents appear sunken; draws a 3D sunken line using the light and dark colors of the current color group
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::MShadow\fR - internal; mask for the shadow
+\fCTQFrame::MShadow\fR - internal; mask for the shadow
 .PP
-Shadow interacts with QFrame::Shape, the lineWidth() and the midLineWidth(). See the picture of the frames in the class description.
+Shadow interacts with TQFrame::Shape, the lineWidth() and the midLineWidth(). See the picture of the frames in the class description.
 .PP
-See also QFrame::Shape, lineWidth, and midLineWidth.
-.SH "QFrame::Shape"
-This enum type defines the shapes of a QFrame's frame.
+See also TQFrame::Shape, lineWidth, and midLineWidth.
+.SH "TQFrame::Shape"
+This enum type defines the shapes of a TQFrame's frame.
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::NoFrame\fR - QFrame draws nothing
+\fCTQFrame::NoFrame\fR - TQFrame draws nothing
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::Box\fR - QFrame draws a box around its contents
+\fCTQFrame::Box\fR - TQFrame draws a box around its contents
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::Panel\fR - QFrame draws a panel to make the contents appear raised or sunken
+\fCTQFrame::Panel\fR - TQFrame draws a panel to make the contents appear raised or sunken
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::StyledPanel\fR - draws a rectangular panel with a look that depends on the current GUI style. It can be raised or sunken.
+\fCTQFrame::StyledPanel\fR - draws a rectangular panel with a look that depends on the current GUI style. It can be raised or sunken.
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::HLine\fR - QFrame draws a horizontal line that frames nothing (useful as separator)
+\fCTQFrame::HLine\fR - TQFrame draws a horizontal line that frames nothing (useful as separator)
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::VLine\fR - QFrame draws a vertical line that frames nothing (useful as separator)
+\fCTQFrame::VLine\fR - TQFrame draws a vertical line that frames nothing (useful as separator)
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::GroupBoxPanel\fR - draws a rectangular panel
+\fCTQFrame::GroupBoxPanel\fR - draws a rectangular panel
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::WinPanel\fR - draws a rectangular panel that can be raised or sunken like those in Windows 95. Specifying this shape sets the line width to 2 pixels. WinPanel is provided for compatibility. For GUI style independence we recommend using StyledPanel instead.
+\fCTQFrame::WinPanel\fR - draws a rectangular panel that can be raised or sunken like those in Windows 95. Specifying this shape sets the line width to 2 pixels. WinPanel is provided for compatibility. For GUI style independence we recommend using StyledPanel instead.
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::ToolBarPanel\fR
+\fCTQFrame::ToolBarPanel\fR
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::MenuBarPanel\fR
+\fCTQFrame::MenuBarPanel\fR
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::PopupPanel\fR
+\fCTQFrame::PopupPanel\fR
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::LineEditPanel\fR - is used to draw a frame suitable for line edits. The look depends upon the current GUI style.
+\fCTQFrame::LineEditPanel\fR - is used to draw a frame suitable for line edits. The look depends upon the current GUI style.
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::TabWidgetPanel\fR - is used to draw a frame suitable for tab widgets. The look depends upon the current GUI style.
+\fCTQFrame::TabWidgetPanel\fR - is used to draw a frame suitable for tab widgets. The look depends upon the current GUI style.
 .TP
-\fCQFrame::MShape\fR - internal mask
+\fCTQFrame::MShape\fR - internal mask
 .PP
-When it does not call TQStyle, Shape interacts with QFrame::Shadow, the lineWidth() and the midLineWidth() to create the total result. See the picture of the frames in the class description.
+When it does not call TQStyle, Shape interacts with TQFrame::Shadow, the lineWidth() and the midLineWidth() to create the total result. See the picture of the frames in the class description.
 .PP
-See also QFrame::Shadow, QFrame::style(), and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
+See also TQFrame::Shadow, TQFrame::style(), and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QFrame::QFrame ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQFrame::TQFrame ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a frame widget with frame style NoFrame and a 1-pixel frame width.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "TQRect QFrame::contentsRect () const"
+.SH "TQRect TQFrame::contentsRect () const"
 Returns the rectangle inside the frame. See the "contentsRect" property for details.
-.SH "void QFrame::drawContents ( TQPainter * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::drawContents ( TQPainter * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Virtual function that draws the contents of the frame.
 .PP
 The TQPainter is already open when you get it, and you must leave it open. Painter transformations are switched off on entry. If you transform the painter, remember to take the frame into account and reset transformation before returning.
@@ -229,41 +229,41 @@ This function is reimplemented by subclasses that draw something inside the fram
 See also contentsRect and TQPainter::setClipRect().
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQLabel, TQLCDNumber, TQMenuBar, and TQPopupMenu.
-.SH "void QFrame::drawFrame ( TQPainter * p )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::drawFrame ( TQPainter * p )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws the frame using the painter \fIp\fR and the current frame attributes and color group. The rectangle inside the frame is not affected.
 .PP
 This function is virtual, but in general you do not need to reimplement it. If you do, note that the TQPainter is already open and must remain open.
 .PP
 See also frameRect, contentsRect, drawContents(), frameStyle(), and palette.
-.SH "void QFrame::frameChanged ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::frameChanged ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Virtual function that is called when the frame style, line width or mid-line width changes.
 .PP
 This function can be reimplemented by subclasses that need to know when the frame attributes change.
 .PP
 The default implementation calls update().
-.SH "TQRect QFrame::frameRect () const"
+.SH "TQRect TQFrame::frameRect () const"
 Returns the frame rectangle. See the "frameRect" property for details.
-.SH "Shadow QFrame::frameShadow () const"
+.SH "Shadow TQFrame::frameShadow () const"
 Returns the frame shadow value from the frame style. See the "frameShadow" property for details.
-.SH "Shape QFrame::frameShape () const"
+.SH "Shape TQFrame::frameShape () const"
 Returns the frame shape value from the frame style. See the "frameShape" property for details.
-.SH "int QFrame::frameStyle () const"
+.SH "int TQFrame::frameStyle () const"
 Returns the frame style.
 .PP
-The default value is QFrame::NoFrame.
+The default value is TQFrame::NoFrame.
 .PP
 See also setFrameStyle(), frameShape, and frameShadow.
 .PP
 Example: scrollview/scrollview.cpp.
-.SH "int QFrame::frameWidth () const"
+.SH "int TQFrame::frameWidth () const"
 Returns the width of the frame that is drawn. See the "frameWidth" property for details.
-.SH "int QFrame::lineWidth () const"
+.SH "int TQFrame::lineWidth () const"
 Returns the line width. See the "lineWidth" property for details.
-.SH "int QFrame::margin () const"
+.SH "int TQFrame::margin () const"
 Returns the width of the margin. See the "margin" property for details.
-.SH "int QFrame::midLineWidth () const"
+.SH "int TQFrame::midLineWidth () const"
 Returns the width of the mid-line. See the "midLineWidth" property for details.
-.SH "void QFrame::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * event )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * event )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Processes the paint event \fIevent\fR.
 .PP
 Paints the frame and the contents.
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Examples:
 .)l life/life.cpp and qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-.SH "void QFrame::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Processes the resize event \fIe\fR.
 .PP
 Adjusts the frame rectangle for the resized widget. The frame rectangle is elastic, and the surrounding area is static.
@@ -286,18 +286,18 @@ Nothing is done if the frame rectangle is a null rectangle already.
 Example: life/life.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-.SH "void QFrame::setFrameRect ( const TQRect & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::setFrameRect ( const TQRect & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the frame rectangle. See the "frameRect" property for details.
-.SH "void QFrame::setFrameShadow ( Shadow )"
+.SH "void TQFrame::setFrameShadow ( Shadow )"
 Sets the frame shadow value from the frame style. See the "frameShadow" property for details.
-.SH "void QFrame::setFrameShape ( Shape )"
+.SH "void TQFrame::setFrameShape ( Shape )"
 Sets the frame shape value from the frame style. See the "frameShape" property for details.
-.SH "void QFrame::setFrameStyle ( int style )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::setFrameStyle ( int style )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the frame style to \fIstyle\fR.
 .PP
 The \fIstyle\fR is the bitwise OR between a frame shape and a frame shadow style. See the illustration in the class documentation.
 .PP
-The frame shapes are given in QFrame::Shape and the shadow styles in QFrame::Shadow.
+The frame shapes are given in TQFrame::Shape and the shadow styles in TQFrame::Shadow.
 .PP
 If a mid-line width greater than 0 is specified, an additional line is drawn for Raised or Sunken Box, HLine, and VLine frames. The mid-color of the current color group is used for drawing middle lines.
 .PP
@@ -305,11 +305,11 @@ See also Illustration, frameStyle(), colorGroup, and TQColorGroup.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l cursor/cursor.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp, rangecontrols/rangecontrols.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, tabdialog/tabdialog.cpp, and tictac/tictac.cpp.
-.SH "void QFrame::setLineWidth ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::setLineWidth ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the line width. See the "lineWidth" property for details.
-.SH "void QFrame::setMargin ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::setMargin ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the width of the margin. See the "margin" property for details.
-.SH "void QFrame::setMidLineWidth ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQFrame::setMidLineWidth ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the width of the mid-line. See the "midLineWidth" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "TQRect contentsRect"
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ See also lineWidth and frameWidth.
 Set this property's value with setMidLineWidth() and get this property's value with midLineWidth().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqframe.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqframe.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt
index 60fe27c4..b09cac64 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt
@@ -447,11 +447,11 @@ See also currentCommand().
 .SH "void TQFtp::dataTransferProgress ( int done, int total )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted in response to a get() or put() request to indicate the current progress of the download or upload.
 .PP
-\fIdone\fR is the amount of data that has already been transferred and \fItotal\fR is the total amount of data to be read or written. It is possible that the TQFtp class is not able to determine the total amount of data that should be transferred, in which case \fItotal\fR is 0. (If you connect this signal to a QProgressBar, the progress bar shows a busy indicator if the total is 0).
+\fIdone\fR is the amount of data that has already been transferred and \fItotal\fR is the total amount of data to be read or written. It is possible that the TQFtp class is not able to determine the total amount of data that should be transferred, in which case \fItotal\fR is 0. (If you connect this signal to a TQProgressBar, the progress bar shows a busy indicator if the total is 0).
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR \fIdone\fR and \fItotal\fR are not necessarily the size in bytes, since for large files these values might need to be" scaled" to avoid overflow.
 .PP
-See also get(), put(), and QProgressBar::progress.
+See also get(), put(), and TQProgressBar::progress.
 .PP
 Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
 .SH "void TQFtp::done ( bool error )\fC [signal]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt
index d4c23747..6361e599 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QGrid 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQGrid 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,26 +7,26 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QGrid \- Simple geometry management of its children
+TQGrid \- Simple geometry management of its children
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqgrid.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqgrid.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQGrid\fR ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQGrid\fR ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQGrid\fR ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQGrid\fR ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBsetSpacing\fR ( int space )"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QGrid widget provides simple geometry management of its children.
+The TQGrid widget provides simple geometry management of its children.
 .PP
 The grid places its widgets either in columns or in rows depending on its orientation.
 .PP
@@ -40,17 +40,17 @@ Use setMargin() to add space around the grid itself, and setSpacing() to add spa
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also QVBox, QHBox, QGridLayout, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
+See also QVBox, QHBox, TQGridLayout, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QGrid::QGrid ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
-Constructs a grid widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. \fIn\fR specifies the number of columns. The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed to the QFrame constructor.
-.SH "QGrid::QGrid ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
-Constructs a grid widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. If \fIorient\fR is Horizontal, \fIn\fR specifies the number of columns. If \fIorient\fR is Vertical, \fIn\fR specifies the number of rows. The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed to the QFrame constructor.
-.SH "void QGrid::setSpacing ( int space )"
+.SH "TQGrid::TQGrid ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+Constructs a grid widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. \fIn\fR specifies the number of columns. The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
+.SH "TQGrid::TQGrid ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+Constructs a grid widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. If \fIorient\fR is Horizontal, \fIn\fR specifies the number of columns. If \fIorient\fR is Vertical, \fIn\fR specifies the number of rows. The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
+.SH "void TQGrid::setSpacing ( int space )"
 Sets the spacing between the child widgets to \fIspace\fR.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqgrid.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqgrid.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt
index 21b99cf1..d2fecc6b 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QGridLayout 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQGridLayout 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QGridLayout \- Lays out widgets in a grid
+TQGridLayout \- Lays out widgets in a grid
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqlayout.h>\fR
 .PP
@@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits QLayout.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQGridLayout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQGridLayout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQGridLayout\fR ( int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQGridLayout\fR ( int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQGridLayout\fR ( QLayout * parentLayout, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQGridLayout\fR ( QLayout * parentLayout, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QGridLayout\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQGridLayout\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual TQSize \fBsizeHint\fR () const"
@@ -134,15 +134,15 @@ Inherits QLayout.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QGridLayout class lays out widgets in a grid.
+The TQGridLayout class lays out widgets in a grid.
 .PP
-QGridLayout takes the space made available to it (by its parent layout or by the mainWidget()), divides it up into rows and columns, and puts each widget it manages into the correct cell.
+TQGridLayout takes the space made available to it (by its parent layout or by the mainWidget()), divides it up into rows and columns, and puts each widget it manages into the correct cell.
 .PP
 Columns and rows behave identically; we will discuss columns, but there are equivalent functions for rows.
 .PP
 Each column has a minimum width and a stretch factor. The minimum width is the greatest of that set using addColSpacing() and the minimum width of each widget in that column. The stretch factor is set using setColStretch() and determines how much of the available space the column will get over and above its necessary minimum.
 .PP
-Normally, each managed widget or layout is put into a cell of its own using addWidget(), addLayout() or by the auto-add facility. It is also possible for a widget to occupy multiple cells using addMultiCellWidget(). If you do this, QGridLayout will guess how to distribute the size over the columns/rows (based on the stretch factors).
+Normally, each managed widget or layout is put into a cell of its own using addWidget(), addLayout() or by the auto-add facility. It is also possible for a widget to occupy multiple cells using addMultiCellWidget(). If you do this, TQGridLayout will guess how to distribute the size over the columns/rows (based on the stretch factors).
 .PP
 To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling TQWidget::hide() on a widget also effectively removes the widget from the layout until TQWidget::show() is called.
 .PP
@@ -154,64 +154,64 @@ This illustration shows a fragment of a dialog with a five-column, three-row gri
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-Columns 0, 2 and 4 in this dialog fragment are made up of a TQLabel, a TQLineEdit, and a QListBox. Columns 1 and 3 are placeholders made with addColSpacing(). Row 0 consists of three TQLabel objects, row 1 of three TQLineEdit objects and row 2 of three QListBox objects. We used placeholder columns (1 and 3) to get the right amount of space between the columns.
+Columns 0, 2 and 4 in this dialog fragment are made up of a TQLabel, a TQLineEdit, and a TQListBox. Columns 1 and 3 are placeholders made with addColSpacing(). Row 0 consists of three TQLabel objects, row 1 of three TQLineEdit objects and row 2 of three TQListBox objects. We used placeholder columns (1 and 3) to get the right amount of space between the columns.
 .PP
 Note that the columns and rows are not equally wide or tall. If you want two columns to have the same width, you must set their minimum widths and stretch factors to be the same yourself. You do this using addColSpacing() and setColStretch().
 .PP
-If the QGridLayout is not the top-level layout (i.e. does not manage all of the widget's area and children), you must add it to its parent layout when you create it, but before you do anything with it. The normal way to add a layout is by calling parentLayout->addLayout().
+If the TQGridLayout is not the top-level layout (i.e. does not manage all of the widget's area and children), you must add it to its parent layout when you create it, but before you do anything with it. The normal way to add a layout is by calling parentLayout->addLayout().
 .PP
 Once you have added your layout you can start putting widgets and other layouts into the cells of your grid layout using addWidget(), addLayout() and addMultiCellWidget().
 .PP
-QGridLayout also includes two margin widths: the border and the spacing. The border is the width of the reserved space along each of the QGridLayout's four sides. The spacing is the width of the automatically allocated spacing between neighboring boxes.
+TQGridLayout also includes two margin widths: the border and the spacing. The border is the width of the reserved space along each of the TQGridLayout's four sides. The spacing is the width of the automatically allocated spacing between neighboring boxes.
 .PP
 Both the border and the spacing are parameters of the constructor and default to 0.
 .PP
-See also QGrid, Layout Overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
+See also TQGrid, Layout Overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QGridLayout::Corner"
+.SH "TQGridLayout::Corner"
 This enum identifies which corner is the origin (0, 0) of the layout.
 .TP
-\fCQGridLayout::TopLeft\fR - the top-left corner
+\fCTQGridLayout::TopLeft\fR - the top-left corner
 .TP
-\fCQGridLayout::TopRight\fR - the top-right corner
+\fCTQGridLayout::TopRight\fR - the top-right corner
 .TP
-\fCQGridLayout::BottomLeft\fR - the bottom-left corner
+\fCTQGridLayout::BottomLeft\fR - the bottom-left corner
 .TP
-\fCQGridLayout::BottomRight\fR - the bottom-right corner
+\fCTQGridLayout::BottomRight\fR - the bottom-right corner
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QGridLayout::QGridLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
-Constructs a new QGridLayout with \fInRows\fR rows, \fInCols\fR columns and parent widget, \fIparent\fR. \fIparent\fR may not be 0. The grid layout is called \fIname\fR.
+.SH "TQGridLayout::TQGridLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
+Constructs a new TQGridLayout with \fInRows\fR rows, \fInCols\fR columns and parent widget, \fIparent\fR. \fIparent\fR may not be 0. The grid layout is called \fIname\fR.
 .PP
 \fImargin\fR is the number of pixels between the edge of the widget and its managed children. \fIspace\fR is the default number of pixels between cells. If \fIspace\fR is -1, the value of \fImargin\fR is used.
-.SH "QGridLayout::QGridLayout ( int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
-Constructs a new grid with \fInRows\fR rows and \fInCols\fR columns. If \fIspacing\fR is -1, this QGridLayout inherits its parent's spacing(); otherwise \fIspacing\fR is used. The grid layout is called \fIname\fR.
+.SH "TQGridLayout::TQGridLayout ( int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
+Constructs a new grid with \fInRows\fR rows and \fInCols\fR columns. If \fIspacing\fR is -1, this TQGridLayout inherits its parent's spacing(); otherwise \fIspacing\fR is used. The grid layout is called \fIname\fR.
 .PP
 You must insert this grid into another layout. You can insert widgets and layouts into this layout at any time, but laying out will not be performed before this is inserted into another layout.
-.SH "QGridLayout::QGridLayout ( QLayout * parentLayout, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
-Constructs a new grid that is placed inside \fIparentLayout\fR with \fInRows\fR rows and \fInCols\fR columns. If \fIspacing\fR is -1, this QGridLayout inherits its parent's spacing(); otherwise \fIspacing\fR is used. The grid layout is called \fIname\fR.
+.SH "TQGridLayout::TQGridLayout ( QLayout * parentLayout, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
+Constructs a new grid that is placed inside \fIparentLayout\fR with \fInRows\fR rows and \fInCols\fR columns. If \fIspacing\fR is -1, this TQGridLayout inherits its parent's spacing(); otherwise \fIspacing\fR is used. The grid layout is called \fIname\fR.
 .PP
 This grid is placed according to \fIparentLayout\fR's default placement rules.
-.SH "QGridLayout::~QGridLayout ()"
+.SH "TQGridLayout::~TQGridLayout ()"
 Destroys the grid layout. Geometry management is terminated if this is a top-level grid.
 .PP
 The layout's widgets aren't destroyed.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::add ( QLayoutItem * item, int row, int col )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::add ( QLayoutItem * item, int row, int col )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Adds \fIitem\fR at position \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. The layout takes ownership of the \fIitem\fR.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addColSpacing ( int col, int minsize )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addColSpacing ( int col, int minsize )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Sets the minimum width of column \fIcol\fR to \fIminsize\fR pixels.
 .PP
 Use setColSpacing() instead.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addItem ( QLayoutItem * item, int row, int col )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addItem ( QLayoutItem * item, int row, int col )"
 Adds \fIitem\fR at position \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. The layout takes ownership of the \fIitem\fR.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addItem ( QLayoutItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addItem ( QLayoutItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds \fIitem\fR to the next free position of this layout.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayout.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addLayout ( QLayout * layout, int row, int col )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addLayout ( QLayout * layout, int row, int col )"
 Places the \fIlayout\fR at position (\fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR) in the grid. The top-left position is (0, 0).
 .PP
 \fIlayout\fR becomes a child of the grid layout.
@@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ See also addMultiCellLayout().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l listbox/listbox.cpp, progressbar/progressbar.cpp, t10/main.cpp, and t13/gamebrd.cpp.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addMultiCell ( QLayoutItem * item, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addMultiCell ( QLayoutItem * item, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )"
 Adds the \fIitem\fR to the cell grid, spanning multiple rows/columns.
 .PP
 The cell will span from \fIfromRow\fR, \fIfromCol\fR to \fItoRow\fR, \fItoCol\fR. Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR, which is a bitwise OR of TQt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addMultiCellLayout ( QLayout * layout, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addMultiCellLayout ( QLayout * layout, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )"
 Adds the layout \fIlayout\fR to the cell grid, spanning multiple rows/columns. The cell will span from \fIfromRow\fR, \fIfromCol\fR to \fItoRow\fR, \fItoCol\fR.
 .PP
 Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR, which is a bitwise OR of TQt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ A non-zero alignment indicates that the layout should not grow to fill the avail
 \fIlayout\fR becomes a child of the grid layout.
 .PP
 See also addLayout().
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addMultiCellWidget ( TQWidget * w, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addMultiCellWidget ( TQWidget * w, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )"
 Adds the widget \fIw\fR to the cell grid, spanning multiple rows/columns. The cell will span from \fIfromRow\fR, \fIfromCol\fR to \fItoRow\fR, \fItoCol\fR.
 .PP
 Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR, which is a bitwise OR of TQt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell.
@@ -247,13 +247,13 @@ See also addWidget().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l cursor/cursor.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, and progressbar/progressbar.cpp.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addRowSpacing ( int row, int minsize )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addRowSpacing ( int row, int minsize )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Sets the minimum height of row \fIrow\fR to \fIminsize\fR pixels.
 .PP
 Use setRowSpacing() instead.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::addWidget ( TQWidget * w, int row, int col, int alignment = 0 )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::addWidget ( TQWidget * w, int row, int col, int alignment = 0 )"
 Adds the widget \fIw\fR to the cell grid at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. The top-left position is (0, 0) by default.
 .PP
 Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR, which is a bitwise OR of TQt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell.
@@ -267,67 +267,67 @@ See also addMultiCellWidget().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, rot13/rot13.cpp, sql/overview/form1/main.cpp, sql/overview/form2/main.cpp, t14/gamebrd.cpp, and t8/main.cpp.
-.SH "TQRect QGridLayout::cellGeometry ( int row, int col ) const"
+.SH "TQRect TQGridLayout::cellGeometry ( int row, int col ) const"
 Returns the geometry of the cell with row \fIrow\fR and column \fIcol\fR in the grid. Returns an invalid rectangle if \fIrow\fR or \fIcol\fR is outside the grid.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR in the current version of TQt this function does not return valid results until setGeometry() has been called, i.e. after the mainWidget() is visible.
-.SH "int QGridLayout::colSpacing ( int col ) const"
+.SH "int TQGridLayout::colSpacing ( int col ) const"
 Returns the column spacing for column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also setColSpacing().
-.SH "int QGridLayout::colStretch ( int col ) const"
+.SH "int TQGridLayout::colStretch ( int col ) const"
 Returns the stretch factor for column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also setColStretch().
-.SH "void QGridLayout::expand ( int nRows, int nCols )"
-Expands this grid so that it will have \fInRows\fR rows and \fInCols\fR columns. Will not shrink the grid. You should not need to call this function because QGridLayout expands automatically as new items are inserted.
-.SH "TQSizePolicy::ExpandData QGridLayout::expanding () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::expand ( int nRows, int nCols )"
+Expands this grid so that it will have \fInRows\fR rows and \fInCols\fR columns. Will not shrink the grid. You should not need to call this function because TQGridLayout expands automatically as new items are inserted.
+.SH "TQSizePolicy::ExpandData TQGridLayout::expanding () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than sizeHint(). A value of Vertical or Horizontal means that it wants to grow in only one dimension, whereas \fCBothDirections\fR means that it wants to grow in both dimensions.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayout.
-.SH "bool QGridLayout::findWidget ( TQWidget * w, int * row, int * col )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQGridLayout::findWidget ( TQWidget * w, int * row, int * col )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Searches for widget \fIw\fR in this layout (not including child layouts). If \fIw\fR is found, it sets \fC<em>row</em>\fR and \fC<em>col</em>\fR to the row and column and returns TRUE; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 Note: if a widget spans multiple rows/columns, the top-left cell is returned.
-.SH "bool QGridLayout::hasHeightForWidth () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQGridLayout::hasHeightForWidth () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if this layout's preferred height depends on its width; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
-.SH "int QGridLayout::heightForWidth ( int w ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQGridLayout::heightForWidth ( int w ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the layout's preferred height when it is \fIw\fR pixels wide.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::invalidate ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::invalidate ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Resets cached information.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayout.
-.SH "TQSize QGridLayout::maximumSize () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQSize TQGridLayout::maximumSize () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the maximum size needed by this grid.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayout.
-.SH "TQSize QGridLayout::minimumSize () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQSize TQGridLayout::minimumSize () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the minimum size needed by this grid.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayout.
-.SH "int QGridLayout::numCols () const"
+.SH "int TQGridLayout::numCols () const"
 Returns the number of columns in this grid.
-.SH "int QGridLayout::numRows () const"
+.SH "int TQGridLayout::numRows () const"
 Returns the number of rows in this grid.
-.SH "Corner QGridLayout::origin () const"
+.SH "Corner TQGridLayout::origin () const"
 Returns the corner that's used for the grid's origin, i.e. for position (0, 0).
-.SH "int QGridLayout::rowSpacing ( int row ) const"
+.SH "int TQGridLayout::rowSpacing ( int row ) const"
 Returns the row spacing for row \fIrow\fR.
 .PP
 See also setRowSpacing().
-.SH "int QGridLayout::rowStretch ( int row ) const"
+.SH "int TQGridLayout::rowStretch ( int row ) const"
 Returns the stretch factor for row \fIrow\fR.
 .PP
 See also setRowStretch().
-.SH "void QGridLayout::setColSpacing ( int col, int minSize )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::setColSpacing ( int col, int minSize )"
 Sets the minimum width of column \fIcol\fR to \fIminSize\fR pixels.
 .PP
 See also colSpacing() and setRowSpacing().
-.SH "void QGridLayout::setColStretch ( int col, int stretch )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::setColStretch ( int col, int stretch )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the stretch factor of column \fIcol\fR to \fIstretch\fR. The first column is number 0.
 .PP
 The stretch factor is relative to the other columns in this grid. Columns with a higher stretch factor take more of the available space.
@@ -338,17 +338,17 @@ See also colStretch(), addColSpacing(), and setRowStretch().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l layout/layout.cpp, t14/gamebrd.cpp, and t8/main.cpp.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::setGeometry ( const TQRect & r )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::setGeometry ( const TQRect & r )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Resizes managed widgets within the rectangle \fIr\fR.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayout.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::setOrigin ( Corner c )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::setOrigin ( Corner c )"
 Sets the grid's origin corner, i.e. position (0, 0), to \fIc\fR.
-.SH "void QGridLayout::setRowSpacing ( int row, int minSize )"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::setRowSpacing ( int row, int minSize )"
 Sets the minimum height of row \fIrow\fR to \fIminSize\fR pixels.
 .PP
 See also rowSpacing() and setColSpacing().
-.SH "void QGridLayout::setRowStretch ( int row, int stretch )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridLayout::setRowStretch ( int row, int stretch )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the stretch factor of row \fIrow\fR to \fIstretch\fR. The first row is number 0.
 .PP
 The stretch factor is relative to the other rows in this grid. Rows with a higher stretch factor take more of the available space.
@@ -359,13 +359,13 @@ See also rowStretch(), setRowSpacing(), and setColStretch().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp and qutlook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "TQSize QGridLayout::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQSize TQGridLayout::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the preferred size of this grid.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qgridlayout.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqgridlayout.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt
index 39ec3698..821d0855 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QGridView 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQGridView 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QGridView \- Abstract base for fixed-size grids
+TQGridView \- Abstract base for fixed-size grids
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqgridview.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqgridview.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQScrollView.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQGridView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQGridView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QGridView\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQGridView\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBnumRows\fR () const"
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QGridView class provides an abstract base for fixed-size grids.
+The TQGridView class provides an abstract base for fixed-size grids.
 .PP
 A grid view consists of a number of abstract cells organized in rows and columns. The cells have a fixed size and are identified with a row index and a column index. The top-left cell is in row 0, column 0. The bottom-right cell is in row numRows()-1, column numCols()-1.
 .PP
@@ -110,43 +110,43 @@ If you need to monitor changes to the grid's dimensions (i.e. when numRows or nu
 .PP
 Note: the row and column indices are always given in the order, row (vertical offset) then column (horizontal offset). This order is the opposite of all pixel operations, which are given in the order x (horizontal offset), y (vertical offset).
 .PP
-QGridView is a very simple abstract class based on TQScrollView. It is designed to simplify the task of drawing many cells of the same size in a potentially scrollable canvas. If you need rows and columns with different sizes, use a QTable instead. If you need a simple list of items, use a QListBox. If you need to present hierachical data use a QListView, and if you need random objects at random positions, consider using either a TQIconView or a TQCanvas.
+TQGridView is a very simple abstract class based on TQScrollView. It is designed to simplify the task of drawing many cells of the same size in a potentially scrollable canvas. If you need rows and columns with different sizes, use a TQTable instead. If you need a simple list of items, use a TQListBox. If you need to present hierachical data use a TQListView, and if you need random objects at random positions, consider using either a TQIconView or a TQCanvas.
 .PP
 See also Abstract Widget Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QGridView::QGridView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQGridView::TQGridView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a grid view.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the TQScrollView constructor.
-.SH "QGridView::~QGridView ()"
+.SH "TQGridView::~TQGridView ()"
 Destroys the grid view.
-.SH "TQRect QGridView::cellGeometry ( int row, int column )"
+.SH "TQRect TQGridView::cellGeometry ( int row, int column )"
 Returns the geometry of cell (\fIrow\fR, \fIcolumn\fR) in the content coordinate system.
 .PP
 See also cellRect().
-.SH "int QGridView::cellHeight () const"
+.SH "int TQGridView::cellHeight () const"
 Returns the height of a grid row. See the "cellHeight" property for details.
-.SH "TQRect QGridView::cellRect () const"
+.SH "TQRect TQGridView::cellRect () const"
 Returns the geometry of a cell in a cell's coordinate system. This is a convenience function useful in paintCell(). It is equivalent to TQRect( 0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight() ).
 .PP
 See also cellGeometry().
-.SH "int QGridView::cellWidth () const"
+.SH "int TQGridView::cellWidth () const"
 Returns the width of a grid column. See the "cellWidth" property for details.
-.SH "int QGridView::columnAt ( int x ) const"
+.SH "int TQGridView::columnAt ( int x ) const"
 Returns the number of the column at position \fIx\fR. \fIx\fR must be given in content coordinates.
 .PP
 See also rowAt().
-.SH "void QGridView::dimensionChange ( int oldNumRows, int oldNumCols )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridView::dimensionChange ( int oldNumRows, int oldNumCols )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This change handler is called whenever any of the grid's dimensions change. \fIoldNumRows\fR and \fIoldNumCols\fR contain the old dimensions, numRows() and numCols() contain the new dimensions.
-.SH "void QGridView::ensureCellVisible ( int row, int column )"
+.SH "void TQGridView::ensureCellVisible ( int row, int column )"
 Ensures cell (\fIrow\fR, \fIcolumn\fR) is visible, scrolling the grid view if necessary.
-.SH "TQSize QGridView::gridSize () const"
+.SH "TQSize TQGridView::gridSize () const"
 Returns the size of the grid in pixels.
-.SH "int QGridView::numCols () const"
+.SH "int TQGridView::numCols () const"
 Returns the number of columns in the grid. See the "numCols" property for details.
-.SH "int QGridView::numRows () const"
+.SH "int TQGridView::numRows () const"
 Returns the number of rows in the grid. See the "numRows" property for details.
-.SH "void QGridView::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col )\fC [pure virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridView::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col )\fC [pure virtual protected]\fR"
 This pure virtual function is called to paint the single cell at (\fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR) using painter \fIp\fR. The painter must be open when paintCell() is called and must remain open.
 .PP
 The coordinate system is translated so that the origin is at the top-left corner of the cell to be painted, i.e. \fIcell\fR coordinates. Do not scale or shear the coordinate system (or if you do, restore the transformation matrix before you return).
@@ -163,29 +163,29 @@ The painter is not clipped by default in order to get maximum efficiency. If you
 .br
 .br
 .fi
-.SH "void QGridView::paintEmptyArea ( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridView::paintEmptyArea ( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function fills the \fIcw\fR pixels wide and \fIch\fR pixels high rectangle starting at position (\fIcx\fR, \fIcy\fR) with the background color using the painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
 paintEmptyArea() is invoked by drawContents() to erase or fill unused areas.
-.SH "void QGridView::repaintCell ( int row, int column, bool erase = TRUE )"
+.SH "void TQGridView::repaintCell ( int row, int column, bool erase = TRUE )"
 Repaints cell (\fIrow\fR, \fIcolumn\fR).
 .PP
 If \fIerase\fR is TRUE, TQt erases the area of the cell before the paintCell() call; otherwise no erasing takes place.
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::repaint().
-.SH "int QGridView::rowAt ( int y ) const"
+.SH "int TQGridView::rowAt ( int y ) const"
 Returns the number of the row at position \fIy\fR. \fIy\fR must be given in content coordinates.
 .PP
 See also columnAt().
-.SH "void QGridView::setCellHeight ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridView::setCellHeight ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the height of a grid row. See the "cellHeight" property for details.
-.SH "void QGridView::setCellWidth ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridView::setCellWidth ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the width of a grid column. See the "cellWidth" property for details.
-.SH "void QGridView::setNumCols ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridView::setNumCols ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the number of columns in the grid. See the "numCols" property for details.
-.SH "void QGridView::setNumRows ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQGridView::setNumRows ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the number of rows in the grid. See the "numRows" property for details.
-.SH "void QGridView::updateCell ( int row, int column )"
+.SH "void TQGridView::updateCell ( int row, int column )"
 Updates cell (\fIrow\fR, \fIcolumn\fR).
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::update().
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Set this property's value with setNumRows() and get this property's value with n
 See also numCols.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqgridview.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqgridview.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt
index deee304d..d663b5c5 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ QGroupBox \- Group box frame with a title
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqgroupbox.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
-Inherited by QButtonGroup, QHGroupBox, and QVGroupBox.
+Inherited by TQButtonGroup, QHGroupBox, and QVGroupBox.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ You can change the spacing used by the group box with setInsideMargin() and setI
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
+See also TQButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a group box widget with no title.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt
index e92e26a4..46e2541c 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QHBox \- Horizontal geometry management for its child widgets
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqhbox.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 Inherited by QVBox.
 .PP
@@ -46,16 +46,16 @@ Use setMargin() to add space around the edges, and use setSpacing() to add space
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also QHBoxLayout, QVBox, QGrid, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
+See also QHBoxLayout, QVBox, TQGrid, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "QHBox::QHBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
-Constructs an hbox widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. The parent, name and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+Constructs an hbox widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. The parent, name and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .SH "QHBox::QHBox ( bool horizontal, TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Constructs a horizontal hbox if \fIhorizontal\fR is TRUE, otherwise constructs a vertical hbox (also known as a vbox).
 .PP
 This constructor is provided for the QVBox class. You should never need to use it directly.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .SH "void QHBox::setSpacing ( int space )"
 Sets the spacing between the child widgets to \fIspace\fR.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt
index e0e0f5a8..462c415f 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ or like this:
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also QVBoxLayout, QGridLayout, the Layout overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
+See also QVBoxLayout, TQGridLayout, the Layout overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "QHBoxLayout::QHBoxLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a new top-level horizontal box called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt
index 68165e9b..acdad534 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt
@@ -7,11 +7,11 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QHButtonGroup \- Organizes QButton widgets in a group with one horizontal row
+QHButtonGroup \- Organizes TQButton widgets in a group with one horizontal row
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqhbuttongroup.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QButtonGroup.
+Inherits TQButtonGroup.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ Inherits QButtonGroup.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QHButtonGroup widget organizes QButton widgets in a group with one horizontal row.
+The QHButtonGroup widget organizes TQButton widgets in a group with one horizontal row.
 .PP
-QHButtonGroup is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of QButtonGroup. From a layout point of view it is effectively a QHBox that offers a frame with a title and is specifically designed for buttons. From a functionality point of view it is a QButtonGroup.
+QHButtonGroup is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of TQButtonGroup. From a layout point of view it is effectively a QHBox that offers a frame with a title and is specifically designed for buttons. From a functionality point of view it is a TQButtonGroup.
 .PP
 <center>
 .ce 1
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt
index e98faa3c..3c9a7d65 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QHeader 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQHeader 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,22 +7,22 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QHeader \- Header row or column, e.g. for tables and listviews
+TQHeader \- Header row or column, e.g. for tables and listviews
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqheader.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqheader.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQWidget.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQHeader\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQHeader\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQHeader\fR ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQHeader\fR ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QHeader\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQHeader\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBaddLabel\fR ( const TQString & s, int size = -1 )"
@@ -224,9 +224,9 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QHeader class provides a header row or column, e.g. for tables and listviews.
+The TQHeader class provides a header row or column, e.g. for tables and listviews.
 .PP
-This class provides a header, e.g. a vertical header to display row labels, or a horizontal header to display column labels. It is used by QTable and QListView for example.
+This class provides a header, e.g. a vertical header to display row labels, or a horizontal header to display column labels. It is used by TQTable and TQListView for example.
 .PP
 A header is composed of one or more \fIsections\fR, each of which can display a text label and an iconset. A sort indicator (an arrow) can also be displayed using setSortIndicator().
 .PP
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Sections are added with addLabel() and removed with removeLabel(). The label and
 .PP
 The orientation of the header is set with setOrientation(). If setStretchEnabled() is TRUE, the sections will expand to take up the full width (height for vertical headers) of the header. The user can resize the sections manually if setResizeEnabled() is TRUE. Call adjustHeaderSize() to have the sections resize to occupy the full width (or height).
 .PP
-A section can be moved with moveSection(). If setMovingEnabled() is TRUE (the default)the user may drag a section from one position to another. If a section is moved, the index positions at which sections were added (with addLabel()), may not be the same after the move. You don't have to worry about this in practice because the QHeader API works in terms of section numbers, so it doesn't matter where a particular section has been moved to.
+A section can be moved with moveSection(). If setMovingEnabled() is TRUE (the default)the user may drag a section from one position to another. If a section is moved, the index positions at which sections were added (with addLabel()), may not be the same after the move. You don't have to worry about this in practice because the TQHeader API works in terms of section numbers, so it doesn't matter where a particular section has been moved to.
 .PP
 If you want the current index position of a section call mapToIndex() giving it the section number. (This is the number returned by the addLabel() call which created the section.) If you want to get the section number of a section at a particular index position call mapToSection() giving it the index number.
 .PP
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ l - l. \fIk\fR mapToSection(\fIk\fR) mapToIndex(\fIk\fR) 0 0 0 1 2 3 2 3 1 3 1
 .PP
 In the example above, if we wanted to find out which section is at index position 3 we'd call mapToSection(3) and get a section number of 1 since section 1 was moved. Similarly, if we wanted to know which index position section 2 occupied we'd call mapToIndex(2) and get an index of 1.
 .PP
-QHeader provides the clicked(), pressed() and released() signals. If the user changes the size of a section, the sizeChange() signal is emitted. If you want to have a sizeChange() signal emitted continuously whilst the user is resizing (rather than just after the resizing is finished), use setTracking(). If the user moves a section the indexChange() signal is emitted.
+TQHeader provides the clicked(), pressed() and released() signals. If the user changes the size of a section, the sizeChange() signal is emitted. If you want to have a sizeChange() signal emitted continuously whilst the user is resizing (rather than just after the resizing is finished), use setTracking(). If the user moves a section the indexChange() signal is emitted.
 .PP
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
@@ -265,79 +265,79 @@ QHeader provides the clicked(), pressed() and released() signals. If the user ch
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QListView, QTable, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQListView, TQTable, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QHeader::QHeader ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQHeader::TQHeader ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a horizontal header called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR.
-.SH "QHeader::QHeader ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQHeader::TQHeader ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a horizontal header called \fIname\fR, with \fIn\fR sections and parent \fIparent\fR.
-.SH "QHeader::~QHeader ()"
+.SH "TQHeader::~TQHeader ()"
 Destroys the header and all its sections.
-.SH "int QHeader::addLabel ( const TQString & s, int size = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQHeader::addLabel ( const TQString & s, int size = -1 )"
 Adds a new section with label text \fIs\fR. Returns the index position where the section was added (at the right for horizontal headers, at the bottom for vertical headers). The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR. If \fIsize\fR < 0, an appropriate size for the text \fIs\fR is chosen.
-.SH "int QHeader::addLabel ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQHeader::addLabel ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds a new section with iconset \fIiconset\fR and label text \fIs\fR. Returns the index position where the section was added (at the right for horizontal headers, at the bottom for vertical headers). The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR, unless size is negative in which case the size is calculated taking account of the size of the text.
-.SH "void QHeader::adjustHeaderSize ()"
+.SH "void TQHeader::adjustHeaderSize ()"
 Adjusts the size of the sections to fit the size of the header as completely as possible. Only sections for which isStretchEnabled() is TRUE will be resized.
-.SH "int QHeader::cellAt ( int pos ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::cellAt ( int pos ) const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use sectionAt() instead.
 .PP
 Returns the index at which the section is displayed, which contains \fIpos\fR in widget coordinates, or -1 if \fIpos\fR is outside the header sections.
-.SH "int QHeader::cellPos ( int i ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::cellPos ( int i ) const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use sectionPos() instead.
 .PP
 Returns the position in pixels of the section that is displayed at the index \fIi\fR. The position is measured from the start of the header.
-.SH "int QHeader::cellSize ( int i ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::cellSize ( int i ) const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use sectionSize() instead.
 .PP
 Returns the size in pixels of the section that is displayed at the index \fIi\fR.
-.SH "void QHeader::clicked ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::clicked ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
 If isClickEnabled() is TRUE, this signal is emitted when the user clicks section \fIsection\fR.
 .PP
 See also pressed() and released().
-.SH "int QHeader::count () const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::count () const"
 Returns the number of sections in the header. See the "count" property for details.
-.SH "int QHeader::headerWidth () const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::headerWidth () const"
 Returns the total width of all the header columns.
-.SH "TQIconSet * QHeader::iconSet ( int section ) const"
+.SH "TQIconSet * TQHeader::iconSet ( int section ) const"
 Returns the icon set for section \fIsection\fR. If the section does not exist, 0 is returned.
-.SH "void QHeader::indexChange ( int section, int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::indexChange ( int section, int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user moves section \fIsection\fR from index position \fIfromIndex\fR, to index position \fItoIndex\fR.
-.SH "bool QHeader::isClickEnabled ( int section = -1 ) const"
+.SH "bool TQHeader::isClickEnabled ( int section = -1 ) const"
 Returns TRUE if section \fIsection\fR is clickable; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 If \fIsection\fR is out of range (negative or larger than count() - 1): returns TRUE if all sections are clickable; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setClickEnabled().
-.SH "bool QHeader::isMovingEnabled () const"
+.SH "bool TQHeader::isMovingEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if the header sections can be moved; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "moving" property for details.
-.SH "bool QHeader::isResizeEnabled ( int section = -1 ) const"
+.SH "bool TQHeader::isResizeEnabled ( int section = -1 ) const"
 Returns TRUE if section \fIsection\fR is resizeable; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 If \fIsection\fR is -1 then this function applies to all sections, i.e. returns TRUE if all sections are resizeable; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setResizeEnabled().
-.SH "bool QHeader::isStretchEnabled () const"
+.SH "bool TQHeader::isStretchEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if the header sections always take up the full width (or height) of the header; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "stretching" property for details.
-.SH "bool QHeader::isStretchEnabled ( int section ) const"
+.SH "bool TQHeader::isStretchEnabled ( int section ) const"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Returns TRUE if section \fIsection\fR will resize to take up the full width (or height) of the header; otherwise returns FALSE. If at least one section has stretch enabled the sections will always take up the full width of the header.
 .PP
 See also setStretchEnabled().
-.SH "TQString QHeader::label ( int section ) const"
+.SH "TQString TQHeader::label ( int section ) const"
 Returns the text for section \fIsection\fR. If the section does not exist, a TQString::null is returned.
 .PP
 Example: helpsystem/tooltip.cpp.
-.SH "int QHeader::mapToActual ( int l ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::mapToActual ( int l ) const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use mapToIndex() instead.
@@ -345,13 +345,13 @@ Use mapToIndex() instead.
 Translates from logical index \fIl\fR to actual index (index at which the section \fIl\fR is displayed) . Returns -1 if \fIl\fR is outside the legal range.
 .PP
 See also mapToLogical().
-.SH "int QHeader::mapToIndex ( int section ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::mapToIndex ( int section ) const"
 Returns the index position corresponding to the specified \fIsection\fR number.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping exposed by this function will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., QTable does not call moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
+\fBWarning:\fR If TQTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping exposed by this function will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., TQTable does not call moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
 .PP
 See also mapToSection().
-.SH "int QHeader::mapToLogical ( int a ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::mapToLogical ( int a ) const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use mapToSection() instead.
@@ -359,59 +359,59 @@ Use mapToSection() instead.
 Translates from actual index \fIa\fR (index at which the section is displayed) to logical index of the section. Returns -1 if \fIa\fR is outside the legal range.
 .PP
 See also mapToActual().
-.SH "int QHeader::mapToSection ( int index ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::mapToSection ( int index ) const"
 Returns the number of the section that corresponds to the specified \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping exposed by this function will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., QTable does not call moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
+\fBWarning:\fR If TQTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping exposed by this function will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., TQTable does not call moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
 .PP
 See also mapToIndex().
-.SH "void QHeader::moveCell ( int fromIdx, int toIdx )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::moveCell ( int fromIdx, int toIdx )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use moveSection() instead.
 .PP
 Moves the section that is currently displayed at index \fIfromIdx\fR to index \fItoIdx\fR.
-.SH "void QHeader::moveSection ( int section, int toIndex )"
+.SH "void TQHeader::moveSection ( int section, int toIndex )"
 Moves section \fIsection\fR to index position \fItoIndex\fR.
-.SH "void QHeader::moved ( int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::moved ( int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [signal]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use indexChange() instead.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the user has moved the section which is displayed at the index \fIfromIndex\fR to the index \fItoIndex\fR.
-.SH "int QHeader::offset () const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::offset () const"
 Returns the header's left-most (or top-most) visible pixel. See the "offset" property for details.
-.SH "Orientation QHeader::orientation () const"
+.SH "Orientation TQHeader::orientation () const"
 Returns the header's orientation. See the "orientation" property for details.
-.SH "void QHeader::paintSection ( TQPainter * p, int index, const TQRect & fr )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::paintSection ( TQPainter * p, int index, const TQRect & fr )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Paints the section at position \fIindex\fR, inside rectangle \fIfr\fR (which uses widget coordinates) using painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
 Calls paintSectionLabel().
-.SH "void QHeader::paintSectionLabel ( TQPainter * p, int index, const TQRect & fr )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::paintSectionLabel ( TQPainter * p, int index, const TQRect & fr )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Paints the label of the section at position \fIindex\fR, inside rectangle \fIfr\fR (which uses widget coordinates) using painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
 Called by paintSection()
-.SH "void QHeader::pressed ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::pressed ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user presses section \fIsection\fR down.
 .PP
 See also released().
-.SH "void QHeader::released ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::released ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when section \fIsection\fR is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed().
-.SH "void QHeader::removeLabel ( int section )"
+.SH "void TQHeader::removeLabel ( int section )"
 Removes section \fIsection\fR. If the section does not exist, nothing happens.
-.SH "void QHeader::resizeSection ( int section, int s )"
+.SH "void TQHeader::resizeSection ( int section, int s )"
 Resizes section \fIsection\fR to \fIs\fR pixels wide (or high).
-.SH "TQRect QHeader::sRect ( int index )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "TQRect TQHeader::sRect ( int index )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns the rectangle covered by the section at index \fIindex\fR.
-.SH "int QHeader::sectionAt ( int pos ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::sectionAt ( int pos ) const"
 Returns the index of the section which contains the position \fIpos\fR given in pixels from the left (or top).
 .PP
 See also offset.
 .PP
 Example: helpsystem/tooltip.cpp.
-.SH "void QHeader::sectionClicked ( int index )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::sectionClicked ( int index )\fC [signal]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use clicked() instead.
@@ -419,19 +419,19 @@ Use clicked() instead.
 This signal is emitted when a part of the header is clicked. \fIindex\fR is the index at which the section is displayed.
 .PP
 In a list view this signal would typically be connected to a slot that sorts the specified column (or row).
-.SH "void QHeader::sectionHandleDoubleClicked ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::sectionHandleDoubleClicked ( int section )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user doubleclicks on the edge (handle) of section \fIsection\fR.
-.SH "int QHeader::sectionPos ( int section ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::sectionPos ( int section ) const"
 Returns the position (in pixels) at which the \fIsection\fR starts.
 .PP
 See also offset.
-.SH "TQRect QHeader::sectionRect ( int section ) const"
+.SH "TQRect TQHeader::sectionRect ( int section ) const"
 Returns the rectangle covered by section \fIsection\fR.
 .PP
 Example: helpsystem/tooltip.cpp.
-.SH "int QHeader::sectionSize ( int section ) const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::sectionSize ( int section ) const"
 Returns the width (or height) of the \fIsection\fR in pixels.
-.SH "void QHeader::setCellSize ( int section, int s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setCellSize ( int section, int s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use resizeSection() instead.
@@ -439,32 +439,32 @@ Use resizeSection() instead.
 Sets the size of the section \fIsection\fR to \fIs\fR pixels.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR does not repaint or send out signals
-.SH "void QHeader::setClickEnabled ( bool enable, int section = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setClickEnabled ( bool enable, int section = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, any clicks on section \fIsection\fR will result in clicked() signals being emitted; otherwise the section will ignore clicks.
 .PP
 If \fIsection\fR is -1 (the default) then the \fIenable\fR value is set for all existing sections and will be applied to any new sections that are added.
 .PP
 See also moving and setResizeEnabled().
-.SH "void QHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the text of section \fIsection\fR to \fIs\fR. The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR if \fIsize\fR >= 0; otherwise it is left unchanged. Any icon set that has been set for this section remains unchanged.
 .PP
 If the section does not exist, nothing happens.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp and table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-.SH "void QHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Sets the icon for section \fIsection\fR to \fIiconset\fR and the text to \fIs\fR. The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR if \fIsize\fR >= 0; otherwise it is left unchanged.
 .PP
 If the section does not exist, nothing happens.
-.SH "void QHeader::setMovingEnabled ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setMovingEnabled ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the header sections can be moved. See the "moving" property for details.
-.SH "void QHeader::setOffset ( int pos )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setOffset ( int pos )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the header's left-most (or top-most) visible pixel to \fIpos\fR. See the "offset" property for details.
-.SH "void QHeader::setOrientation ( Orientation )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setOrientation ( Orientation )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the header's orientation. See the "orientation" property for details.
-.SH "void QHeader::setResizeEnabled ( bool enable, int section = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setResizeEnabled ( bool enable, int section = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE the user may resize section \fIsection\fR; otherwise the section may not be manually resized.
 .PP
 If \fIsection\fR is negative (the default) then the \fIenable\fR value is set for all existing sections and will be applied to any new sections that are added. Example:
@@ -484,39 +484,39 @@ If \fIsection\fR is negative (the default) then the \fIenable\fR value is set fo
 If the user resizes a section, a sizeChange() signal is emitted.
 .PP
 See also moving, setClickEnabled(), and tracking.
-.SH "void QHeader::setSortIndicator ( int section, SortOrder order )"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setSortIndicator ( int section, SortOrder order )"
 Sets a sort indicator onto the specified \fIsection\fR. The indicator's \fIorder\fR is either Ascending or Descending.
 .PP
 Only one section can show a sort indicator at any one time. If you don't want any section to show a sort indicator pass a \fIsection\fR number of -1.
 .PP
 See also sortIndicatorSection() and sortIndicatorOrder().
-.SH "void QHeader::setSortIndicator ( int section, bool ascending = TRUE )"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setSortIndicator ( int section, bool ascending = TRUE )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use the other overload instead.
-.SH "void QHeader::setStretchEnabled ( bool b, int section )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setStretchEnabled ( bool b, int section )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE, section \fIsection\fR will be resized when the header is resized, so that the sections take up the full width (or height for vertical headers) of the header; otherwise section \fIsection\fR will be set to be unstretchable and will not resize when the header is resized.
 .PP
 If \fIsection\fR is -1, and if \fIb\fR is TRUE, then all sections will be resized equally when the header is resized so that they take up the full width (or height for vertical headers) of the header; otherwise all the sections will be set to be unstretchable and will not resize when the header is resized.
 .PP
 See also adjustHeaderSize().
-.SH "void QHeader::setStretchEnabled ( bool b )"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setStretchEnabled ( bool b )"
 Sets whether the header sections always take up the full width (or height) of the header to \fIb\fR. See the "stretching" property for details.
-.SH "void QHeader::setTracking ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::setTracking ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the sizeChange() signal is emitted continuously to \fIenable\fR. See the "tracking" property for details.
-.SH "void QHeader::sizeChange ( int section, int oldSize, int newSize )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQHeader::sizeChange ( int section, int oldSize, int newSize )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user has changed the size of a \fIsection\fR from \fIoldSize\fR to \fInewSize\fR. This signal is typically connected to a slot that repaints the table or list that contains the header.
-.SH "SortOrder QHeader::sortIndicatorOrder () const"
-Returns the implied sort order of the QHeaders sort indicator.
+.SH "SortOrder TQHeader::sortIndicatorOrder () const"
+Returns the implied sort order of the TQHeaders sort indicator.
 .PP
 See also setSortIndicator() and sortIndicatorSection().
-.SH "int QHeader::sortIndicatorSection () const"
+.SH "int TQHeader::sortIndicatorSection () const"
 Returns the section showing the sort indicator or -1 if there is no sort indicator.
 .PP
 See also setSortIndicator() and sortIndicatorOrder().
-.SH "bool QHeader::tracking () const"
+.SH "bool TQHeader::tracking () const"
 Returns TRUE if the sizeChange() signal is emitted continuously; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "tracking" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "int count"
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Tracking defaults to FALSE.
 Set this property's value with setTracking() and get this property's value with tracking().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqheader.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqheader.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt
index 050677ed..6ae453c1 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ For this example the following sequence of signals is emitted (with small variat
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-The dataSendProgress() and dataReadProgress() signals in the above example are useful if you want to show a progressbar to inform the user about the progress of the download. The second argument is the total size of data. In certain cases it is not possible to know the total amount in advance, in which case the second argument is 0. (If you connect to a QProgressBar a total of 0 results in a busy indicator.)
+The dataSendProgress() and dataReadProgress() signals in the above example are useful if you want to show a progressbar to inform the user about the progress of the download. The second argument is the total size of data. In certain cases it is not possible to know the total amount in advance, in which case the second argument is 0. (If you connect to a TQProgressBar a total of 0 results in a busy indicator.)
 .PP
 When the response header is read, it is reported with the responseHeaderReceived() signal.
 .PP
@@ -374,19 +374,19 @@ See also currentDestinationDevice(), post(), and request().
 .SH "void TQHttp::dataReadProgress ( int done, int total )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when this object reads data from a HTTP server to indicate the current progress of the download.
 .PP
-\fIdone\fR is the amount of data that has already arrived and \fItotal\fR is the total amount of data. It is possible that the total amount of data that should be transferred cannot be determined, in which case \fItotal\fR is 0.(If you connect to a QProgressBar, the progress bar shows a busy indicator if the total is 0).
+\fIdone\fR is the amount of data that has already arrived and \fItotal\fR is the total amount of data. It is possible that the total amount of data that should be transferred cannot be determined, in which case \fItotal\fR is 0.(If you connect to a TQProgressBar, the progress bar shows a busy indicator if the total is 0).
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR \fIdone\fR and \fItotal\fR are not necessarily the size in bytes, since for large files these values might need to be" scaled" to avoid overflow.
 .PP
-See also dataSendProgress(), get(), post(), request(), and QProgressBar::progress.
+See also dataSendProgress(), get(), post(), request(), and TQProgressBar::progress.
 .SH "void TQHttp::dataSendProgress ( int done, int total )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when this object sends data to a HTTP server to inform it about the progress of the upload.
 .PP
-\fIdone\fR is the amount of data that has already arrived and \fItotal\fR is the total amount of data. It is possible that the total amount of data that should be transferred cannot be determined, in which case \fItotal\fR is 0.(If you connect to a QProgressBar, the progress bar shows a busy indicator if the total is 0).
+\fIdone\fR is the amount of data that has already arrived and \fItotal\fR is the total amount of data. It is possible that the total amount of data that should be transferred cannot be determined, in which case \fItotal\fR is 0.(If you connect to a TQProgressBar, the progress bar shows a busy indicator if the total is 0).
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR \fIdone\fR and \fItotal\fR are not necessarily the size in bytes, since for large files these values might need to be" scaled" to avoid overflow.
 .PP
-See also dataReadProgress(), post(), request(), and QProgressBar::progress.
+See also dataReadProgress(), post(), request(), and TQProgressBar::progress.
 .SH "void TQHttp::done ( bool error )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the last pending request has finished; (it is emitted after the last request's requestFinished() signal). \fIerror\fR is TRUE if an error occurred during the processing; otherwise \fIerror\fR is FALSE.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt
index 8dbee746..50b5c90e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ TQIconSet \- Set of icons with different styles and sizes
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The TQIconSet class provides a set of icons with different styles and sizes.
 .PP
-A TQIconSet can generate smaller, larger, active, and disabled pixmaps from the set of icons it is given. Such pixmaps are used by TQToolButton, QHeader, TQPopupMenu, etc. to show an icon representing a particular action.
+A TQIconSet can generate smaller, larger, active, and disabled pixmaps from the set of icons it is given. Such pixmaps are used by TQToolButton, TQHeader, TQPopupMenu, etc. to show an icon representing a particular action.
 .PP
 The simplest use of TQIconSet is to create one from a TQPixmap and then use it, allowing TQt to work out all the required icon styles and sizes. For example:
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt
index c084e5c1..5139b629 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ TQIconViews and their TQIconViewItems can also be the targets of drag and drops.
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-See iconview/simple_dd/main.h and iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp for a simple drag and drop example which demonstrates drag and drop between a TQIconView and a QListBox.
+See iconview/simple_dd/main.h and iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp for a simple drag and drop example which demonstrates drag and drop between a TQIconView and a TQListBox.
 .PP
 If you want to use extended drag-and-drop or have drag shapes drawn you must take a more sophisticated approach.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt
index 83b7e23b..ec7933a6 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Inherits Qt.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The TQIconViewItem class provides a single item in a TQIconView.
 .PP
-A TQIconViewItem contains an icon, a string and optionally a sort key, and can display itself in a TQIconView. The class is designed to be very similar to QListView and QListBox in use, both via instantiation and subclassing.
+A TQIconViewItem contains an icon, a string and optionally a sort key, and can display itself in a TQIconView. The class is designed to be very similar to TQListView and TQListBox in use, both via instantiation and subclassing.
 .PP
 The simplest way to create a TQIconViewItem and insert it into a TQIconView is to construct the item passing the constructor a pointer to the icon view, a string and an icon:
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt
index f0a10914..fab04e92 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQLabel \- Text or image display
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqlabel.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -147,13 +147,13 @@ l - l. Content Setting Plain text Pass a TQString to setText(). Rich text Pass a
 .PP
 When the content is changed using any of these functions, any previous content is cleared.
 .PP
-The look of a TQLabel can be tuned in several ways. All the settings of QFrame are available for specifying a widget frame. The positioning of the content within the TQLabel widget area can be tuned with setAlignment() and setIndent(). For example, this code sets up a sunken panel with a two-line text in the bottom right corner (both lines being flush with the right side of the label):
+The look of a TQLabel can be tuned in several ways. All the settings of TQFrame are available for specifying a widget frame. The positioning of the content within the TQLabel widget area can be tuned with setAlignment() and setIndent(). For example, this code sets up a sunken panel with a two-line text in the bottom right corner (both lines being flush with the right side of the label):
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
     TQLabel *label = new TQLabel( this );
 .br
-    label->setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken );
+    label->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Sunken );
 .br
     label->setText( "first line\\nsecond line" );
 .br
@@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ See also TQLineEdit, TQTextEdit, TQPixmap, TQMovie, GUI Design Handbook: Label,
 .SH "TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs an empty label.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .PP
 See also alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent.
 .SH "TQLabel::TQLabel ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a label that displays the text, \fItext\fR.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .PP
 See also text, alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent.
 .SH "TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * buddy, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Constructs a label that displays the text \fItext\fR. The label has a buddy widg
 .PP
 If the \fItext\fR contains an underlined letter (a letter preceded by an ampersand, &), and the text is in plain text format, when the user presses Alt+ the underlined letter, focus is passed to the buddy widget.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .PP
 See also text, setBuddy(), alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent.
 .SH "TQLabel::~TQLabel ()"
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Clears any label contents. Equivalent to setText( "" ).
 .SH "void TQLabel::drawContents ( TQPainter * p )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws the label contents using the painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QFrame.
+Reimplemented from TQFrame.
 .SH "bool TQLabel::hasScaledContents () const"
 Returns TRUE if the label will scale its contents to fill all available space; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "scaledContents" property for details.
 .SH "int TQLabel::indent () const"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt
index 95f095d6..5e203e5a 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ QLayout \- The base class of geometry managers
 .PP
 Inherits TQObject and QLayoutItem.
 .PP
-Inherited by QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Inherited by TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Inherited by QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The QLayout class is the base class of geometry managers.
 .PP
-This is an abstract base class inherited by the concrete classes, QBoxLayout and QGridLayout.
+This is an abstract base class inherited by the concrete classes, QBoxLayout and TQGridLayout.
 .PP
 For users of QLayout subclasses or of TQMainWindow there is seldom any need to use the basic functions provided by QLayout, such as setResizeMode() or setMenuBar(). See the layout overview page for more information.
 .PP
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ The ownership of \fIitem\fR is transferred to the layout, and it's the layout's
 Examples:
 .)l customlayout/border.cpp, customlayout/card.cpp, and customlayout/flow.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "TQRect QLayout::alignmentRect ( const TQRect & r ) const\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns the rectangle that should be covered when the geometry of this layout is set to \fIr\fR, provided that this layout supports setAlignment().
 .PP
@@ -225,13 +225,13 @@ Examples:
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "void QLayout::invalidate ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Invalidates cached information. Reimplementations must call this.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "bool QLayout::isEmpty () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if this layout is empty. The default implementation returns FALSE.
 .PP
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ The default implementation allows unlimited resizing.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "TQMenuBar * QLayout::menuBar () const"
 Returns the menu bar set for this layout, or 0 if no menu bar is set.
 .SH "TQSize QLayout::minimumSize () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Examples:
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "void QLayout::remove ( TQWidget * widget )"
 Removes the widget \fIwidget\fR from the layout. After this call, it is the caller's responsibility to give the widget a reasonable geometry or to put the widget back into a layout.
 .PP
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Examples:
 .PP
 Reimplemented from QLayoutItem.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "void QLayout::setMargin ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the width of the outside border of the layout. See the "margin" property for details.
 .SH "void QLayout::setMenuBar ( TQMenuBar * w )\fC [virtual]\fR"
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ See also margin.
 .SH "int margin"
 This property holds the width of the outside border of the layout.
 .PP
-For some layout classes this property has an effect only on top-level layouts; QBoxLayout and QGridLayout support margins for child layouts. The default value is 0.
+For some layout classes this property has an effect only on top-level layouts; QBoxLayout and TQGridLayout support margins for child layouts. The default value is 0.
 .PP
 See also spacing.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt
index 7a457759..17793c9d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ See also heightForWidth() and TQWidget::heightForWidth().
 Examples:
 .)l customlayout/border.cpp and customlayout/flow.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "int QLayoutItem::heightForWidth ( int w ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the preferred height for this layout item, given the width \fIw\fR.
 .PP
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ See also hasHeightForWidth().
 .PP
 Example: customlayout/flow.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "void QLayoutItem::invalidate ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Invalidates any cached information in this layout item.
 .PP
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Implemented in subclasses to return the preferred size of this item.
 Examples:
 .)l customlayout/border.cpp, customlayout/card.cpp, and customlayout/flow.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QSpacerItem, TQWidgetItem, QGridLayout, and QBoxLayout.
+Reimplemented in QSpacerItem, TQWidgetItem, TQGridLayout, and QBoxLayout.
 .SH "QSpacerItem * QLayoutItem::spacerItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If this item is a QSpacerItem, it is returned as a QSpacerItem; otherwise 0 is returned. This function provides type-safe casting.
 .SH "TQWidget * QLayoutItem::widget ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt
index 4804a8dc..36894a5f 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQLCDNumber \- Displays a number with LCD-like digits
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqlcdnumber.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Incidentally, TQLCDNumber is the very oldest part of Qt, tracing back to a BASIC
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also TQLabel, QFrame, and Basic Widgets.
+See also TQLabel, TQFrame, and Basic Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
 .SH "TQLCDNumber::Mode"
 This type determines how numbers are shown.
@@ -172,13 +172,13 @@ This type determines the visual appearance of the TQLCDNumber widget.
 .SH "TQLCDNumber::TQLCDNumber ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs an LCD number, sets the number of digits to 5, the base to decimal, the decimal point mode to 'small' and the frame style to a raised box. The segmentStyle() is set to Outline.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .PP
 See also numDigits and smallDecimalPoint.
 .SH "TQLCDNumber::TQLCDNumber ( uint numDigits, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs an LCD number, sets the number of digits to \fInumDigits\fR, the base to decimal, the decimal point mode to 'small' and the frame style to a raised box. The segmentStyle() is set to Outline.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .PP
 See also numDigits and smallDecimalPoint.
 .SH "TQLCDNumber::~TQLCDNumber ()"
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 .PP
 Displays the number \fInum\fR.
 .SH "void TQLCDNumber::drawContents ( TQPainter * p )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-Draws the LCD number using painter \fIp\fR. This function is called from QFrame::paintEvent().
+Draws the LCD number using painter \fIp\fR. This function is called from TQFrame::paintEvent().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QFrame.
+Reimplemented from TQFrame.
 .SH "int TQLCDNumber::intValue () const"
 Returns the displayed value rounded to the nearest integer. See the "intValue" property for details.
 .SH "Mode TQLCDNumber::mode () const"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt
index 7c4d1936..1bf085f9 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQLineEdit \- One-line text editor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqlineedit.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt
index 0e118800..1e86f81f 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QListBox 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQListBox 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QListBox \- List of selectable, read-only items
+TQListBox \- List of selectable, read-only items
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistbox.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistbox.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQScrollView.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QListBox\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQListBox\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const"
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "void \fBinsertStrList\fR ( const char ** strings, int numStrings = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, const QListBoxItem * after )"
+.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi, const TQListBoxItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int index = -1 )"
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "const TQPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR ( int index ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, int index )"
+.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi, int index )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int index )"
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBtakeItem\fR ( const QListBoxItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBtakeItem\fR ( const TQListBoxItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBnumItemsVisible\fR () const"
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( int index )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( QListBoxItem * i )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( TQListBoxItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void centerCurrentItem ()  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "bool isMultiSelection () const  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelected\fR ( QListBoxItem * item, bool select )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelected\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item, bool select )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBsetSelected\fR ( int index, bool select )"
@@ -130,19 +130,19 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "bool \fBisSelected\fR ( int i ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBisSelected\fR ( const QListBoxItem * i ) const"
+.BI "bool \fBisSelected\fR ( const TQListBoxItem * i ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBselectedItem\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListBoxItem * \fBselectedItem\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBitem\fR ( int index ) const"
+.BI "TQListBoxItem * \fBitem\fR ( int index ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBindex\fR ( const QListBoxItem * lbi ) const"
+.BI "int \fBindex\fR ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const"
+.BI "TQListBoxItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBtriggerUpdate\fR ( bool doLayout )"
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "bool \fBitemVisible\fR ( int index )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBitemVisible\fR ( const QListBoxItem * item )"
+.BI "bool \fBitemVisible\fR ( const TQListBoxItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "enum \fBLayoutMode\fR { FixedNumber, FitToWidth, FitToHeight = FitToWidth, Variable }"
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "void setBottomScrollBar ( bool enable )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int inSort ( const QListBoxItem * lbi )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "int inSort ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int inSort ( const TQString & text )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
@@ -238,13 +238,13 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "int \fBitemHeight\fR ( int index = 0 ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBitemAt\fR ( const TQPoint & p ) const"
+.BI "TQListBoxItem * \fBitemAt\fR ( const TQPoint & p ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQRect \fBitemRect\fR ( QListBoxItem * item ) const"
+.BI "TQRect \fBitemRect\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBfirstItem\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListBoxItem * \fBfirstItem\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBsort\fR ( bool ascending = TRUE )"
@@ -283,55 +283,55 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "void \fBselected\fR ( const TQString & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( QListBoxItem * )"
+.BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( TQListBoxItem * )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBselected\fR ( QListBoxItem * )"
+.BI "void \fBselected\fR ( TQListBoxItem * )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBselectionChanged\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBselectionChanged\fR ( QListBoxItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBselectionChanged\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( QListBoxItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( QListBoxItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )"
+.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( QListBoxItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )"
+.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBdoubleClicked\fR ( QListBoxItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBdoubleClicked\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBreturnPressed\fR ( QListBoxItem * )"
+.BI "void \fBreturnPressed\fR ( TQListBoxItem * )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBrightButtonClicked\fR ( QListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )"
+.BI "void \fBrightButtonClicked\fR ( TQListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBrightButtonPressed\fR ( QListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )"
+.BI "void \fBrightButtonPressed\fR ( TQListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBmouseButtonPressed\fR ( int button, QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )"
+.BI "void \fBmouseButtonPressed\fR ( int button, TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBmouseButtonClicked\fR ( int button, QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )"
+.BI "void \fBmouseButtonClicked\fR ( int button, TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBcontextMenuRequested\fR ( QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )"
+.BI "void \fBcontextMenuRequested\fR ( TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBonItem\fR ( QListBoxItem * i )"
+.BI "void \fBonItem\fR ( TQListBoxItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBonViewport\fR ()"
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "void \fBupdateItem\fR ( int index )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBupdateItem\fR ( QListBoxItem * i )"
+.BI "void \fBupdateItem\fR ( TQListBoxItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int totalWidth () const  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
@@ -413,29 +413,29 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QListBox widget provides a list of selectable, read-only items.
+The TQListBox widget provides a list of selectable, read-only items.
 .PP
 This is typically a single-column list in which either no item or one item is selected, but it can also be used in many other ways.
 .PP
-QListBox will add scroll bars as necessary, but it isn't intended for \fIreally\fR big lists. If you want more than a few thousand items, it's probably better to use a different widget mainly because the scroll bars won't provide very good navigation, but also because QListBox may become slow with huge lists. (See QListView and QTable for possible alternatives.)
+TQListBox will add scroll bars as necessary, but it isn't intended for \fIreally\fR big lists. If you want more than a few thousand items, it's probably better to use a different widget mainly because the scroll bars won't provide very good navigation, but also because TQListBox may become slow with huge lists. (See TQListView and TQTable for possible alternatives.)
 .PP
-There are a variety of selection modes described in the QListBox::SelectionMode documentation. The default is Single selection mode, but you can change it using setSelectionMode(). (setMultiSelection() is still provided for compatibility with TQt 1.x. We recommend using setSelectionMode() in all code.)
+There are a variety of selection modes described in the TQListBox::SelectionMode documentation. The default is Single selection mode, but you can change it using setSelectionMode(). (setMultiSelection() is still provided for compatibility with TQt 1.x. We recommend using setSelectionMode() in all code.)
 .PP
-Because QListBox offers multiple selection it must display keyboard focus and selection state separately. Therefore there are functions both to set the selection state of an item, i.e. setSelected(), and to set which item displays keyboard focus, i.e. setCurrentItem().
+Because TQListBox offers multiple selection it must display keyboard focus and selection state separately. Therefore there are functions both to set the selection state of an item, i.e. setSelected(), and to set which item displays keyboard focus, i.e. setCurrentItem().
 .PP
-The list box normally arranges its items in a single column and adds a vertical scroll bar if required. It is possible to have a different fixed number of columns (setColumnMode()), or as many columns as will fit in the list box's assigned screen space (setColumnMode(FitToWidth)), or to have a fixed number of rows (setRowMode()) or as many rows as will fit in the list box's assigned screen space (setRowMode(FitToHeight)). In all these cases QListBox will add scroll bars, as appropriate, in at least one direction.
+The list box normally arranges its items in a single column and adds a vertical scroll bar if required. It is possible to have a different fixed number of columns (setColumnMode()), or as many columns as will fit in the list box's assigned screen space (setColumnMode(FitToWidth)), or to have a fixed number of rows (setRowMode()) or as many rows as will fit in the list box's assigned screen space (setRowMode(FitToHeight)). In all these cases TQListBox will add scroll bars, as appropriate, in at least one direction.
 .PP
 If multiple rows are used, each row can be as high as necessary (the normal setting), or you can request that all items will have the same height by calling setVariableHeight(FALSE). The same applies to a column's width, see setVariableWidth().
 .PP
-The QListBox's items are QListBoxItem objects. QListBox provides methods to insert new items as strings, as pixmaps, and as QListBoxItem * (insertItem() with various arguments), and to replace an existing item with a new string, pixmap or QListBoxItem (changeItem() with various arguments). You can also remove items singly with removeItem() or clear() the entire list box. Note that if you create a QListBoxItem yourself and insert it, QListBox takes ownership of the item.
+The TQListBox's items are TQListBoxItem objects. TQListBox provides methods to insert new items as strings, as pixmaps, and as TQListBoxItem * (insertItem() with various arguments), and to replace an existing item with a new string, pixmap or TQListBoxItem (changeItem() with various arguments). You can also remove items singly with removeItem() or clear() the entire list box. Note that if you create a TQListBoxItem yourself and insert it, TQListBox takes ownership of the item.
 .PP
-You can also create a QListBoxItem, such as QListBoxText or QListBoxPixmap, with the list box as first parameter. The item will then append itself. When you delete an item it is automatically removed from the list box.
+You can also create a TQListBoxItem, such as TQListBoxText or TQListBoxPixmap, with the list box as first parameter. The item will then append itself. When you delete an item it is automatically removed from the list box.
 .PP
-The list of items can be arbitrarily large; QListBox will add scroll bars if necessary. QListBox can display a single-column (the common case) or multiple-columns, and offers both single and multiple selection. QListBox does not support multiple-column items (but QListView and QTable do), or tree hierarchies (but QListView does).
+The list of items can be arbitrarily large; TQListBox will add scroll bars if necessary. TQListBox can display a single-column (the common case) or multiple-columns, and offers both single and multiple selection. TQListBox does not support multiple-column items (but TQListView and TQTable do), or tree hierarchies (but TQListView does).
 .PP
-The list box items can be accessed both as QListBoxItem objects (recommended) and using integer indexes (the original QListBox implementation used an array of strings internally, and the API still supports this mode of operation). Everything can be done using the new objects, and most things can be done using indexes.
+The list box items can be accessed both as TQListBoxItem objects (recommended) and using integer indexes (the original TQListBox implementation used an array of strings internally, and the API still supports this mode of operation). Everything can be done using the new objects, and most things can be done using indexes.
 .PP
-Each item in a QListBox contains a QListBoxItem. One of the items can be the current item. The currentChanged() signal and the highlighted() signal are emitted when a new item becomes current, e.g. because the user clicks on it or QListBox::setCurrentItem() is called. The selected() signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item.
+Each item in a TQListBox contains a TQListBoxItem. One of the items can be the current item. The currentChanged() signal and the highlighted() signal are emitted when a new item becomes current, e.g. because the user clicks on it or TQListBox::setCurrentItem() is called. The selected() signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item.
 .PP
 If the user does not select anything, no signals are emitted and currentItem() returns -1.
 .PP
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ New items can be inserted using insertItem(), insertStrList() or insertStringLis
 .PP
 By default, vertical and horizontal scroll bars are added and removed as necessary. setHScrollBarMode() and setVScrollBarMode() can be used to change this policy.
 .PP
-If you need to insert types other than strings and pixmaps, you must define new classes which inherit QListBoxItem.
+If you need to insert types other than strings and pixmaps, you must define new classes which inherit TQListBoxItem.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR The list box assumes ownership of all list box items and will delete them when it does not need them any more.
 .PP
@@ -456,60 +456,60 @@ If you need to insert types other than strings and pixmaps, you must define new
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QListView, TQComboBox, QButtonGroup, GUI Design Handbook: List Box (two sections), and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQListView, TQComboBox, TQButtonGroup, GUI Design Handbook: List Box (two sections), and Advanced Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QListBox::LayoutMode"
-This enum type is used to specify how QListBox lays out its rows and columns.
+.SH "TQListBox::LayoutMode"
+This enum type is used to specify how TQListBox lays out its rows and columns.
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::FixedNumber\fR - There is a fixed number of rows (or columns).
+\fCTQListBox::FixedNumber\fR - There is a fixed number of rows (or columns).
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::FitToWidth\fR - There are as many columns as will fit on-screen.
+\fCTQListBox::FitToWidth\fR - There are as many columns as will fit on-screen.
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::FitToHeight\fR - There are as many rows as will fit on-screen.
+\fCTQListBox::FitToHeight\fR - There are as many rows as will fit on-screen.
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::Variable\fR - There are as many rows as are required by the column mode. (Or as many columns as required by the row mode.)
+\fCTQListBox::Variable\fR - There are as many rows as are required by the column mode. (Or as many columns as required by the row mode.)
 .PP
 Example: When you call setRowMode( FitToHeight ), columnMode() automatically becomes Variable to accommodate the row mode you've set.
-.SH "QListBox::SelectionMode"
-This enumerated type is used by QListBox to indicate how it reacts to selection by the user.
+.SH "TQListBox::SelectionMode"
+This enumerated type is used by TQListBox to indicate how it reacts to selection by the user.
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::Single\fR - When the user selects an item, any already-selected item becomes unselected and the user cannot unselect the selected item. This means that the user can never clear the selection, even though the selection may be cleared by the application programmer using QListBox::clearSelection().
+\fCTQListBox::Single\fR - When the user selects an item, any already-selected item becomes unselected and the user cannot unselect the selected item. This means that the user can never clear the selection, even though the selection may be cleared by the application programmer using TQListBox::clearSelection().
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::Multi\fR - When the user selects an item the selection status of that item is toggled and the other items are left alone. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse while the left mouse button is kept pressed.
+\fCTQListBox::Multi\fR - When the user selects an item the selection status of that item is toggled and the other items are left alone. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse while the left mouse button is kept pressed.
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::Extended\fR - When the user selects an item the selection is cleared and the new item selected. However, if the user presses the Ctrl key when clicking on an item, the clicked item gets toggled and all other items are left untouched. And if the user presses the Shift key while clicking on an item, all items between the current item and the clicked item get selected or unselected, depending on the state of the clicked item. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse while the left mouse button is kept pressed.
+\fCTQListBox::Extended\fR - When the user selects an item the selection is cleared and the new item selected. However, if the user presses the Ctrl key when clicking on an item, the clicked item gets toggled and all other items are left untouched. And if the user presses the Shift key while clicking on an item, all items between the current item and the clicked item get selected or unselected, depending on the state of the clicked item. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse while the left mouse button is kept pressed.
 .TP
-\fCQListBox::NoSelection\fR - Items cannot be selected.
+\fCTQListBox::NoSelection\fR - Items cannot be selected.
 .PP
 In other words, Single is a real single-selection list box, Multi is a real multi-selection list box, Extended is a list box in which users can select multiple items but usually want to select either just one or a range of contiguous items, and NoSelection is for a list box where the user can look but not touch.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QListBox::QListBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQListBox::TQListBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a new empty list box called \fIname\fR and with parent \fIparent\fR.
 .PP
-Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags \fIf\fR so that only part of the QListBoxItem children is redrawn. This may be unsuitable for custom QListBoxItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared immediately after construction.
+Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags \fIf\fR so that only part of the TQListBoxItem children is redrawn. This may be unsuitable for custom TQListBoxItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared immediately after construction.
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
-.SH "QListBox::~QListBox ()"
+.SH "TQListBox::~TQListBox ()"
 Destroys the list box. Deletes all list box items.
-.SH "bool QListBox::autoBottomScrollBar () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::autoBottomScrollBar () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns TRUE if hScrollBarMode() is Auto; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListBox::autoScrollBar () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::autoScrollBar () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns TRUE if vScrollBarMode() is Auto; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListBox::bottomScrollBar () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::bottomScrollBar () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns FALSE if vScrollBarMode() is AlwaysOff; otherwise returns TRUE.
-.SH "int QListBox::cellHeight ( int i ) const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::cellHeight ( int i ) const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns the item height of item \fIi\fR.
 .PP
 See also itemHeight().
-.SH "int QListBox::cellHeight () const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::cellHeight () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -517,25 +517,25 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 Returns the item height of the first item, item 0.
 .PP
 See also itemHeight().
-.SH "int QListBox::cellWidth () const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::cellWidth () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns the maximum item width.
 .PP
 See also maxItemWidth().
-.SH "void QListBox::centerCurrentItem ()"
+.SH "void TQListBox::centerCurrentItem ()"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This function does exactly the same as ensureCurrentVisible()
 .PP
-See also QListBox::ensureCurrentVisible().
-.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, int index )"
+See also TQListBox::ensureCurrentVisible().
+.SH "void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi, int index )"
 Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with \fIlbi\fR. If \fIindex\fR is negative or too large, changeItem() does nothing.
 .PP
 The item that has been changed will become selected.
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and removeItem().
-.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int index )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int index )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box text item with text \fItext\fR.
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box text item with tex
 The operation is ignored if \fIindex\fR is out of range.
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and removeItem().
-.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, int index )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, int index )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box pixmap item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box pixmap item with p
 The operation is ignored if \fIindex\fR is out of range.
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and removeItem().
-.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box pixmap item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR and text \fItext\fR.
@@ -559,79 +559,79 @@ Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box pixmap item with p
 The operation is ignored if \fIindex\fR is out of range.
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and removeItem().
-.SH "void QListBox::clear ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::clear ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Deletes all the items in the list.
 .PP
 See also removeItem().
-.SH "void QListBox::clearSelection ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::clearSelection ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Deselects all items, if possible.
 .PP
 Note that a Single selection list box will automatically select an item if it has keyboard focus.
 .PP
 Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
-.SH "void QListBox::clicked ( QListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::clicked ( TQListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user clicks any mouse button. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
 .PP
-Note that you must not delete any QListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListBox::clicked ( QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )\fC [signal]\fR"
+Note that you must not delete any TQListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListBox::clicked ( TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the user clicks any mouse button. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
 .PP
 \fIpnt\fR is the position of the mouse cursor in the global coordinate system (QMouseEvent::globalPos()). (If the click's press and release differs by a pixel or two, \fIpnt\fR is the position at release time.)
 .PP
-Note that you must not delete any QListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "LayoutMode QListBox::columnMode () const"
+Note that you must not delete any TQListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "LayoutMode TQListBox::columnMode () const"
 Returns the column layout mode for this list box. See the "columnMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::contextMenuRequested ( QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::contextMenuRequested ( TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user invokes a context menu with the right mouse button or with special system keys, with \fIitem\fR being the item under the mouse cursor or the current item, respectively.
 .PP
 \fIpos\fR is the position for the context menu in the global coordinate system.
-.SH "uint QListBox::count () const"
+.SH "uint TQListBox::count () const"
 Returns the number of items in the list box. See the "count" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::currentChanged ( QListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::currentChanged ( TQListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current item. \fIitem\fR is the new current list box item.
 .PP
 See also currentItem and currentItem.
-.SH "int QListBox::currentItem () const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::currentItem () const"
 Returns the current highlighted item. See the "currentItem" property for details.
-.SH "TQString QListBox::currentText () const"
+.SH "TQString TQListBox::currentText () const"
 Returns the text of the current item. See the "currentText" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::doLayout () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::doLayout () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 This function does the hard layout work. You should never need to call it.
-.SH "void QListBox::doubleClicked ( QListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::doubleClicked ( TQListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever an item is double-clicked. It's emitted on the second button press, not the second button release. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
-.SH "void QListBox::ensureCurrentVisible ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::ensureCurrentVisible ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Ensures that the current item is visible.
-.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBox::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem * TQListBox::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const"
 Finds the first list box item that has the text \fItext\fR and returns it, or returns 0 of no such item could be found. The search starts from the current item if the current item exists, otherwise it starts from the first list box item. If \fCComparisonFlags\fR are specified in \fIcompare\fR then these flags are used, otherwise the default is a case-insensitive, "begins with" search.
 .PP
 See also TQt::StringComparisonMode.
-.SH "int QListBox::findItem ( int yPos ) const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBox::findItem ( int yPos ) const\fC [protected]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns the index of the item a point (0, \fIyPos\fR).
 .PP
 See also index() and itemAt().
-.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBox::firstItem () const"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem * TQListBox::firstItem () const"
 Returns the first item in this list box. If the list box is empty, returns 0.
-.SH "void QListBox::highlighted ( int index )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::highlighted ( int index )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current item. \fIindex\fR is the index of the new current item.
 .PP
 See also currentChanged(), selected(), currentItem, and selectionChanged().
-.SH "void QListBox::highlighted ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::highlighted ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current item and the item is (or has) a string. The argument is the text of the new current item.
 .PP
 See also currentChanged(), selected(), currentItem, and selectionChanged().
-.SH "void QListBox::highlighted ( QListBoxItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::highlighted ( TQListBoxItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current item. The argument is a pointer to the new current item.
 .PP
 See also currentChanged(), selected(), currentItem, and selectionChanged().
-.SH "int QListBox::inSort ( const QListBoxItem * lbi )"
+.SH "int TQListBox::inSort ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Using this method is quite inefficient. We suggest to use insertItem() for inserting and sort() afterwards.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ Inserts \fIlbi\fR at its sorted position in the list box and returns the positio
 All items must be inserted with inSort() to maintain the sorting order. inSort() treats any pixmap (or user-defined type) as lexicographically less than any string.
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and sort().
-.SH "int QListBox::inSort ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "int TQListBox::inSort ( const TQString & text )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -653,11 +653,11 @@ Inserts a new item of \fItext\fR at its sorted position in the list box and retu
 All items must be inserted with inSort() to maintain the sorting order. inSort() treats any pixmap (or user-defined type) as lexicographically less than any string.
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and sort().
-.SH "int QListBox::index ( const QListBoxItem * lbi ) const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::index ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi ) const"
 Returns the index of \fIlbi\fR, or -1 if the item is not in this list box or \fIlbi\fR is 0.
 .PP
 See also item().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi, int index = -1 )"
 Inserts the item \fIlbi\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIindex\fR is negative or larger than the number of items in the list box, \fIlbi\fR is inserted at the end of the list.
@@ -666,13 +666,13 @@ See also insertStrList().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l i18n/mywidget.cpp, listbox/listbox.cpp, listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp, and tabdialog/tabdialog.cpp.
-.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, const QListBoxItem * after )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQListBoxItem * lbi, const TQListBoxItem * after )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts the item \fIlbi\fR into the list after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0.
 .PP
 See also insertStrList().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a new list box text item with the text \fItext\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ Inserts a new list box text item with the text \fItext\fR into the list at posit
 If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fItext\fR is inserted at the end of the list.
 .PP
 See also insertStrList().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a new list box pixmap item with the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ Inserts a new list box pixmap item with the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR into the list at
 If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIpixmap\fR is inserted at the end of the list.
 .PP
 See also insertStrList().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a new list box pixmap item with the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR and the text \fItext\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Inserts a new list box pixmap item with the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR and the text \fI
 If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIpixmap\fR is inserted at the end of the list.
 .PP
 See also insertStrList().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList * list, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList * list, int index = -1 )"
 Inserts the string list \fIlist\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIlist\fR is inserted at the end of the list. If \fIindex\fR is too large, the operation is ignored.
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIlist\fR is inserted at the end of the list. If \f
 \fBWarning:\fR This function is never significantly faster than a loop around insertItem().
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and insertStringList().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList & list, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList & list, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts the string list \fIlist\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIlist\fR is inserted at the end of the list. If \f
 \fBWarning:\fR This function is never significantly faster than a loop around insertItem().
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and insertStringList().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertStrList ( const char ** strings, int numStrings = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertStrList ( const char ** strings, int numStrings = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts the \fInumStrings\fR strings of the array \fIstrings\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ If \fIindex\fR is negative, insertStrList() inserts \fIstrings\fR at the end of
 \fBWarning:\fR This function is never significantly faster than a loop around insertItem().
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and insertStringList().
-.SH "void QListBox::insertStringList ( const TQStringList & list, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::insertStringList ( const TQStringList & list, int index = -1 )"
 Inserts the string list \fIlist\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIlist\fR is inserted at the end of the list. If \fIindex\fR is too large, the operation is ignored.
@@ -738,187 +738,187 @@ If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIlist\fR is inserted at the end of the list. If \f
 \fBWarning:\fR This function is never significantly faster than a loop around insertItem().
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and insertStrList().
-.SH "void QListBox::invertSelection ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::invertSelection ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Inverts the selection. Only works in Multi and Extended selection mode.
-.SH "bool QListBox::isMultiSelection () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::isMultiSelection () const"
 Returns TRUE if or not the list box is in Multi selection mode; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "multiSelection" property for details.
-.SH "bool QListBox::isRubberSelecting () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::isRubberSelecting () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if the user is selecting items using a rubber band rectangle; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListBox::isSelected ( int i ) const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::isSelected ( int i ) const"
 Returns TRUE if item \fIi\fR is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListBox::isSelected ( const QListBoxItem * i ) const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::isSelected ( const TQListBoxItem * i ) const"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Returns TRUE if item \fIi\fR is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBox::item ( int index ) const"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem * TQListBox::item ( int index ) const"
 Returns a pointer to the item at position \fIindex\fR, or 0 if \fIindex\fR is out of bounds.
 .PP
 See also index().
 .PP
 Example: listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp.
-.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBox::itemAt ( const TQPoint & p ) const"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem * TQListBox::itemAt ( const TQPoint & p ) const"
 Returns the item at point \fIp\fR, specified in viewport coordinates, or a 0 if there is no item at \fIp\fR.
 .PP
 Use contentsToViewport() to convert between widget coordinates and viewport coordinates.
-.SH "int QListBox::itemHeight ( int index = 0 ) const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::itemHeight ( int index = 0 ) const"
 Returns the height in pixels of the item with index \fIindex\fR. \fIindex\fR defaults to 0.
 .PP
 If \fIindex\fR is too large, this function returns 0.
-.SH "TQRect QListBox::itemRect ( QListBoxItem * item ) const"
+.SH "TQRect TQListBox::itemRect ( TQListBoxItem * item ) const"
 Returns the rectangle on the screen that \fIitem\fR occupies in viewport()'s coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \fIitem\fR is 0 or is not currently visible.
-.SH "bool QListBox::itemVisible ( int index )"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::itemVisible ( int index )"
 Returns TRUE if the item at position \fIindex\fR is at least partly visible; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListBox::itemVisible ( const QListBoxItem * item )"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::itemVisible ( const TQListBoxItem * item )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Returns TRUE if \fIitem\fR is at least partly visible; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListBox::itemYPos ( int index, int * yPos ) const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::itemYPos ( int index, int * yPos ) const\fC [protected]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns the vertical pixel-coordinate in \fI*yPos\fR, of the list box item at position \fIindex\fR in the list. Returns FALSE if the item is outside the visible area.
-.SH "long QListBox::maxItemWidth () const"
+.SH "long TQListBox::maxItemWidth () const"
 Returns the width of the widest item in the list box.
-.SH "void QListBox::mouseButtonClicked ( int button, QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::mouseButtonClicked ( int button, TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user clicks mouse button \fIbutton\fR. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
 .PP
 \fIpos\fR is the position of the mouse cursor in the global coordinate system (QMouseEvent::globalPos()). (If the click's press and release differs by a pixel or two, \fIpos\fR is the position at release time.)
 .PP
-Note that you must not delete any QListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListBox::mouseButtonPressed ( int button, QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
+Note that you must not delete any TQListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListBox::mouseButtonPressed ( int button, TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user presses mouse button \fIbutton\fR. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
 .PP
 \fIpos\fR is the position of the mouse cursor in the global coordinate system (QMouseEvent::globalPos()).
 .PP
-Note that you must not delete any QListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "int QListBox::numCols () const"
+Note that you must not delete any TQListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "int TQListBox::numCols () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns the number of columns.
 .PP
 See also numColumns.
-.SH "int QListBox::numColumns () const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::numColumns () const"
 Returns the number of columns in the list box. See the "numColumns" property for details.
-.SH "int QListBox::numItemsVisible () const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::numItemsVisible () const"
 Returns the number of visible items. See the "numItemsVisible" property for details.
-.SH "int QListBox::numRows () const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::numRows () const"
 Returns the number of rows in the list box. See the "numRows" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::onItem ( QListBoxItem * i )\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto an item, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function. \fIi\fR is the QListBoxItem that the mouse has moved on.
-.SH "void QListBox::onViewport ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::onItem ( TQListBoxItem * i )\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto an item, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function. \fIi\fR is the TQListBoxItem that the mouse has moved on.
+.SH "void TQListBox::onViewport ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor from an item to an empty part of the list box.
-.SH "void QListBox::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-Provided for compatibility with the old QListBox. We recommend using QListBoxItem::paint() instead.
+.SH "void TQListBox::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+Provided for compatibility with the old TQListBox. We recommend using TQListBoxItem::paint() instead.
 .PP
 Repaints the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR using painter \fIp\fR.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QListBox::pixmap ( int index ) const"
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQListBox::pixmap ( int index ) const"
 Returns a pointer to the pixmap at position \fIindex\fR, or 0 if there is no pixmap there.
 .PP
 See also text().
-.SH "void QListBox::pressed ( QListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::pressed ( TQListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user presses any mouse button. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
 .PP
-Note that you must not delete any QListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListBox::pressed ( QListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )\fC [signal]\fR"
+Note that you must not delete any TQListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListBox::pressed ( TQListBoxItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the user presses any mouse button. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
 .PP
 \fIpnt\fR is the position of the mouse cursor in the global coordinate system (QMouseEvent::globalPos()).
 .PP
-Note that you must not delete any QListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+Note that you must not delete any TQListBoxItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
 .PP
 See also mouseButtonPressed(), rightButtonPressed(), and clicked().
-.SH "void QListBox::removeItem ( int index )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::removeItem ( int index )"
 Removes and deletes the item at position \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR is equal to currentItem(), a new item becomes current and the currentChanged() and highlighted() signals are emitted.
 .PP
 See also insertItem() and clear().
-.SH "void QListBox::returnPressed ( QListBoxItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::returnPressed ( TQListBoxItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when Enter or Return is pressed. The argument is currentItem().
-.SH "void QListBox::rightButtonClicked ( QListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted when the right button is clicked (i.e. when it's released at the same point where it was pressed). The arguments are the relevant QListBoxItem (may be 0) and the point in global coordinates.
-.SH "void QListBox::rightButtonPressed ( QListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted when the right button is pressed. The arguments are the relevant QListBoxItem (may be 0) and the point in global coordinates.
-.SH "LayoutMode QListBox::rowMode () const"
+.SH "void TQListBox::rightButtonClicked ( TQListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted when the right button is clicked (i.e. when it's released at the same point where it was pressed). The arguments are the relevant TQListBoxItem (may be 0) and the point in global coordinates.
+.SH "void TQListBox::rightButtonPressed ( TQListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & )\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted when the right button is pressed. The arguments are the relevant TQListBoxItem (may be 0) and the point in global coordinates.
+.SH "LayoutMode TQListBox::rowMode () const"
 Returns the row layout mode for this list box. See the "rowMode" property for details.
-.SH "bool QListBox::scrollBar () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::scrollBar () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns FALSE if vScrollBarMode() is AlwaysOff; otherwise returns TRUE.
-.SH "void QListBox::selectAll ( bool select )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::selectAll ( bool select )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 In Multi and Extended modes, this function sets all items to be selected if \fIselect\fR is TRUE, and to be unselected if \fIselect\fR is FALSE.
 .PP
 In Single and NoSelection modes, this function only changes the selection status of currentItem().
-.SH "void QListBox::selected ( int index )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::selected ( int index )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item. \fIindex\fR is the index of the selected item.
 .PP
 See also currentChanged(), highlighted(), and selectionChanged().
-.SH "void QListBox::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item, and the item is (or has) a string. The argument is the text of the selected item.
 .PP
 See also currentChanged(), highlighted(), and selectionChanged().
-.SH "void QListBox::selected ( QListBoxItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::selected ( TQListBoxItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item. The argument is a pointer to the new selected item.
 .PP
 See also currentChanged(), highlighted(), and selectionChanged().
-.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBox::selectedItem () const"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem * TQListBox::selectedItem () const"
 Returns the selected item if the list box is in single-selection mode and an item is selected.
 .PP
 If no items are selected or the list box is in another selection mode this function returns 0.
 .PP
 See also setSelected() and multiSelection.
-.SH "void QListBox::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted when the selection set of a list box changes. This signal is emitted in each selection mode. If the user selects five items by drag-selecting, QListBox tries to emit just one selectionChanged() signal so the signal can be connected to computationally expensive slots.
+.SH "void TQListBox::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted when the selection set of a list box changes. This signal is emitted in each selection mode. If the user selects five items by drag-selecting, TQListBox tries to emit just one selectionChanged() signal so the signal can be connected to computationally expensive slots.
 .PP
 See also selected() and currentItem.
-.SH "void QListBox::selectionChanged ( QListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::selectionChanged ( TQListBoxItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when the selection in a Single selection list box changes. \fIitem\fR is the newly selected list box item.
 .PP
 See also selected() and currentItem.
-.SH "SelectionMode QListBox::selectionMode () const"
+.SH "SelectionMode TQListBox::selectionMode () const"
 Returns the selection mode of the list box. See the "selectionMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setAutoBottomScrollBar ( bool enable )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setAutoBottomScrollBar ( bool enable )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE sets setHScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOn; otherwise sets setHScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOff.
-.SH "void QListBox::setAutoScrollBar ( bool enable )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setAutoScrollBar ( bool enable )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE sets setVScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOn; otherwise sets setVScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOff.
-.SH "void QListBox::setBottomItem ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setBottomItem ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Scrolls the list box so the item at position \fIindex\fR in the list is displayed in the bottom row of the list box.
 .PP
 See also topItem.
-.SH "void QListBox::setBottomScrollBar ( bool enable )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setBottomScrollBar ( bool enable )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE sets setHScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOn; otherwise sets setHScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOff.
-.SH "void QListBox::setColumnMode ( LayoutMode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setColumnMode ( LayoutMode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the column layout mode for this list box. See the "columnMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setColumnMode ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setColumnMode ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the column layout mode for this list box. See the "columnMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setCurrentItem ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setCurrentItem ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the current highlighted item to \fIindex\fR. See the "currentItem" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setCurrentItem ( QListBoxItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setCurrentItem ( TQListBoxItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
-Sets the current item to the QListBoxItem \fIi\fR.
-.SH "void QListBox::setMultiSelection ( bool multi )"
+Sets the current item to the TQListBoxItem \fIi\fR.
+.SH "void TQListBox::setMultiSelection ( bool multi )"
 Sets whether or not the list box is in Multi selection mode to \fImulti\fR. See the "multiSelection" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setRowMode ( LayoutMode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setRowMode ( LayoutMode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the row layout mode for this list box. See the "rowMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setRowMode ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setRowMode ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the row layout mode for this list box. See the "rowMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setScrollBar ( bool enable )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setScrollBar ( bool enable )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE sets setVScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOn; otherwise sets setVScrollBarMode() to AlwaysOff.
-.SH "void QListBox::setSelected ( QListBoxItem * item, bool select )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setSelected ( TQListBoxItem * item, bool select )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Selects \fIitem\fR if \fIselect\fR is TRUE or unselects it if \fIselect\fR is FALSE, and repaints the item appropriately.
 .PP
 If the list box is a Single selection list box and \fIselect\fR is TRUE, setSelected() calls setCurrentItem().
@@ -926,57 +926,57 @@ If the list box is a Single selection list box and \fIselect\fR is TRUE, setSele
 If the list box is a Single selection list box, \fIselect\fR is FALSE, setSelected() calls clearSelection().
 .PP
 See also multiSelection, currentItem, clearSelection(), and currentItem.
-.SH "void QListBox::setSelected ( int index, bool select )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setSelected ( int index, bool select )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 If \fIselect\fR is TRUE the item at position \fIindex\fR is selected; otherwise the item is deselected.
-.SH "void QListBox::setSelectionMode ( SelectionMode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setSelectionMode ( SelectionMode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the selection mode of the list box. See the "selectionMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setTopItem ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setTopItem ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the index of an item at the top of the screen to \fIindex\fR. See the "topItem" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setVariableHeight ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setVariableHeight ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether this list box has variable-height rows. See the "variableHeight" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::setVariableWidth ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::setVariableWidth ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether this list box has variable-width columns. See the "variableWidth" property for details.
-.SH "void QListBox::sort ( bool ascending = TRUE )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::sort ( bool ascending = TRUE )"
 If \fIascending\fR is TRUE sorts the items in ascending order; otherwise sorts in descending order.
 .PP
-To compare the items, the text (QListBoxItem::text()) of the items is used.
+To compare the items, the text (TQListBoxItem::text()) of the items is used.
 .PP
 Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
-.SH "void QListBox::takeItem ( const QListBoxItem * item )"
-Removes \fIitem\fR from the list box and causes an update of the screen display. The item is not deleted. You should normally not need to call this function because QListBoxItem::~QListBoxItem() calls it. The normal way to delete an item is with \fCdelete\fR.
+.SH "void TQListBox::takeItem ( const TQListBoxItem * item )"
+Removes \fIitem\fR from the list box and causes an update of the screen display. The item is not deleted. You should normally not need to call this function because TQListBoxItem::~TQListBoxItem() calls it. The normal way to delete an item is with \fCdelete\fR.
 .PP
-See also QListBox::insertItem().
-.SH "TQString QListBox::text ( int index ) const"
+See also TQListBox::insertItem().
+.SH "TQString TQListBox::text ( int index ) const"
 Returns the text at position \fIindex\fR, or TQString::null if there is no text at that position.
 .PP
 See also pixmap().
-.SH "void QListBox::toggleCurrentItem ()\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::toggleCurrentItem ()\fC [protected]\fR"
 Toggles the selection status of currentItem() and repaints if the list box is a Multi selection list box.
 .PP
 See also multiSelection.
-.SH "int QListBox::topItem () const"
+.SH "int TQListBox::topItem () const"
 Returns the index of an item at the top of the screen. See the "topItem" property for details.
-.SH "int QListBox::totalHeight () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBox::totalHeight () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns contentsHeight().
-.SH "int QListBox::totalWidth () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBox::totalWidth () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns contentsWidth().
-.SH "void QListBox::triggerUpdate ( bool doLayout )"
+.SH "void TQListBox::triggerUpdate ( bool doLayout )"
 Ensures that a single paint event will occur at the end of the current event loop iteration. If \fIdoLayout\fR is TRUE, the layout is also redone.
-.SH "void QListBox::updateItem ( int index )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::updateItem ( int index )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Repaints the item at position \fIindex\fR in the list.
-.SH "void QListBox::updateItem ( QListBoxItem * i )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBox::updateItem ( TQListBoxItem * i )\fC [protected]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
-Repaints the QListBoxItem \fIi\fR.
-.SH "bool QListBox::variableHeight () const"
+Repaints the TQListBoxItem \fIi\fR.
+.SH "bool TQListBox::variableHeight () const"
 Returns TRUE if this list box has variable-height rows; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "variableHeight" property for details.
-.SH "bool QListBox::variableWidth () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBox::variableWidth () const"
 Returns TRUE if this list box has variable-width columns; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "variableWidth" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "LayoutMode columnMode"
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ Get this property's value with currentText().
 .PP
 This property holds whether or not the list box is in Multi selection mode.
 .PP
-Consider using the QListBox::selectionMode property instead of this property.
+Consider using the TQListBox::selectionMode property instead of this property.
 .PP
 When setting this property, Multi selection mode is used if set to TRUE and to Single selection mode if set to FALSE.
 .PP
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ Set this property's value with setMultiSelection() and get this property's value
 .SH "int numColumns"
 This property holds the number of columns in the list box.
 .PP
-This is normally 1, but can be different if QListBox::columnMode or QListBox::rowMode has been set.
+This is normally 1, but can be different if TQListBox::columnMode or TQListBox::rowMode has been set.
 .PP
 See also columnMode, rowMode, and numRows.
 .PP
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ See also variableHeight.
 Set this property's value with setVariableWidth() and get this property's value with variableWidth().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqlistbox.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlistbox.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt
index 98d89407..686fa033 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QListBoxItem 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQListBoxItem 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,22 +7,22 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QListBoxItem \- The base class of all list box items
+TQListBoxItem \- The base class of all list box items
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistbox.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistbox.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherited by QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
+Inherited by TQListBoxText and TQListBoxPixmap.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxItem\fR ( QListBox * listbox = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxItem\fR ( TQListBox * listbox = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxItem\fR ( QListBox * listbox, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxItem\fR ( TQListBox * listbox, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual \fB~QListBoxItem\fR ()"
+.BI "virtual \fB~TQListBoxItem\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR () const"
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ Inherited by QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
 .BI "virtual const TQPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBheight\fR ( const QListBox * lb ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBheight\fR ( const TQListBox * lb ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const QListBox * lb ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const TQListBox * lb ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBisSelected\fR () const"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Inherited by QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
 .BI "bool current () const  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBox * \fBlistBox\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListBox * \fBlistBox\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBsetSelectable\fR ( bool b )"
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ Inherited by QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
 .BI "bool \fBisSelectable\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBnext\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListBoxItem * \fBnext\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBprev\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListBoxItem * \fBprev\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual int \fBrtti\fR () const"
@@ -80,105 +80,105 @@ Inherited by QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QListBoxItem class is the base class of all list box items.
+The TQListBoxItem class is the base class of all list box items.
 .PP
-This class is an abstract base class used for all list box items. If you need to insert customized items into a QListBox you must inherit this class and reimplement paint(), height() and width().
+This class is an abstract base class used for all list box items. If you need to insert customized items into a TQListBox you must inherit this class and reimplement paint(), height() and width().
 .PP
-See also QListBox.
+See also TQListBox.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QListBoxItem::QListBoxItem ( QListBox * listbox = 0 )"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem::TQListBoxItem ( TQListBox * listbox = 0 )"
 Constructs an empty list box item in the list box \fIlistbox\fR.
-.SH "QListBoxItem::QListBoxItem ( QListBox * listbox, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem::TQListBoxItem ( TQListBox * listbox, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 Constructs an empty list box item in the list box \fIlistbox\fR and inserts it after the item \fIafter\fR or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0.
-.SH "QListBoxItem::~QListBoxItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem::~TQListBoxItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Destroys the list box item.
-.SH "bool QListBoxItem::current () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBoxItem::current () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-.SH "int QListBoxItem::height ( const QListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBoxItem::height ( const TQListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Implement this function to return the height of your item. The \fIlb\fR parameter is the same as listBox() and is provided for convenience and compatibility.
 .PP
 The default implementation returns QApplication::globalStrut()'s height.
 .PP
 See also paint() and width().
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
-.SH "bool QListBoxItem::isCurrent () const"
+Reimplemented in TQListBoxText and TQListBoxPixmap.
+.SH "bool TQListBoxItem::isCurrent () const"
 Returns TRUE if the item is the current item; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
-See also QListBox::currentItem, QListBox::item(), and isSelected().
-.SH "bool QListBoxItem::isSelectable () const"
+See also TQListBox::currentItem, TQListBox::item(), and isSelected().
+.SH "bool TQListBoxItem::isSelectable () const"
 Returns TRUE if this item is selectable (the default); otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setSelectable().
-.SH "bool QListBoxItem::isSelected () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBoxItem::isSelected () const"
 Returns TRUE if the item is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
-See also QListBox::isSelected() and isCurrent().
+See also TQListBox::isSelected() and isCurrent().
 .PP
 Example: listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp.
-.SH "QListBox * QListBoxItem::listBox () const"
+.SH "TQListBox * TQListBoxItem::listBox () const"
 Returns a pointer to the list box containing this item.
-.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBoxItem::next () const"
+.SH "TQListBoxItem * TQListBoxItem::next () const"
 Returns the item that comes after this in the list box. If this is the last item, 0 is returned.
 .PP
 See also prev().
-.SH "void QListBoxItem::paint ( TQPainter * p )\fC [pure virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBoxItem::paint ( TQPainter * p )\fC [pure virtual protected]\fR"
 Implement this function to draw your item. The painter, \fIp\fR, is already open for painting.
 .PP
 See also height() and width().
 .PP
 Example: listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QListBoxItem::pixmap () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Reimplemented in TQListBoxText and TQListBoxPixmap.
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQListBoxItem::pixmap () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the pixmap associated with the item, or 0 if there isn't one.
 .PP
 The default implementation returns 0.
 .PP
 Example: listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListBoxPixmap.
-.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBoxItem::prev () const"
+Reimplemented in TQListBoxPixmap.
+.SH "TQListBoxItem * TQListBoxItem::prev () const"
 Returns the item which comes before this in the list box. If this is the first item, 0 is returned.
 .PP
 See also next().
-.SH "int QListBoxItem::rtti () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBoxItem::rtti () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns 0.
 .PP
 Make your derived classes return their own values for rtti(), and you can distinguish between listbox items. You should use values greater than 1000 preferably a large random number, to allow for extensions to this class.
-.SH "bool QListBoxItem::selected () const"
+.SH "bool TQListBoxItem::selected () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-.SH "void QListBoxItem::setCustomHighlighting ( bool b )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListBoxItem::setCustomHighlighting ( bool b )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Defines whether the list box item is responsible for drawing itself in a highlighted state when being selected.
 .PP
 If \fIb\fR is FALSE (the default), the list box will draw some default highlight indicator before calling paint().
 .PP
 See also selected() and paint().
-.SH "void QListBoxItem::setSelectable ( bool b )"
+.SH "void TQListBoxItem::setSelectable ( bool b )"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE (the default) then this item can be selected by the user; otherwise this item cannot be selected by the user.
 .PP
 See also isSelectable().
-.SH "void QListBoxItem::setText ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-Sets the text of the QListBoxItem to \fItext\fR. This \fItext\fR is also used for sorting. The text is not shown unless explicitly drawn in paint().
+.SH "void TQListBoxItem::setText ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+Sets the text of the TQListBoxItem to \fItext\fR. This \fItext\fR is also used for sorting. The text is not shown unless explicitly drawn in paint().
 .PP
 See also text().
-.SH "TQString QListBoxItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQString TQListBoxItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the text of the item. This text is also used for sorting.
 .PP
 See also setText().
 .PP
 Example: listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp.
-.SH "int QListBoxItem::width ( const QListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBoxItem::width ( const TQListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Reimplement this function to return the width of your item. The \fIlb\fR parameter is the same as listBox() and is provided for convenience and compatibility.
 .PP
 The default implementation returns QApplication::globalStrut()'s width.
 .PP
 See also paint() and height().
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap.
+Reimplemented in TQListBoxText and TQListBoxPixmap.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qlistboxitem.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlistboxitem.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt
index a1770ef4..04689961 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QListBoxPixmap 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQListBoxPixmap 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,43 +7,43 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QListBoxPixmap \- List box items with a pixmap and optional text
+TQListBoxPixmap \- List box items with a pixmap and optional text
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistbox.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistbox.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QListBoxItem.
+Inherits TQListBoxItem.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxPixmap\fR ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxPixmap\fR ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxPixmap\fR ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxPixmap\fR ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QListBoxPixmap\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQListBoxPixmap\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual const TQPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBheight\fR ( const QListBox * lb ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBheight\fR ( const TQListBox * lb ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const QListBox * lb ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const TQListBox * lb ) const"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SS "Protected Members"
@@ -53,49 +53,49 @@ Inherits QListBoxItem.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QListBoxPixmap class provides list box items with a pixmap and optional text.
+The TQListBoxPixmap class provides list box items with a pixmap and optional text.
 .PP
 Items of this class are drawn with the pixmap on the left with the optional text to the right of the pixmap.
 .PP
-See also QListBox, QListBoxItem, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQListBox, TQListBoxItem, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
+.SH "TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
 Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR.
-.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
+.SH "TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( const TQPixmap & pixmap )"
 Constructs a new list box item showing the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR.
-.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.SH "TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pixmap, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR. The item gets inserted after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0.
-.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
+.SH "TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
 Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIpix\fR and the text \fItext\fR.
-.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
+.SH "TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )"
 Constructs a new list box item showing the pixmap \fIpix\fR and the text to \fItext\fR.
-.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.SH "TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIpix\fR and the string \fItext\fR. The item gets inserted after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0.
-.SH "QListBoxPixmap::~QListBoxPixmap ()"
+.SH "TQListBoxPixmap::~TQListBoxPixmap ()"
 Destroys the item.
-.SH "int QListBoxPixmap::height ( const QListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBoxPixmap::height ( const TQListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the height of the pixmap in list box \fIlb\fR.
 .PP
 See also paint() and width().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListBoxItem.
-.SH "void QListBoxPixmap::paint ( TQPainter * painter )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+Reimplemented from TQListBoxItem.
+.SH "void TQListBoxPixmap::paint ( TQPainter * painter )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws the pixmap using \fIpainter\fR.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListBoxItem.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QListBoxPixmap::pixmap () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Reimplemented from TQListBoxItem.
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQListBoxPixmap::pixmap () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the pixmap associated with the item.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListBoxItem.
-.SH "int QListBoxPixmap::width ( const QListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Reimplemented from TQListBoxItem.
+.SH "int TQListBoxPixmap::width ( const TQListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the width of the pixmap plus some margin in list box \fIlb\fR.
 .PP
 See also paint() and height().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListBoxItem.
+Reimplemented from TQListBoxItem.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qlistboxpixmap.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlistboxpixmap.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt
index 0635f452..f347c059 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QListBoxText 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQListBoxText 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,31 +7,31 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QListBoxText \- List box items that display text
+TQListBoxText \- List box items that display text
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistbox.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistbox.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QListBoxItem.
+Inherits TQListBoxItem.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxText\fR ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxText\fR ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.BI "\fBTQListBoxText\fR ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QListBoxText\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQListBoxText\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBheight\fR ( const QListBox * lb ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBheight\fR ( const TQListBox * lb ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const QListBox * lb ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const TQListBox * lb ) const"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SS "Protected Members"
@@ -41,39 +41,39 @@ Inherits QListBoxItem.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QListBoxText class provides list box items that display text.
+The TQListBoxText class provides list box items that display text.
 .PP
-The text is drawn in the widget's current font. If you need several different fonts, you must implement your own subclass of QListBoxItem.
+The text is drawn in the widget's current font. If you need several different fonts, you must implement your own subclass of TQListBoxItem.
 .PP
-See also QListBox, QListBoxItem, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQListBox, TQListBoxItem, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
+.SH "TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
 Constructs a list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the text \fItext\fR.
-.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
+.SH "TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
 Constructs a list box item showing the text \fItext\fR.
-.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )"
+.SH "TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )"
 Constructs a list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the text \fItext\fR. The item is inserted after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0.
-.SH "QListBoxText::~QListBoxText ()"
+.SH "TQListBoxText::~TQListBoxText ()"
 Destroys the item.
-.SH "int QListBoxText::height ( const QListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListBoxText::height ( const TQListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the height of a line of text in list box \fIlb\fR.
 .PP
 See also paint() and width().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListBoxItem.
-.SH "void QListBoxText::paint ( TQPainter * painter )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+Reimplemented from TQListBoxItem.
+.SH "void TQListBoxText::paint ( TQPainter * painter )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws the text using \fIpainter\fR.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListBoxItem.
-.SH "int QListBoxText::width ( const QListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Reimplemented from TQListBoxItem.
+.SH "int TQListBoxText::width ( const TQListBox * lb ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the width of this line in list box \fIlb\fR.
 .PP
 See also paint() and height().
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QListBoxItem.
+Reimplemented from TQListBoxItem.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qlistboxtext.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlistboxtext.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt
index bf273525..172a004a 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QListView 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQListView 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QListView \- Implements a list/tree view
+TQListView \- Implements a list/tree view
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistview.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistview.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQScrollView.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQListView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QListView\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQListView\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBtreeStepSize\fR () const"
@@ -28,16 +28,16 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetTreeStepSize\fR ( int )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBinsertItem\fR ( QListViewItem * i )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBinsertItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBtakeItem\fR ( QListViewItem * i )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBtakeItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void removeItem ( QListViewItem * item )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "virtual void removeItem ( TQListViewItem * item )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QHeader * \fBheader\fR () const"
+.BI "TQHeader * \fBheader\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual int \fBaddColumn\fR ( const TQString & label, int width = -1 )"
@@ -82,19 +82,19 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "int \fBcolumnAlignment\fR ( int column ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBitemAt\fR ( const TQPoint & viewPos ) const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBitemAt\fR ( const TQPoint & viewPos ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQRect \fBitemRect\fR ( const QListViewItem * i ) const"
+.BI "TQRect \fBitemRect\fR ( const TQListViewItem * i ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBitemPos\fR ( const QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "int \fBitemPos\fR ( const TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBensureItemVisible\fR ( const QListViewItem * i )"
+.BI "void \fBensureItemVisible\fR ( const TQListViewItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBrepaintItem\fR ( const QListViewItem * item ) const"
+.BI "void \fBrepaintItem\fR ( const TQListViewItem * item ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void setMultiSelection ( bool enable )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
@@ -115,34 +115,34 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "virtual void \fBclearSelection\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelected\fR ( QListViewItem * item, bool selected )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelected\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, bool selected )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBsetSelectionAnchor\fR ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBsetSelectionAnchor\fR ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBisSelected\fR ( const QListViewItem * i ) const"
+.BI "bool \fBisSelected\fR ( const TQListViewItem * i ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBselectedItem\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBselectedItem\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetOpen\fR ( QListViewItem * item, bool open )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetOpen\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, bool open )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBisOpen\fR ( const QListViewItem * item ) const"
+.BI "bool \fBisOpen\fR ( const TQListViewItem * item ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( QListViewItem * i )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBcurrentItem\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBcurrentItem\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBfirstChild\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBfirstChild\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBlastItem\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBlastItem\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBchildCount\fR () const"
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "ResizeMode \fBresizeMode\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "enum \fBRenameAction\fR { Accept, Reject }"
@@ -250,70 +250,70 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "void \fBselectionChanged\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBselectionChanged\fR ( QListViewItem * )"
+.BI "void \fBselectionChanged\fR ( TQListViewItem * )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( QListViewItem * )"
+.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( TQListViewItem * )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )"
+.BI "void \fBclicked\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )"
+.BI "void \fBpressed\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void doubleClicked ( QListViewItem * item )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "void doubleClicked ( TQListViewItem * item )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBdoubleClicked\fR ( QListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )"
+.BI "void \fBdoubleClicked\fR ( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBreturnPressed\fR ( QListViewItem * )"
+.BI "void \fBreturnPressed\fR ( TQListViewItem * )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBspacePressed\fR ( QListViewItem * )"
+.BI "void \fBspacePressed\fR ( TQListViewItem * )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBrightButtonClicked\fR ( QListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )"
+.BI "void \fBrightButtonClicked\fR ( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBrightButtonPressed\fR ( QListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )"
+.BI "void \fBrightButtonPressed\fR ( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBmouseButtonPressed\fR ( int button, QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )"
+.BI "void \fBmouseButtonPressed\fR ( int button, TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBmouseButtonClicked\fR ( int button, QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )"
+.BI "void \fBmouseButtonClicked\fR ( int button, TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBcontextMenuRequested\fR ( QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int col )"
+.BI "void \fBcontextMenuRequested\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int col )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBonItem\fR ( QListViewItem * i )"
+.BI "void \fBonItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBonViewport\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBexpanded\fR ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBexpanded\fR ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBcollapsed\fR ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "void \fBcollapsed\fR ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBdropped\fR ( TQDropEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text )"
+.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QListViewItem * item, int col )"
+.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, int col )"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SS "Properties"
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .BI "bool \fBallColumnsShowFocus\fR - whether items should show keyboard focus using all columns"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBchildCount\fR - the number of parentless (top-level) QListViewItem objects in this QListView  \fI(read " "only" ")\fR"
+.BI "int \fBchildCount\fR - the number of parentless (top-level) TQListViewItem objects in this TQListView  \fI(read " "only" ")\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBcolumns\fR - the number of columns in this list view  \fI(read " "only" ")\fR"
@@ -395,15 +395,15 @@ Inherits TQScrollView.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QListView class implements a list/tree view.
+The TQListView class implements a list/tree view.
 .PP
 It can display and control a hierarchy of multi-column items, and provides the ability to add new items at any time. The user may select one or many items (depending on the SelectionMode) and sort the list in increasing or decreasing order by any column.
 .PP
-The simplest pattern of use is to create a QListView, add some column headers using addColumn() and create one or more QListViewItem or TQCheckListItem objects with the QListView as parent:
+The simplest pattern of use is to create a TQListView, add some column headers using addColumn() and create one or more TQListViewItem or TQCheckListItem objects with the TQListView as parent:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-        QListView * table;
+        TQListView * table;
 .fi
 .PP
 .nf
@@ -415,16 +415,16 @@ The simplest pattern of use is to create a QListView, add some column headers us
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-            element = new QListViewItem( table, qName, namespaceURI );
+            element = new TQListViewItem( table, qName, namespaceURI );
 .fi
 .PP
-Further nodes can be added to the list view object (the root of the tree) or as child nodes to QListViewItems:
+Further nodes can be added to the list view object (the root of the tree) or as child nodes to TQListViewItems:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
             for ( int i = 0 ; i < attributes.length(); i++ ) {
 .br
-                new QListViewItem( element, attributes.qName(i), attributes.uri(i) );
+                new TQListViewItem( element, attributes.qName(i), attributes.uri(i) );
 .br
             }
 .fi
@@ -442,21 +442,21 @@ To handle events such as mouse presses on the list view, derived classes can rei
 .PP
 There are also several functions for mapping between items and coordinates. itemAt() returns the item at a position on-screen, itemRect() returns the rectangle an item occupies on the screen, and itemPos() returns the position of any item (whether it is on-screen or not). firstChild() returns the list view's first item (not necessarily visible on-screen).
 .PP
-You can iterate over visible items using QListViewItem::itemBelow(); over a list view's top-level items using QListViewItem::firstChild() and QListViewItem::nextSibling(); or every item using a QListViewItemIterator. See the QListViewItem documentation for examples of traversal.
+You can iterate over visible items using TQListViewItem::itemBelow(); over a list view's top-level items using TQListViewItem::firstChild() and TQListViewItem::nextSibling(); or every item using a TQListViewItemIterator. See the TQListViewItem documentation for examples of traversal.
 .PP
-An item can be moved amongst its siblings using QListViewItem::moveItem(). To move an item in the hierarchy use takeItem() and insertItem(). Item's (and all their child items) are deleted with \fCdelete\fR; to delete all the list view's items use clear().
+An item can be moved amongst its siblings using TQListViewItem::moveItem(). To move an item in the hierarchy use takeItem() and insertItem(). Item's (and all their child items) are deleted with \fCdelete\fR; to delete all the list view's items use clear().
 .PP
-There are a variety of selection modes described in the QListView::SelectionMode documentation. The default is Single selection, which you can change using setSelectionMode().
+There are a variety of selection modes described in the TQListView::SelectionMode documentation. The default is Single selection, which you can change using setSelectionMode().
 .PP
-Because QListView offers multiple selection it must display keyboard focus and selection state separately. Therefore there are functions both to set the selection state of an item (setSelected()) and to set which item displays keyboard focus (setCurrentItem()).
+Because TQListView offers multiple selection it must display keyboard focus and selection state separately. Therefore there are functions both to set the selection state of an item (setSelected()) and to set which item displays keyboard focus (setCurrentItem()).
 .PP
-QListView emits two groups of signals; one group signals changes in selection/focus state and one indicates selection. The first group consists of selectionChanged() (applicable to all list views), selectionChanged(QListViewItem*) (applicable only to a Single selection list view), and currentChanged(QListViewItem*). The second group consists of doubleClicked(QListViewItem*), returnPressed(QListViewItem*), rightButtonClicked(QListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int), etc.
+TQListView emits two groups of signals; one group signals changes in selection/focus state and one indicates selection. The first group consists of selectionChanged() (applicable to all list views), selectionChanged(TQListViewItem*) (applicable only to a Single selection list view), and currentChanged(TQListViewItem*). The second group consists of doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*), returnPressed(TQListViewItem*), rightButtonClicked(TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int), etc.
 .PP
 Note that changing the state of the list view in a slot connected to a list view signal may cause unexpected side effects. If you need to change the list view's state in response to a signal, use a single shot timer with a time out of 0, and connect this timer to a slot that modifies the list view's state.
 .PP
-In Motif style, QListView deviates fairly strongly from the look and feel of the Motif hierarchical tree view. This is done mostly to provide a usable keyboard interface and to make the list view look better with a white background.
+In Motif style, TQListView deviates fairly strongly from the look and feel of the Motif hierarchical tree view. This is done mostly to provide a usable keyboard interface and to make the list view look better with a white background.
 .PP
-If selectionMode() is Single (the default) the user can select one item at a time, e.g. by clicking an item with the mouse, see QListView::SelectionMode for details.
+If selectionMode() is Single (the default) the user can select one item at a time, e.g. by clicking an item with the mouse, see TQListView::SelectionMode for details.
 .PP
 The list view can be navigated either using the mouse or the keyboard. Clicking a \fB-\fR icon closes an item (hides its children) and clicking a \fB+\fR icon opens an item (shows its children). The keyboard controls are these: <center>.nf
 .TS
@@ -476,52 +476,52 @@ If the user starts typing letters with the focus in the list view an incremental
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem, TQCheckListItem, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQListViewItem, TQCheckListItem, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QListView::RenameAction"
+.SH "TQListView::RenameAction"
 This enum describes whether a rename operation is accepted if the rename editor loses focus without the user pressing Enter.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::Accept\fR - Rename if Enter is pressed or focus is lost.
+\fCTQListView::Accept\fR - Rename if Enter is pressed or focus is lost.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::Reject\fR - Discard the rename operation if focus is lost (and Enter has not been pressed).
-.SH "QListView::ResizeMode"
+\fCTQListView::Reject\fR - Discard the rename operation if focus is lost (and Enter has not been pressed).
+.SH "TQListView::ResizeMode"
 This enum describes how the list view's header adjusts to resize events which affect the width of the list view.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::NoColumn\fR - The columns do not get resized in resize events.
+\fCTQListView::NoColumn\fR - The columns do not get resized in resize events.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::AllColumns\fR - All columns are resized equally to fit the width of the list view.
+\fCTQListView::AllColumns\fR - All columns are resized equally to fit the width of the list view.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::LastColumn\fR - The last column is resized to fit the width of the list view.
-.SH "QListView::SelectionMode"
-This enumerated type is used by QListView to indicate how it reacts to selection by the user.
+\fCTQListView::LastColumn\fR - The last column is resized to fit the width of the list view.
+.SH "TQListView::SelectionMode"
+This enumerated type is used by TQListView to indicate how it reacts to selection by the user.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::Single\fR - When the user selects an item, any already-selected item becomes unselected. The user can unselect the selected item by clicking on some empty space within the view.
+\fCTQListView::Single\fR - When the user selects an item, any already-selected item becomes unselected. The user can unselect the selected item by clicking on some empty space within the view.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::Multi\fR - When the user selects an item in the usual way, the selection status of that item is toggled and the other items are left alone. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse while the left mouse button stays pressed.
+\fCTQListView::Multi\fR - When the user selects an item in the usual way, the selection status of that item is toggled and the other items are left alone. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse while the left mouse button stays pressed.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::Extended\fR - When the user selects an item in the usual way, the selection is cleared and the new item selected. However, if the user presses the Ctrl key when clicking on an item, the clicked item gets toggled and all other items are left untouched. And if the user presses the Shift key while clicking on an item, all items between the current item and the clicked item get selected or unselected, depending on the state of the clicked item. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse over them.
+\fCTQListView::Extended\fR - When the user selects an item in the usual way, the selection is cleared and the new item selected. However, if the user presses the Ctrl key when clicking on an item, the clicked item gets toggled and all other items are left untouched. And if the user presses the Shift key while clicking on an item, all items between the current item and the clicked item get selected or unselected, depending on the state of the clicked item. Also, multiple items can be selected by dragging the mouse over them.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::NoSelection\fR - Items cannot be selected.
+\fCTQListView::NoSelection\fR - Items cannot be selected.
 .PP
 In other words, Single is a real single-selection list view, Multi a real multi-selection list view, Extended is a list view where users can select multiple items but usually want to select either just one or a range of contiguous items, and NoSelection is a list view where the user can look but not touch.
-.SH "QListView::WidthMode"
+.SH "TQListView::WidthMode"
 This enum type describes how the width of a column in the view changes.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::Manual\fR - the column width does not change automatically.
+\fCTQListView::Manual\fR - the column width does not change automatically.
 .TP
-\fCQListView::Maximum\fR - the column is automatically sized according to the widths of all items in the column. (Note: The column never shrinks in this case.) This means that the column is always resized to the width of the item with the largest width in the column.
+\fCTQListView::Maximum\fR - the column is automatically sized according to the widths of all items in the column. (Note: The column never shrinks in this case.) This means that the column is always resized to the width of the item with the largest width in the column.
 .PP
 See also setColumnWidth(), setColumnWidthMode(), and columnWidth().
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QListView::QListView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQListView::TQListView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a new empty list view called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR.
 .PP
-Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags \fIf\fR so that only part of the QListViewItem children is redrawn. This may be unsuitable for custom QListViewItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared.
+Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags \fIf\fR so that only part of the TQListViewItem children is redrawn. This may be unsuitable for custom TQListViewItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared.
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
-.SH "QListView::~QListView ()"
+.SH "TQListView::~TQListView ()"
 Destroys the list view, deleting all its items, and frees up all allocated resources.
-.SH "int QListView::addColumn ( const TQString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListView::addColumn ( const TQString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Adds a \fIwidth\fR pixels wide column with the column header \fIlabel\fR to the list view, and returns the index of the new column.
 .PP
 All columns apart from the first one are inserted to the right of the existing ones.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ See also setColumnText(), setColumnWidth(), and setColumnWidthMode().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, checklists/checklists.cpp, dirview/main.cpp, fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp, listviews/listviews.cpp, and tqdir/tqdir.cpp.
-.SH "int QListView::addColumn ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListView::addColumn ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds a \fIwidth\fR pixels wide new column with the header \fIlabel\fR and the \fIiconset\fR to the list view, and returns the index of the column.
@@ -540,13 +540,13 @@ Adds a \fIwidth\fR pixels wide new column with the header \fIlabel\fR and the \f
 If \fIwidth\fR is negative, the new column's WidthMode is set to Maximum, and to Manual otherwise.
 .PP
 See also setColumnText(), setColumnWidth(), and setColumnWidthMode().
-.SH "void QListView::adjustColumn ( int col )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::adjustColumn ( int col )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Adjusts the column \fIcol\fR to its preferred width
-.SH "bool QListView::allColumnsShowFocus () const"
+.SH "bool TQListView::allColumnsShowFocus () const"
 Returns TRUE if items should show keyboard focus using all columns; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "allColumnsShowFocus" property for details.
-.SH "int QListView::childCount () const"
-Returns the number of parentless (top-level) QListViewItem objects in this QListView. See the "childCount" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::clear ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListView::childCount () const"
+Returns the number of parentless (top-level) TQListViewItem objects in this TQListView. See the "childCount" property for details.
+.SH "void TQListView::clear ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Removes and deletes all the items in this list view and triggers an update.
 .PP
 Note that the currentChanged() signal is not emitted when this slot is invoked.
@@ -555,69 +555,69 @@ See also triggerUpdate().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, checklists/checklists.cpp, listviews/listviews.cpp, and qutlook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::clearSelection ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::clearSelection ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets all the items to be not selected, updates the list view as necessary, and emits the selectionChanged() signals. Note that for Multi selection list views this function needs to iterate over \fIall\fR items.
 .PP
 See also setSelected() and multiSelection.
 .PP
 Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::clicked ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::clicked ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the user clicks (mouse pressed \fIand\fR mouse released) in the list view. \fIitem\fR is the clicked list view item, or 0 if the user didn't click on an item.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
 .PP
 Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::clicked ( QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::clicked ( TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted whenever the user clicks (mouse pressed \fIand\fR mouse released) in the list view. \fIitem\fR is the clicked list view item, or 0 if the user didn't click on an item. \fIpnt\fR is the position where the user has clicked in global coordinates. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, \fIc\fR is the list view column into which the user pressed; if \fIitem\fR is 0 \fIc\fR's value is undefined.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListView::collapsed ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListView::collapsed ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the \fIitem\fR has been collapsed, i.e. when the children of \fIitem\fR are hidden.
 .PP
 See also setOpen() and expanded().
-.SH "int QListView::columnAlignment ( int column ) const"
+.SH "int TQListView::columnAlignment ( int column ) const"
 Returns the alignment of column \fIcolumn\fR. The default is AlignAuto.
 .PP
 See also TQt::AlignmentFlags.
-.SH "TQString QListView::columnText ( int c ) const"
+.SH "TQString TQListView::columnText ( int c ) const"
 Returns the text of column \fIc\fR.
 .PP
 See also setColumnText().
-.SH "int QListView::columnWidth ( int c ) const"
+.SH "int TQListView::columnWidth ( int c ) const"
 Returns the width of column \fIc\fR.
 .PP
 See also setColumnWidth().
-.SH "WidthMode QListView::columnWidthMode ( int c ) const"
+.SH "WidthMode TQListView::columnWidthMode ( int c ) const"
 Returns the WidthMode for column \fIc\fR.
 .PP
 See also setColumnWidthMode().
-.SH "int QListView::columns () const"
+.SH "int TQListView::columns () const"
 Returns the number of columns in this list view. See the "columns" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Processes the mouse double-click event \fIe\fR on behalf of the viewed widget.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Processes the mouse move event \fIe\fR on behalf of the viewed widget.
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QListView::contentsMousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::contentsMousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Processes the mouse press event \fIe\fR on behalf of the viewed widget.
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Processes the mouse release event \fIe\fR on behalf of the viewed widget.
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QListView::contextMenuRequested ( QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::contextMenuRequested ( TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user invokes a context menu with the right mouse button or with special system keys. If the keyboard was used \fIitem\fR is the current item; if the mouse was used, \fIitem\fR is the item under the mouse pointer or 0 if there is no item under the mouse pointer. If no item is clicked, the column index emitted is -1.
 .PP
 \fIpos\fR is the position for the context menu in the global coordinate system.
@@ -625,102 +625,102 @@ This signal is emitted when the user invokes a context menu with the right mouse
 \fIcol\fR is the column on which the user pressed, or -1 if the signal was triggered by a key event.
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::currentChanged ( QListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::currentChanged ( TQListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the current item has changed (normally after the screen update). The current item is the item responsible for indicating keyboard focus.
 .PP
 The argument is the newly current item, or 0 if the change made no item current. This can happen, for example, if all items in the list view are deleted.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
 .PP
 See also setCurrentItem() and currentItem().
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::currentItem () const"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListView::currentItem () const"
 Returns the current item, or 0 if there isn't one.
 .PP
 See also setCurrentItem().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, listviews/listviews.cpp, and qutlook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "RenameAction QListView::defaultRenameAction () const"
+.SH "RenameAction TQListView::defaultRenameAction () const"
 Returns what action to perform when the editor loses focus during renaming. See the "defaultRenameAction" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::doAutoScroll ()\fC [protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::doAutoScroll ()\fC [protected slot]\fR"
 This slot handles auto-scrolling when the mouse button is pressed and the mouse is outside the widget.
-.SH "void QListView::doubleClicked ( QListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted whenever an item is double-clicked. It's emitted on the second button press, not the second button release. The arguments are the relevant QListViewItem (may be 0), the point in global coordinates and the relevant column (or -1 if the click was outside the list).
+.SH "void TQListView::doubleClicked ( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted whenever an item is double-clicked. It's emitted on the second button press, not the second button release. The arguments are the relevant TQListViewItem (may be 0), the point in global coordinates and the relevant column (or -1 if the click was outside the list).
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListView::doubleClicked ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
-\fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. (use doubleClicked( QListViewItem *, const TQPoint&, int ))
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListView::doubleClicked ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+\fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. (use doubleClicked( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint&, int ))
 .PP
 This signal is emitted whenever an item is double-clicked. It's emitted on the second button press, not the second button release. \fIitem\fR is the list view item on which the user did the double-click.
-.SH "TQDragObject * QListView::dragObject ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-If the user presses the mouse on an item and starts moving the mouse, and the item allow dragging (see QListViewItem::setDragEnabled()), this function is called to get a drag object and a drag is started unless dragObject() returns 0.
+.SH "TQDragObject * TQListView::dragObject ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+If the user presses the mouse on an item and starts moving the mouse, and the item allow dragging (see TQListViewItem::setDragEnabled()), this function is called to get a drag object and a drag is started unless dragObject() returns 0.
 .PP
 By default this function returns 0. You should reimplement it and create a TQDragObject depending on the selected items.
-.SH "void QListView::drawContentsOffset ( TQPainter * p, int ox, int oy, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-Calls QListViewItem::paintCell() and QListViewItem::paintBranches() as necessary for all list view items that require repainting in the \fIcw\fR pixels wide and \fIch\fR pixels high bounding rectangle starting at position \fIcx\fR, \fIcy\fR with offset \fIox\fR, \fIoy\fR. Uses the painter \fIp\fR.
+.SH "void TQListView::drawContentsOffset ( TQPainter * p, int ox, int oy, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+Calls TQListViewItem::paintCell() and TQListViewItem::paintBranches() as necessary for all list view items that require repainting in the \fIcw\fR pixels wide and \fIch\fR pixels high bounding rectangle starting at position \fIcx\fR, \fIcy\fR with offset \fIox\fR, \fIoy\fR. Uses the painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QListView::dropped ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::dropped ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted, when a drop event occurred on the viewport (not onto an item).
 .PP
 \fIe\fR provides all the information about the drop.
-.SH "void QListView::ensureItemVisible ( const QListViewItem * i )"
+.SH "void TQListView::ensureItemVisible ( const TQListViewItem * i )"
 Ensures that item \fIi\fR is visible, scrolling the list view vertically if necessary and opening (expanding) any parent items if this is required to show the item.
 .PP
 See also itemRect() and TQScrollView::ensureVisible().
-.SH "bool QListView::eventFilter ( TQObject * o, TQEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQListView::eventFilter ( TQObject * o, TQEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Redirects the event \fIe\fR relating to object \fIo\fR, for the viewport to mousePressEvent(), keyPressEvent() and friends.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QListView::expanded ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::expanded ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when \fIitem\fR has been expanded, i.e. when the children of \fIitem\fR are shown.
 .PP
 See also setOpen() and collapsed().
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::findItem ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListView::findItem ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const"
 Finds the first list view item in column \fIcolumn\fR, that matches \fItext\fR and returns the item, or returns 0 of no such item could be found. The search starts from the current item if the current item exists, otherwise it starts from the first list view item. After reaching the last item the search continues from the first item. Pass OR-ed together TQt::StringComparisonMode values in the \fIcompare\fR flag, to control how the matching is performed. The default comparison mode is case-sensitive, exact match.
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::firstChild () const"
-Returns the first item in this QListView. Returns 0 if there is no first item.
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListView::firstChild () const"
+Returns the first item in this TQListView. Returns 0 if there is no first item.
 .PP
-A list view's items can be traversed using firstChild() and nextSibling() or using a QListViewItemIterator.
+A list view's items can be traversed using firstChild() and nextSibling() or using a TQListViewItemIterator.
 .PP
-See also itemAt(), QListViewItem::itemBelow(), and QListViewItem::itemAbove().
+See also itemAt(), TQListViewItem::itemBelow(), and TQListViewItem::itemAbove().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp and listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "QHeader * QListView::header () const"
-Returns the QHeader object that manages this list view's columns. Please don't modify the header behind the list view's back.
+.SH "TQHeader * TQListView::header () const"
+Returns the TQHeader object that manages this list view's columns. Please don't modify the header behind the list view's back.
 .PP
-You may safely call QHeader::setClickEnabled(), QHeader::setResizeEnabled(), QHeader::setMovingEnabled(), QHeader::hide() and all the const QHeader functions.
+You may safely call TQHeader::setClickEnabled(), TQHeader::setResizeEnabled(), TQHeader::setMovingEnabled(), TQHeader::hide() and all the const TQHeader functions.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l listviews/listviews.cpp and tqdir/tqdir.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::hideColumn ( int column )"
+.SH "void TQListView::hideColumn ( int column )"
 Hides the column specified at \fIcolumn\fR. This is a convenience function that calls setColumnWidth( \fIcolumn\fR, 0 ).
 .PP
 Note: The user may still be able to resize the hidden column using the header handles. To prevent this, call setResizeEnabled(FALSE, \fIcolumn\fR) on the list views header.
 .PP
 See also setColumnWidth().
-.SH "void QListView::insertItem ( QListViewItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Inserts item \fIi\fR into the list view as a top-level item. You do not need to call this unless you've called takeItem(\fIi\fR) or QListViewItem::takeItem(\fIi\fR) and need to reinsert \fIi\fR elsewhere.
+.SH "void TQListView::insertItem ( TQListViewItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Inserts item \fIi\fR into the list view as a top-level item. You do not need to call this unless you've called takeItem(\fIi\fR) or TQListViewItem::takeItem(\fIi\fR) and need to reinsert \fIi\fR elsewhere.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::takeItem() and takeItem().
-.SH "void QListView::invertSelection ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+See also TQListViewItem::takeItem() and takeItem().
+.SH "void TQListView::invertSelection ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Inverts the selection. Only works in Multi and Extended selection modes.
-.SH "bool QListView::isMultiSelection () const"
+.SH "bool TQListView::isMultiSelection () const"
 Returns TRUE if the list view is in multi-selection or extended-selection mode; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "multiSelection" property for details.
-.SH "bool QListView::isOpen ( const QListViewItem * item ) const"
+.SH "bool TQListView::isOpen ( const TQListViewItem * item ) const"
 Identical to \fIitem\fR->isOpen(). Provided for completeness.
 .PP
 See also setOpen().
-.SH "bool QListView::isRenaming () const"
+.SH "bool TQListView::isRenaming () const"
 Returns TRUE if an item is being renamed; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListView::isSelected ( const QListViewItem * i ) const"
+.SH "bool TQListView::isSelected ( const TQListViewItem * i ) const"
 Returns TRUE if the list view item \fIi\fR is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::isSelected().
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::itemAt ( const TQPoint & viewPos ) const"
+See also TQListViewItem::isSelected().
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListView::itemAt ( const TQPoint & viewPos ) const"
 Returns the list view item at \fIviewPos\fR. Note that \fIviewPos\fR is in the viewport()'s coordinate system, not in the list view's own, much larger, coordinate system.
 .PP
 itemAt() returns 0 if there is no such item.
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Note that you also get the pointer to the item if \fIviewPos\fR points to the ro
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    QListViewItem *i = itemAt( p );
+    TQListViewItem *i = itemAt( p );
 .br
     if ( i ) {
 .br
@@ -752,18 +752,18 @@ Note that you also get the pointer to the item if \fIviewPos\fR points to the ro
 This might be interesting if you use this function to find out where the user clicked and if you want to start a drag (which you do not want to do if the user clicked onto the root decoration of an item).
 .PP
 See also itemPos(), itemRect(), and viewportToContents().
-.SH "int QListView::itemMargin () const"
+.SH "int TQListView::itemMargin () const"
 Returns the advisory item margin that list items may use. See the "itemMargin" property for details.
-.SH "int QListView::itemPos ( const QListViewItem * item )"
+.SH "int TQListView::itemPos ( const TQListViewItem * item )"
 Returns the y-coordinate of \fIitem\fR in the list view's coordinate system. This function is normally much slower than itemAt() but it works for all items, whereas itemAt() normally works only for items on the screen.
 .PP
-This is a thin wrapper around QListViewItem::itemPos().
+This is a thin wrapper around TQListViewItem::itemPos().
 .PP
 See also itemAt() and itemRect().
-.SH "TQRect QListView::itemRect ( const QListViewItem * i ) const"
+.SH "TQRect TQListView::itemRect ( const TQListViewItem * i ) const"
 Returns the rectangle on the screen that item \fIi\fR occupies in viewport()'s coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \fIi\fR is 0 or is not currently visible.
 .PP
-The rectangle returned does not include any children of the rectangle (i.e. it uses QListViewItem::height(), rather than QListViewItem::totalHeight()). If you want the rectangle to include children you can use something like this:
+The rectangle returned does not include any children of the rectangle (i.e. it uses TQListViewItem::height(), rather than TQListViewItem::totalHeight()). If you want the rectangle to include children you can use something like this:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
@@ -778,125 +778,125 @@ The rectangle returned does not include any children of the rectangle (i.e. it u
 Note the way it avoids too-high rectangles. totalHeight() can be much larger than the window system's coordinate system allows.
 .PP
 itemRect() is comparatively slow. It's best to call it only for items that are probably on-screen.
-.SH "void QListView::itemRenamed ( QListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::itemRenamed ( TQListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when \fIitem\fR has been renamed to \fItext\fR, e.g. by in in-place renaming, in column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::setRenameEnabled().
-.SH "void QListView::itemRenamed ( QListViewItem * item, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
+See also TQListViewItem::setRenameEnabled().
+.SH "void TQListView::itemRenamed ( TQListViewItem * item, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted when \fIitem\fR has been renamed, e.g. by in-place renaming, in column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::setRenameEnabled().
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::lastItem () const"
-Returns the last item in the list view tree. Returns 0 if there are no items in the QListView.
+See also TQListViewItem::setRenameEnabled().
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListView::lastItem () const"
+Returns the last item in the list view tree. Returns 0 if there are no items in the TQListView.
 .PP
 This function is slow because it traverses the entire tree to find the last item.
-.SH "void QListView::mouseButtonClicked ( int button, QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::mouseButtonClicked ( int button, TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the user clicks (mouse pressed \fIand\fR mouse released) in the list view at position \fIpos\fR. \fIbutton\fR is the mouse button that the user pressed, \fIitem\fR is the clicked list view item or 0 if the user didn't click on an item. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, \fIc\fR is the list view column into which the user pressed; if \fIitem\fR is 0 \fIc\fR's value is undefined.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListView::mouseButtonPressed ( int button, QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListView::mouseButtonPressed ( int button, TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pos, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the user pressed the mouse button in the list view at position \fIpos\fR. \fIbutton\fR is the mouse button which the user pressed, \fIitem\fR is the pressed list view item or 0 if the user didn't press on an item. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, \fIc\fR is the list view column into which the user pressed; if \fIitem\fR is 0 \fIc\fR's value is undefined.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListView::onItem ( QListViewItem * i )\fC [signal]\fR"
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListView::onItem ( TQListViewItem * i )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto item \fIi\fR, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function.
-.SH "void QListView::onViewport ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::onViewport ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor from an item to an empty part of the list view.
-.SH "void QListView::paintEmptyArea ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & rect )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::paintEmptyArea ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & rect )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Paints \fIrect\fR so that it looks like empty background using painter \fIp\fR. \fIrect\fR is in widget coordinates, ready to be fed to \fIp\fR.
 .PP
 The default function fills \fIrect\fR with the viewport()->backgroundBrush().
-.SH "void QListView::pressed ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::pressed ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the user presses the mouse button in a list view. \fIitem\fR is the list view item on which the user pressed the mouse button, or 0 if the user didn't press the mouse on an item.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListView::pressed ( QListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListView::pressed ( TQListViewItem * item, const TQPoint & pnt, int c )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted whenever the user presses the mouse button in a list view. \fIitem\fR is the list view item on which the user pressed the mouse button, or 0 if the user didn't press the mouse on an item. \fIpnt\fR is the position of the mouse cursor in global coordinates, and \fIc\fR is the column where the mouse cursor was when the user pressed the mouse button.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QListView::removeColumn ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+.SH "void TQListView::removeColumn ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Removes the column at position \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
 If no columns remain after the column is removed, the list view will be cleared.
 .PP
 See also clear().
-.SH "void QListView::removeItem ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::removeItem ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This function has been renamed takeItem().
-.SH "void QListView::repaintItem ( const QListViewItem * item ) const"
+.SH "void TQListView::repaintItem ( const TQListViewItem * item ) const"
 Repaints \fIitem\fR on the screen if \fIitem\fR is currently visible. Takes care to avoid multiple repaints.
-.SH "void QListView::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Ensures that the header is correctly sized and positioned when the resize event \fIe\fR occurs.
-.SH "ResizeMode QListView::resizeMode () const"
+.SH "ResizeMode TQListView::resizeMode () const"
 Returns TRUE if all, none or the only the last column should be resized; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "resizeMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::returnPressed ( QListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::returnPressed ( TQListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when Enter or Return is pressed. The argument is the currentItem().
-.SH "void QListView::rightButtonClicked ( QListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted when the right button is clicked (i.e. when it's released). The arguments are the relevant QListViewItem (may be 0), the point in global coordinates and the relevant column (or -1 if the click was outside the list).
-.SH "void QListView::rightButtonPressed ( QListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted when the right button is pressed. The arguments are the relevant QListViewItem (may be 0), the point in global coordinates and the relevant column (or -1 if the click was outside the list).
-.SH "bool QListView::rootIsDecorated () const"
+.SH "void TQListView::rightButtonClicked ( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted when the right button is clicked (i.e. when it's released). The arguments are the relevant TQListViewItem (may be 0), the point in global coordinates and the relevant column (or -1 if the click was outside the list).
+.SH "void TQListView::rightButtonPressed ( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int )\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted when the right button is pressed. The arguments are the relevant TQListViewItem (may be 0), the point in global coordinates and the relevant column (or -1 if the click was outside the list).
+.SH "bool TQListView::rootIsDecorated () const"
 Returns TRUE if the list view shows open/close signs on root items; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "rootIsDecorated" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::selectAll ( bool select )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::selectAll ( bool select )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIselect\fR is TRUE, all the items get selected; otherwise all the items get unselected. This only works in the selection modes Multi and Extended. In Single and NoSelection mode the selection of the current item is just set to \fIselect\fR.
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::selectedItem () const"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListView::selectedItem () const"
 Returns the selected item if the list view is in Single selection mode and an item is selected.
 .PP
 If no items are selected or the list view is not in Single selection mode this function returns 0.
 .PP
 See also setSelected() and multiSelection.
-.SH "void QListView::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the set of selected items has changed (normally before the screen update). It is available in Single, Multi, and Extended selection modes, but is most useful in Multi selection mode.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
 .PP
-See also setSelected() and QListViewItem::setSelected().
+See also setSelected() and TQListViewItem::setSelected().
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::selectionChanged ( QListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::selectionChanged ( TQListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted whenever the selected item has changed in Single selection mode (normally after the screen update). The argument is the newly selected item. If the selection is cleared (when, for example, the user clicks in the unused area of the list view) then this signal will not be emitted.
 .PP
 In Multi selection mode, use the no argument overload of this signal.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
+\fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any TQListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal.
 .PP
-See also setSelected(), QListViewItem::setSelected(), and currentChanged().
-.SH "SelectionMode QListView::selectionMode () const"
+See also setSelected(), TQListViewItem::setSelected(), and currentChanged().
+.SH "SelectionMode TQListView::selectionMode () const"
 Returns the list view's selection mode. See the "selectionMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setAllColumnsShowFocus ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setAllColumnsShowFocus ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether items should show keyboard focus using all columns. See the "allColumnsShowFocus" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setColumnAlignment ( int column, int align )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Sets column \fIcolumn\fR's alignment to \fIalign\fR. The alignment is ultimately passed to QListViewItem::paintCell() for each item in the list view. For horizontally aligned text with TQt::AlignLeft or TQt::AlignHCenter the ellipsis (...) will be to the right, for TQt::AlignRight the ellipsis will be to the left.
+.SH "void TQListView::setColumnAlignment ( int column, int align )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Sets column \fIcolumn\fR's alignment to \fIalign\fR. The alignment is ultimately passed to TQListViewItem::paintCell() for each item in the list view. For horizontally aligned text with TQt::AlignLeft or TQt::AlignHCenter the ellipsis (...) will be to the right, for TQt::AlignRight the ellipsis will be to the left.
 .PP
 See also TQt::AlignmentFlags.
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the heading of column \fIcolumn\fR to \fIlabel\fR.
 .PP
 See also columnText().
-.SH "void QListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Sets the heading of column \fIcolumn\fR to \fIiconset\fR and \fIlabel\fR.
 .PP
 See also columnText().
-.SH "void QListView::setColumnWidth ( int column, int w )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setColumnWidth ( int column, int w )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the width of column \fIcolumn\fR to \fIw\fR pixels. Note that if the column has a WidthMode other than Manual, this width setting may be subsequently overridden.
 .PP
 See also columnWidth().
-.SH "void QListView::setColumnWidthMode ( int c, WidthMode mode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setColumnWidthMode ( int c, WidthMode mode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets column \fIc\fR's width mode to \fImode\fR. The default depends on the original width argument to addColumn().
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::width().
-.SH "void QListView::setCurrentItem ( QListViewItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also TQListViewItem::width().
+.SH "void TQListView::setCurrentItem ( TQListViewItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets item \fIi\fR to be the current item and repaints appropriately (i.e. highlights the item). The current item is used for keyboard navigation and focus indication; it is independent of any selected items, although a selected item can also be the current item.
 .PP
 This function does not set the selection anchor. Use setSelectionAnchor() instead.
@@ -904,83 +904,83 @@ This function does not set the selection anchor. Use setSelectionAnchor() instea
 See also currentItem() and setSelected().
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::setDefaultRenameAction ( RenameAction a )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setDefaultRenameAction ( RenameAction a )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets what action to perform when the editor loses focus during renaming to \fIa\fR. See the "defaultRenameAction" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setItemMargin ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setItemMargin ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the advisory item margin that list items may use. See the "itemMargin" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setMultiSelection ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setMultiSelection ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the list view is in multi-selection or extended-selection mode to \fIenable\fR. See the "multiSelection" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setOpen ( QListViewItem * item, bool open )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setOpen ( TQListViewItem * item, bool open )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets \fIitem\fR to be open if \fIopen\fR is TRUE and \fIitem\fR is expandable, and to be closed if \fIopen\fR is FALSE. Repaints accordingly.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::setOpen() and QListViewItem::setExpandable().
-.SH "void QListView::setResizeMode ( ResizeMode m )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also TQListViewItem::setOpen() and TQListViewItem::setExpandable().
+.SH "void TQListView::setResizeMode ( ResizeMode m )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether all, none or the only the last column should be resized to \fIm\fR. See the "resizeMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setRootIsDecorated ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setRootIsDecorated ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the list view shows open/close signs on root items. See the "rootIsDecorated" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setSelected ( QListViewItem * item, bool selected )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setSelected ( TQListViewItem * item, bool selected )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIselected\fR is TRUE the \fIitem\fR is selected; otherwise it is unselected.
 .PP
-If the list view is in Single selection mode and \fIselected\fR is TRUE, the currently selected item is unselected and \fIitem\fR is made current. Unlike QListViewItem::setSelected(), this function updates the list view as necessary and emits the selectionChanged() signals.
+If the list view is in Single selection mode and \fIselected\fR is TRUE, the currently selected item is unselected and \fIitem\fR is made current. Unlike TQListViewItem::setSelected(), this function updates the list view as necessary and emits the selectionChanged() signals.
 .PP
 See also isSelected(), multiSelection, multiSelection, setCurrentItem(), and setSelectionAnchor().
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "void QListView::setSelectionAnchor ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.SH "void TQListView::setSelectionAnchor ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 Sets the selection anchor to \fIitem\fR, if \fIitem\fR is selectable.
 .PP
 The selection anchor is the item that remains selected when Shift-selecting with either mouse or keyboard in Extended selection mode.
 .PP
 See also setSelected().
-.SH "void QListView::setSelectionMode ( SelectionMode mode )"
+.SH "void TQListView::setSelectionMode ( SelectionMode mode )"
 Sets the list view's selection mode to \fImode\fR. See the "selectionMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setShowSortIndicator ( bool show )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setShowSortIndicator ( bool show )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the list view header should display a sort indicator to \fIshow\fR. See the "showSortIndicator" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setShowToolTips ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setShowToolTips ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether this list view should show tooltips for truncated column texts to \fIb\fR. See the "showToolTips" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::setSortColumn ( int column )"
+.SH "void TQListView::setSortColumn ( int column )"
 Sets the sorting column for the list view.
 .PP
 If \fIcolumn\fR is -1, sorting is disabled and the user cannot sort columns by clicking on the column headers. If \fIcolumn\fR is larger than the number of columns the user must click on a column header to sort the list view.
 .PP
 See also setSorting().
-.SH "void QListView::setSortOrder ( SortOrder order )"
+.SH "void TQListView::setSortOrder ( SortOrder order )"
 Sets the sort order for the items in the list view to \fIorder\fR.
 .PP
 See also setSorting().
-.SH "void QListView::setSorting ( int column, bool ascending = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setSorting ( int column, bool ascending = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the list view to be sorted by column \fIcolumn\fR in ascending order if \fIascending\fR is TRUE or descending order if it is FALSE.
 .PP
 If \fIcolumn\fR is -1, sorting is disabled and the user cannot sort columns by clicking on the column headers. If \fIcolumn\fR is larger than the number of columns the user must click on a column header to sort the list view.
-.SH "void QListView::setTreeStepSize ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::setTreeStepSize ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the number of pixels a child is offset from its parent. See the "treeStepSize" property for details.
-.SH "bool QListView::showSortIndicator () const"
+.SH "bool TQListView::showSortIndicator () const"
 Returns TRUE if the list view header should display a sort indicator; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "showSortIndicator" property for details.
-.SH "bool QListView::showToolTips () const"
+.SH "bool TQListView::showToolTips () const"
 Returns TRUE if this list view should show tooltips for truncated column texts; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "showToolTips" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::sort ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::sort ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sorts the list view using the last sorting configuration (sort column and ascending/descending).
-.SH "int QListView::sortColumn () const"
+.SH "int TQListView::sortColumn () const"
 Returns the column by which the list view is sorted, or -1 if sorting is disabled.
 .PP
 See also sortOrder().
-.SH "SortOrder QListView::sortOrder () const"
+.SH "SortOrder TQListView::sortOrder () const"
 Returns the sorting order of the list view items.
 .PP
 See also sortColumn().
-.SH "void QListView::spacePressed ( QListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::spacePressed ( TQListViewItem * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when Space is pressed. The argument is the currentItem().
-.SH "void QListView::startDrag ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::startDrag ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Starts a drag.
-.SH "void QListView::takeItem ( QListViewItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Removes item \fIi\fR from the list view; \fIi\fR must be a top-level item. The warnings regarding QListViewItem::takeItem() apply to this function, too.
+.SH "void TQListView::takeItem ( TQListViewItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Removes item \fIi\fR from the list view; \fIi\fR must be a top-level item. The warnings regarding TQListViewItem::takeItem() apply to this function, too.
 .PP
 See also insertItem().
-.SH "int QListView::treeStepSize () const"
+.SH "int TQListView::treeStepSize () const"
 Returns the number of pixels a child is offset from its parent. See the "treeStepSize" property for details.
-.SH "void QListView::triggerUpdate ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::triggerUpdate ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Triggers a size, geometry and content update during the next iteration of the event loop. Ensures that there'll be just one update to avoid flicker.
-.SH "void QListView::updateContents ()\fC [protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListView::updateContents ()\fC [protected slot]\fR"
 Updates the sizes of the viewport, header, scroll bars and so on.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR Don't call this directly; call triggerUpdate() instead.
@@ -996,11 +996,11 @@ Setting this to TRUE if it's not necessary may cause noticeable flicker.
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setAllColumnsShowFocus() and get this property's value with allColumnsShowFocus().
 .SH "int childCount"
-This property holds the number of parentless (top-level) QListViewItem objects in this QListView.
+This property holds the number of parentless (top-level) TQListViewItem objects in this TQListView.
 .PP
-Holds the current number of parentless (top-level) QListViewItem objects in this QListView.
+Holds the current number of parentless (top-level) TQListViewItem objects in this TQListView.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::childCount().
+See also TQListViewItem::childCount().
 .PP
 Get this property's value with childCount().
 .SH "int columns"
@@ -1018,9 +1018,9 @@ Set this property's value with setDefaultRenameAction() and get this property's
 .SH "int itemMargin"
 This property holds the advisory item margin that list items may use.
 .PP
-The item margin defaults to one pixel and is the margin between the item's edges and the area where it draws its contents. QListViewItem::paintFocus() draws in the margin.
+The item margin defaults to one pixel and is the margin between the item's edges and the area where it draws its contents. TQListViewItem::paintFocus() draws in the margin.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::paintCell().
+See also TQListViewItem::paintCell().
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setItemMargin() and get this property's value with itemMargin().
 .SH "bool multiSelection"
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ Specifies whether all, none or only the last column should be resized to fit the
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR Setting the resize mode should be done after all necessary columns have been added to the list view, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
 .PP
-See also QHeader and header().
+See also TQHeader and header().
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setResizeMode() and get this property's value with resizeMode().
 .SH "bool rootIsDecorated"
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ This property holds whether the list view header should display a sort indicator
 .PP
 If this property is TRUE, an arrow is drawn in the header of the list view to indicate the sort order of the list view contents. The arrow will be drawn in the correct column and will point up or down, depending on the current sort direction. The default is FALSE (don't show an indicator).
 .PP
-See also QHeader::setSortIndicator().
+See also TQHeader::setSortIndicator().
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setShowSortIndicator() and get this property's value with showSortIndicator().
 .SH "bool showToolTips"
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ Of course, this property is only meaningful for hierarchical list views.
 Set this property's value with setTreeStepSize() and get this property's value with treeStepSize().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqlistview.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlistview.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt
index 00b38945..14d46e0d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QListViewItem 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQListViewItem 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QListViewItem \- Implements a list view item
+TQListViewItem \- Implements a list view item
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistview.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistview.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits Qt.
 .PP
@@ -18,40 +18,40 @@ Inherited by TQCheckListItem.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListView * parent )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * parent )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual \fB~QListViewItem\fR ()"
+.BI "virtual \fB~TQListViewItem\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBinsertItem\fR ( QListViewItem * newChild )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBinsertItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * newChild )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBtakeItem\fR ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBtakeItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void removeItem ( QListViewItem * item )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "virtual void removeItem ( TQListViewItem * item )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBheight\fR () const"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Inherited by TQCheckListItem.
 .BI "int \fBtotalHeight\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const TQFontMetrics & fm, const QListView * lv, int c ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBwidth\fR ( const TQFontMetrics & fm, const TQListView * lv, int c ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBwidthChanged\fR ( int c = -1 ) const"
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Inherited by TQCheckListItem.
 .BI "virtual TQString \fBkey\fR ( int column, bool ascending ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBcompare\fR ( QListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const"
+.BI "virtual int \fBcompare\fR ( TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsortChildItems\fR ( int column, bool ascending )"
@@ -120,25 +120,25 @@ Inherited by TQCheckListItem.
 .BI "virtual void \fBpaintFocus\fR ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, const TQRect & r )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBfirstChild\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBfirstChild\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBnextSibling\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBnextSibling\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBparent\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBparent\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBitemAbove\fR ()"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBitemAbove\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBitemBelow\fR ()"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBitemBelow\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBitemPos\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListView * \fBlistView\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListView * \fBlistView\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetSelectable\fR ( bool enable )"
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Inherited by TQCheckListItem.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsort\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBmoveItem\fR ( QListViewItem * after )"
+.BI "void \fBmoveItem\fR ( TQListViewItem * after )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetDragEnabled\fR ( bool allow )"
@@ -238,28 +238,28 @@ Inherited by TQCheckListItem.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QListViewItem class implements a list view item.
+The TQListViewItem class implements a list view item.
 .PP
-A list view item is a multi-column object capable of displaying itself in a QListView.
+A list view item is a multi-column object capable of displaying itself in a TQListView.
 .PP
-The easiest way to use QListViewItem is to construct one with a few constant strings, and either a QListView or another QListViewItem as parent.
+The easiest way to use TQListViewItem is to construct one with a few constant strings, and either a TQListView or another TQListViewItem as parent.
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-        (void) new QListViewItem( listView, "Column 1", "Column 2" );
+        (void) new TQListViewItem( listView, "Column 1", "Column 2" );
 .br
-        (void) new QListViewItem( listView->firstChild(), "A", "B", "C" );
+        (void) new TQListViewItem( listView->firstChild(), "A", "B", "C" );
 .br
 .fi
-We've discarded the pointers to the items since we can still access them via their parent \fIlistView\fR. By default, QListView sorts its items; this can be switched off with QListView::setSorting(-1).
+We've discarded the pointers to the items since we can still access them via their parent \fIlistView\fR. By default, TQListView sorts its items; this can be switched off with TQListView::setSorting(-1).
 .PP
-The parent must be another QListViewItem or a QListView. If the parent is a QListView, the item becomes a top-level item within that QListView. If the parent is another QListViewItem, the item becomes a child of that list view item.
+The parent must be another TQListViewItem or a TQListView. If the parent is a TQListView, the item becomes a top-level item within that TQListView. If the parent is another TQListViewItem, the item becomes a child of that list view item.
 .PP
-If you keep the pointer, you can set or change the texts using setText(), add pixmaps using setPixmap(), change its mode using setSelectable(), setSelected(), setOpen() and setExpandable(). You'll also be able to change its height using setHeight(), and traverse its sub-items. You don't have to keep the pointer since you can get a pointer to any QListViewItem in a QListView using QListView::selectedItem(), QListView::currentItem(), QListView::firstChild(), QListView::lastItem() and QListView::findItem().
+If you keep the pointer, you can set or change the texts using setText(), add pixmaps using setPixmap(), change its mode using setSelectable(), setSelected(), setOpen() and setExpandable(). You'll also be able to change its height using setHeight(), and traverse its sub-items. You don't have to keep the pointer since you can get a pointer to any TQListViewItem in a TQListView using TQListView::selectedItem(), TQListView::currentItem(), TQListView::firstChild(), TQListView::lastItem() and TQListView::findItem().
 .PP
 If you call \fCdelete\fR on a list view item, it will be deleted as expected, and as usual for TQObjects, if it has any child items (to any depth), all these will be deleted too.
 .PP
-TQCheckListItems are list view items that have a checkbox or radio button and can be used in place of plain QListViewItems.
+TQCheckListItems are list view items that have a checkbox or radio button and can be used in place of plain TQListViewItems.
 .PP
 You can traverse the tree as if it were a doubly-linked list using itemAbove() and itemBelow(); they return pointers to the items directly above and below this item on the screen (even if none of them are actually visible at the moment).
 .PP
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Here's how to traverse all of an item's children (but not its children's childre
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-        QListViewItem * myChild = myItem->firstChild();
+        TQListViewItem * myChild = myItem->firstChild();
 .br
         while( myChild ) {
 .br
@@ -283,11 +283,11 @@ If you want to iterate over every item, to any level of depth use an iterator. T
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-        QListViewItemIterator it( listview );
+        TQListViewItemIterator it( listview );
 .br
         while ( it.current() ) {
 .br
-            QListViewItem *item = it.current();
+            TQListViewItem *item = it.current();
 .br
             doSomething( item );
 .br
@@ -297,9 +297,9 @@ If you want to iterate over every item, to any level of depth use an iterator. T
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-Note that the order of the children will change when the sorting order changes and is undefined if the items are not visible. You can, however, call enforceSortOrder() at any time; QListView will always call it before it needs to show an item.
+Note that the order of the children will change when the sorting order changes and is undefined if the items are not visible. You can, however, call enforceSortOrder() at any time; TQListView will always call it before it needs to show an item.
 .PP
-Many programs will need to reimplement QListViewItem. The most commonly reimplemented functions are: <center>.nf
+Many programs will need to reimplement TQListViewItem. The most commonly reimplemented functions are: <center>.nf
 .TS
 l - l. Function Description text() Returns the text in a column. Many subclasses will compute this on the fly. key() Used for sorting. The default key() simply calls text(), but judicious use of key() can give you fine control over sorting; for example, TQFileDialog reimplements key() to sort by date. setup() Called before showing the item and whenever the list view's font changes, for example. activate()
 .TE
@@ -314,49 +314,49 @@ Some subclasses call setExpandable(TRUE) even when they have no children, and po
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also TQCheckListItem, QListView, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQCheckListItem, TQListView, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent )"
-Constructs a new top-level list view item in the QListView \fIparent\fR.
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent )"
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent )"
+Constructs a new top-level list view item in the TQListView \fIparent\fR.
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent )"
 Constructs a new list view item that is a child of \fIparent\fR and first in the parent's list of children.
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after )"
-Constructs an empty list view item that is a child of \fIparent\fR and is after item \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children. Since \fIparent\fR is a QListView the item will be a top-level item.
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after )"
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after )"
+Constructs an empty list view item that is a child of \fIparent\fR and is after item \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children. Since \fIparent\fR is a TQListView the item will be a top-level item.
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after )"
 Constructs an empty list view item that is a child of \fIparent\fR and is after item \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children.
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
-Constructs a new top-level list view item in the QListView \fIparent\fR, with up to eight constant strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR defining its columns' contents.
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+Constructs a new top-level list view item in the TQListView \fIparent\fR, with up to eight constant strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR defining its columns' contents.
 .PP
 See also setText().
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
-Constructs a new list view item as a child of the QListViewItem \fIparent\fR with up to eight constant strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR as columns' contents.
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+Constructs a new list view item as a child of the TQListViewItem \fIparent\fR with up to eight constant strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR as columns' contents.
 .PP
 See also setText().
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
-Constructs a new list view item in the QListView \fIparent\fR that is included after item \fIafter\fR and that has up to eight column texts, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and\fIlabel8\fR.
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+Constructs a new list view item in the TQListView \fIparent\fR that is included after item \fIafter\fR and that has up to eight column texts, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and\fIlabel8\fR.
 .PP
-Note that the order is changed according to QListViewItem::key() unless the list view's sorting is disabled using QListView::setSorting(-1).
+Note that the order is changed according to TQListViewItem::key() unless the list view's sorting is disabled using TQListView::setSorting(-1).
 .PP
 See also setText().
-.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
-Constructs a new list view item as a child of the QListViewItem \fIparent\fR. It is inserted after item \fIafter\fR and may contain up to eight strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR as column entries.
+.SH "TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )"
+Constructs a new list view item as a child of the TQListViewItem \fIparent\fR. It is inserted after item \fIafter\fR and may contain up to eight strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR as column entries.
 .PP
-Note that the order is changed according to QListViewItem::key() unless the list view's sorting is disabled using QListView::setSorting(-1).
+Note that the order is changed according to TQListViewItem::key() unless the list view's sorting is disabled using TQListView::setSorting(-1).
 .PP
 See also setText().
-.SH "QListViewItem::~QListViewItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQListViewItem::~TQListViewItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Destroys the item, deleting all its children and freeing up all allocated resources.
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::acceptDrop ( const TQMimeSource * mime ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::acceptDrop ( const TQMimeSource * mime ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if the item can accept drops of type TQMimeSource \fImime\fR; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 The default implementation does nothing and returns FALSE. A subclass must reimplement this to accept drops.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::activate ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::activate ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This virtual function is called whenever the user presses the mouse on this item or presses Space on it.
 .PP
 See also activatedPos().
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQCheckListItem.
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::activatedPos ( TQPoint & pos )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::activatedPos ( TQPoint & pos )\fC [protected]\fR"
 When called from a reimplementation of activate(), this function gives information on how the item was activated. Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
 .PP
 If activate() was caused by a mouse press, the function sets \fIpos\fR to where the user clicked and returns TRUE; otherwise it returns FALSE and does not change \fIpos\fR.
@@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ If activate() was caused by a mouse press, the function sets \fIpos\fR to where
 \fBWarning:\fR We recommend that you ignore this function; it is scheduled to become obsolete.
 .PP
 See also activate().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::cancelRename ( int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::cancelRename ( int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called if the user cancels in-place renaming of this item in column \fIcol\fR (e.g. by pressing Esc).
 .PP
 See also okRename().
-.SH "int QListViewItem::childCount () const"
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::childCount () const"
 Returns how many children this item has. The count only includes the item's immediate children.
-.SH "int QListViewItem::compare ( QListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::compare ( TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Compares this list view item to \fIi\fR using the column \fIcol\fR in \fIascending\fR order. Returns < 0 if this item is less than \fIi\fR, 0 if they are equal and > 0 if this item is greater than \fIi\fR.
 .PP
 This function is used for sorting.
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using TQString::locale
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    int MyListViewItem::compare( QListViewItem *i, int col,
+    int MyListViewItem::compare( TQListViewItem *i, int col,
 .br
                                  bool ascending ) const
 .br
@@ -395,202 +395,202 @@ The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using TQString::locale
 We don't recommend using \fIascending\fR so your code can safely ignore it.
 .PP
 See also key(), TQString::localeAwareCompare(), and TQString::compare().
-.SH "int QListViewItem::depth () const"
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::depth () const"
 Returns the depth of this item.
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::dragEnabled () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::dragEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if this item can be dragged; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setDragEnabled().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::dragEntered ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::dragEntered ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called when a drag enters the item's bounding rectangle.
 .PP
 The default implementation does nothing, subclasses may need to reimplement this function.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::dragLeft ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::dragLeft ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called when a drag leaves the item's bounding rectangle.
 .PP
 The default implementation does nothing, subclasses may need to reimplement this function.
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::dropEnabled () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::dropEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if this item accepts drops; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setDropEnabled() and acceptDrop().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::dropped ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::dropped ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called when something was dropped on the item. \fIe\fR contains all the information about the drop.
 .PP
 The default implementation does nothing, subclasses may need to reimplement this function.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::enforceSortOrder () const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::enforceSortOrder () const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Makes sure that this object's children are sorted appropriately.
 .PP
 This only works if every item from the root item down to this item is already sorted.
 .PP
 See also sortChildItems().
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListViewItem::firstChild () const"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListViewItem::firstChild () const"
 Returns the first (top) child of this item, or 0 if this item has no children.
 .PP
-Note that the children are not guaranteed to be sorted properly. QListView and QListViewItem try to postpone or avoid sorting to the greatest degree possible, in order to keep the user interface snappy.
+Note that the children are not guaranteed to be sorted properly. TQListView and TQListViewItem try to postpone or avoid sorting to the greatest degree possible, in order to keep the user interface snappy.
 .PP
 See also nextSibling() and sortChildItems().
 .PP
 Example: checklists/checklists.cpp.
-.SH "int QListViewItem::height () const"
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::height () const"
 Returns the height of this item in pixels. This does not include the height of any children; totalHeight() returns that.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::insertItem ( QListViewItem * newChild )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::insertItem ( TQListViewItem * newChild )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Inserts \fInewChild\fR into this list view item's list of children. You should not need to call this function; it is called automatically by the constructor of \fInewChild\fR.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR If you are using \fCSingle\fR selection mode, then you should only insert unselected items.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::invalidateHeight ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::invalidateHeight ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Invalidates the cached total height of this item, including all open children.
 .PP
 See also setHeight(), height(), and totalHeight().
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::isEnabled () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::isEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if this item is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setEnabled().
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::isExpandable () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::isExpandable () const"
 Returns TRUE if this item is expandable even when it has no children; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::isOpen () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::isOpen () const"
 Returns TRUE if this list view item has children \fIand\fR they are not explicitly hidden; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setOpen().
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::isSelectable () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::isSelectable () const"
 Returns TRUE if the item is selectable (as it is by default); otherwise returns FALSE
 .PP
 See also setSelectable().
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::isSelected () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::isSelected () const"
 Returns TRUE if this item is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
-See also setSelected(), QListView::setSelected(), and QListView::selectionChanged().
+See also setSelected(), TQListView::setSelected(), and TQListView::selectionChanged().
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::isVisible () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::isVisible () const"
 Returns TRUE if the item is visible; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setVisible().
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListViewItem::itemAbove ()"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListViewItem::itemAbove ()"
 Returns a pointer to the item immediately above this item on the screen. This is usually the item's closest older sibling, but it may also be its parent or its next older sibling's youngest child, or something else if anyoftheabove->height() returns 0. Returns 0 if there is no item immediately above this item.
 .PP
 This function assumes that all parents of this item are open (i.e. that this item is visible, or can be made visible by scrolling).
 .PP
 This function might be relatively slow because of the tree traversions needed to find the correct item.
 .PP
-See also itemBelow() and QListView::itemRect().
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListViewItem::itemBelow ()"
+See also itemBelow() and TQListView::itemRect().
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListViewItem::itemBelow ()"
 Returns a pointer to the item immediately below this item on the screen. This is usually the item's eldest child, but it may also be its next younger sibling, its parent's next younger sibling, grandparent's, etc., or something else if anyoftheabove->height() returns 0. Returns 0 if there is no item immediately below this item.
 .PP
 This function assumes that all parents of this item are open (i.e. that this item is visible or can be made visible by scrolling).
 .PP
-See also itemAbove() and QListView::itemRect().
+See also itemAbove() and TQListView::itemRect().
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-.SH "int QListViewItem::itemPos () const"
-Returns the y coordinate of this item in the list view's coordinate system. This function is normally much slower than QListView::itemAt(), but it works for all items whereas QListView::itemAt() normally only works for items on the screen.
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::itemPos () const"
+Returns the y coordinate of this item in the list view's coordinate system. This function is normally much slower than TQListView::itemAt(), but it works for all items whereas TQListView::itemAt() normally only works for items on the screen.
 .PP
-See also QListView::itemAt(), QListView::itemRect(), and QListView::itemPos().
-.SH "TQString QListViewItem::key ( int column, bool ascending ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also TQListView::itemAt(), TQListView::itemRect(), and TQListView::itemPos().
+.SH "TQString TQListViewItem::key ( int column, bool ascending ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns a key that can be used for sorting by column \fIcolumn\fR. The default implementation returns text(). Derived classes may also incorporate the order indicated by \fIascending\fR into this key, although this is not recommended.
 .PP
 If you want to sort on non-alphabetical data, e.g. dates, numbers, etc., it is more efficient to reimplement compare().
 .PP
 See also compare() and sortChildItems().
-.SH "QListView * QListViewItem::listView () const"
+.SH "TQListView * TQListViewItem::listView () const"
 Returns a pointer to the list view containing this item.
 .PP
-Note that this function traverses the items to the root to find the listview. This function will return 0 for taken items - see QListViewItem::takeItem()
-.SH "void QListViewItem::moveItem ( QListViewItem * after )"
+Note that this function traverses the items to the root to find the listview. This function will return 0 for taken items - see TQListViewItem::takeItem()
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::moveItem ( TQListViewItem * after )"
 Move the item to be after item \fIafter\fR, which must be one of the item's siblings. To move an item in the hierarchy, use takeItem() and insertItem().
 .PP
 Note that this function will have no effect if sorting is enabled in the list view.
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::multiLinesEnabled () const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::multiLinesEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if the item can display multiple lines of text in its columns; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListViewItem::nextSibling () const"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListViewItem::nextSibling () const"
 Returns the sibling item below this item, or 0 if there is no sibling item after this item.
 .PP
-Note that the siblings are not guaranteed to be sorted properly. QListView and QListViewItem try to postpone or avoid sorting to the greatest degree possible, in order to keep the user interface snappy.
+Note that the siblings are not guaranteed to be sorted properly. TQListView and TQListViewItem try to postpone or avoid sorting to the greatest degree possible, in order to keep the user interface snappy.
 .PP
 See also firstChild() and sortChildItems().
 .PP
 Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::okRename ( int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::okRename ( int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called if the user presses Enter during in-place renaming of the item in column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also cancelRename().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::paintBranches ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, int w, int y, int h )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::paintBranches ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, int w, int y, int h )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Paints a set of branches from this item to (some of) its children.
 .PP
 Painter \fIp\fR is set up with clipping and translation so that you can only draw in the rectangle that needs redrawing; \fIcg\fR is the color group to use; the update rectangle is at (0, 0) and has size width \fIw\fR by height \fIh\fR. The top of the rectangle you own is at \fIy\fR (which is never greater than 0 but can be outside the window system's allowed coordinate range).
 .PP
 The update rectangle is in an undefined state when this function is called; this function must draw on \fIall\fR of the pixels.
 .PP
-See also paintCell() and QListView::drawContentsOffset().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, int column, int width, int align )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also paintCell() and TQListView::drawContentsOffset().
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, int column, int width, int align )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This virtual function paints the contents of one column of an item and aligns it as described by \fIalign\fR.
 .PP
 \fIp\fR is a TQPainter open on the relevant paint device. \fIp\fR is translated so (0, 0) is the top-left pixel in the cell and \fIwidth-1\fR, height()-1 is the bottom-right pixel \fIin\fR the cell. The other properties of \fIp\fR (pen, brush, etc) are undefined. \fIcg\fR is the color group to use. \fIcolumn\fR is the logical column number within the item that is to be painted; 0 is the column which may contain a tree.
 .PP
-This function may use QListView::itemMargin() for readability spacing on the left and right sides of data such as text, and should honor isSelected() and QListView::allColumnsShowFocus().
+This function may use TQListView::itemMargin() for readability spacing on the left and right sides of data such as text, and should honor isSelected() and TQListView::allColumnsShowFocus().
 .PP
 If you reimplement this function, you should also reimplement width().
 .PP
 The rectangle to be painted is in an undefined state when this function is called, so you \fImust\fR draw on all the pixels. The painter \fIp\fR has the right font on entry.
 .PP
-See also paintBranches() and QListView::drawContentsOffset().
+See also paintBranches() and TQListView::drawContentsOffset().
 .PP
 Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQCheckListItem.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::paintFocus ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, const TQRect & r )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::paintFocus ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, const TQRect & r )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Paints a focus indicator on the rectangle \fIr\fR using painter \fIp\fR and colors \fIcg\fR.
 .PP
 \fIp\fR is already clipped.
 .PP
-See also paintCell(), paintBranches(), and QListView::allColumnsShowFocus.
+See also paintCell(), paintBranches(), and TQListView::allColumnsShowFocus.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQCheckListItem.
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListViewItem::parent () const"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListViewItem::parent () const"
 Returns the parent of this item, or 0 if this item has no parent.
 .PP
 See also firstChild() and nextSibling().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l dirview/dirview.cpp and qutlook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QListViewItem::pixmap ( int column ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQListViewItem::pixmap ( int column ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the pixmap for \fIcolumn\fR, or 0 if there is no pixmap for \fIcolumn\fR.
 .PP
 See also setText() and setPixmap().
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::removeItem ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::removeItem ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This function has been renamed takeItem().
-.SH "bool QListViewItem::renameEnabled ( int col ) const"
+.SH "bool TQListViewItem::renameEnabled ( int col ) const"
 Returns TRUE if this item can be in-place renamed in column \fIcol\fR; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::repaint () const"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::repaint () const"
 Repaints this item on the screen if it is currently visible.
 .PP
 Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "int QListViewItem::rtti () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::rtti () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns 0.
 .PP
 Make your derived classes return their own values for rtti(), so that you can distinguish between different kinds of list view items. You should use values greater than 1000 to allow for extensions to this class.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQCheckListItem.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setDragEnabled ( bool allow )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-If \fIallow\fR is TRUE, the list view starts a drag (see QListView::dragObject()) when the user presses and moves the mouse on this item.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setDropEnabled ( bool allow )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setDragEnabled ( bool allow )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+If \fIallow\fR is TRUE, the list view starts a drag (see TQListView::dragObject()) when the user presses and moves the mouse on this item.
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setDropEnabled ( bool allow )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIallow\fR is TRUE, the list view accepts drops onto the item; otherwise drops are not allowed.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE the item is enabled; otherwise it is disabled. Disabled items are drawn differently (e.g. grayed-out) and are not accessible by the user.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setExpandable ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setExpandable ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets this item to be expandable even if it has no children if \fIenable\fR is TRUE, and to be expandable only if it has children if \fIenable\fR is FALSE (the default).
 .PP
 The dirview example uses this in the canonical fashion. It checks whether the directory is empty in setup() and calls setExpandable(TRUE) if not; in setOpen() it reads the contents of the directory and inserts items accordingly. This strategy means that dirview can display the entire file system without reading very much at startup.
 .PP
-Note that root items are not expandable by the user unless QListView::setRootIsDecorated() is set to TRUE.
+Note that root items are not expandable by the user unless TQListView::setRootIsDecorated() is set to TRUE.
 .PP
 See also setSelectable().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setHeight ( int height )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setHeight ( int height )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Sets this item's height to \fIheight\fR pixels. This implicitly changes totalHeight(), too.
 .PP
 Note that a font change causes this height to be overwritten unless you reimplement setup().
@@ -598,9 +598,9 @@ Note that a font change causes this height to be overwritten unless you reimplem
 For best results in Windows style we suggest using an even number of pixels.
 .PP
 See also height(), totalHeight(), and isOpen().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setMultiLinesEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setMultiLinesEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE each of the item's columns may contain multiple lines of text; otherwise each of them may only contain a single line.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setOpen ( bool o )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setOpen ( bool o )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Opens or closes an item, i.e. shows or hides an item's children.
 .PP
 If \fIo\fR is TRUE all child items are shown initially. The user can hide them by clicking the \fB-\fR icon to the left of the item. If \fIo\fR is FALSE, the children of this item are initially hidden. The user can show them by clicking the \fB+\fR icon to the left of the item.
@@ -609,29 +609,29 @@ See also height(), totalHeight(), and isOpen().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l checklists/checklists.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, dirview/main.cpp, fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp, and xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setPixmap ( int column, const TQPixmap & pm )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setPixmap ( int column, const TQPixmap & pm )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the pixmap in column \fIcolumn\fR to \fIpm\fR, if \fIpm\fR is non-null and different from the current pixmap, and if \fIcolumn\fR is non-negative.
 .PP
 See also pixmap() and setText().
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setRenameEnabled ( int col, bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setRenameEnabled ( int col, bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE, this item can be in-place renamed in the column \fIcol\fR by the user; otherwise it cannot be renamed in-place.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setSelectable ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setSelectable ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets this item to be selectable if \fIenable\fR is TRUE (the default) or not to be selectable if \fIenable\fR is FALSE.
 .PP
 The user is not able to select a non-selectable item using either the keyboard or the mouse. This also applies for the application programmer (e.g. setSelected() respects this value).
 .PP
 See also isSelectable().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setSelected ( bool s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setSelected ( bool s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIs\fR is TRUE this item is selected; otherwise it is deselected.
 .PP
-This function does not maintain any invariants or repaint anything -- QListView::setSelected() does that.
+This function does not maintain any invariants or repaint anything -- TQListView::setSelected() does that.
 .PP
 See also height() and totalHeight().
 .PP
 Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setText ( int column, const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setText ( int column, const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the text in column \fIcolumn\fR to \fItext\fR, if \fIcolumn\fR is a valid column number and \fItext\fR is different from the existing text.
 .PP
 If \fItext()\fR has been reimplemented, this function may be a no-op.
@@ -640,30 +640,30 @@ See also text() and key().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, qutlook/centralwidget.cpp, and xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setVisible ( bool b )"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setVisible ( bool b )"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE, the item is made visible; otherwise it is hidden.
 .PP
-If the item is not visible, itemAbove() and itemBelow() will never return this item, although you still can reach it by using e.g. QListViewItemIterator.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::setup ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
-This virtual function is called before the first time QListView needs to know the height or any other graphical attribute of this object, and whenever the font, GUI style, or colors of the list view change.
+If the item is not visible, itemAbove() and itemBelow() will never return this item, although you still can reach it by using e.g. TQListViewItemIterator.
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::setup ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+This virtual function is called before the first time TQListView needs to know the height or any other graphical attribute of this object, and whenever the font, GUI style, or colors of the list view change.
 .PP
 The default calls widthChanged() and sets the item's height to the height of a single line of text in the list view's font. (If you use icons, multi-line text, etc., you will probably need to call setHeight() yourself or reimplement it.)
 .PP
 Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::sort ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::sort ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sorts all this item's child items using the current sorting configuration (sort column and direction).
 .PP
 See also enforceSortOrder().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::sortChildItems ( int column, bool ascending )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::sortChildItems ( int column, bool ascending )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sorts this item's children using column \fIcolumn\fR. This is done in ascending order if \fIascending\fR is TRUE and in descending order if \fIascending\fR is FALSE.
 .PP
-Asks some of the children to sort their children. (QListView and QListViewItem ensure that all on-screen objects are properly sorted but may avoid or defer sorting other objects in order to be more responsive.)
+Asks some of the children to sort their children. (TQListView and TQListViewItem ensure that all on-screen objects are properly sorted but may avoid or defer sorting other objects in order to be more responsive.)
 .PP
 See also key() and compare().
-.SH "void QListViewItem::startRename ( int col )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::startRename ( int col )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If in-place renaming of this item is enabled (see renameEnabled()), this function starts renaming the item in column \fIcol\fR, by creating and initializing an edit box.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::takeItem ( QListViewItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Removes \fIitem\fR from this object's list of children and causes an update of the screen display. The item is not deleted. You should not normally need to call this function because QListViewItem::~QListViewItem() calls it.
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::takeItem ( TQListViewItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Removes \fIitem\fR from this object's list of children and causes an update of the screen display. The item is not deleted. You should not normally need to call this function because TQListViewItem::~TQListViewItem() calls it.
 .PP
 The normal way to delete an item is to use \fCdelete\fR.
 .PP
@@ -673,33 +673,33 @@ If a taken item is part of a selection in \fCSingle\fR selection mode, it is uns
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR This function leaves \fIitem\fR and its children in a state where most member functions are unsafe. Only a few functions work correctly on an item in this state, most notably insertItem(). The functions that work on taken items are explicitly documented as such.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItem::insertItem().
-.SH "TQString QListViewItem::text ( int column ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also TQListViewItem::insertItem().
+.SH "TQString TQListViewItem::text ( int column ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the text in column \fIcolumn\fR, or TQString::null if there is no text in that column.
 .PP
 See also key() and paintCell().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h, and network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-.SH "int QListViewItem::totalHeight () const"
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::totalHeight () const"
 Returns the total height of this object, including any visible children. This height is recomputed lazily and cached for as long as possible.
 .PP
 Functions which can affect the total height are, setHeight() which is used to set an item's height, setOpen() to show or hide an item's children, and invalidateHeight() to invalidate the cached height.
 .PP
 See also height().
-.SH "int QListViewItem::width ( const TQFontMetrics & fm, const QListView * lv, int c ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Returns the number of pixels of width required to draw column \fIc\fR of list view \fIlv\fR, using the metrics \fIfm\fR without cropping. The list view containing this item may use this information depending on the QListView::WidthMode settings for the column.
+.SH "int TQListViewItem::width ( const TQFontMetrics & fm, const TQListView * lv, int c ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Returns the number of pixels of width required to draw column \fIc\fR of list view \fIlv\fR, using the metrics \fIfm\fR without cropping. The list view containing this item may use this information depending on the TQListView::WidthMode settings for the column.
 .PP
 The default implementation returns the width of the bounding rectangle of the text of column \fIc\fR.
 .PP
-See also listView(), widthChanged(), QListView::setColumnWidthMode(), and QListView::itemMargin.
-.SH "void QListViewItem::widthChanged ( int c = -1 ) const"
+See also listView(), widthChanged(), TQListView::setColumnWidthMode(), and TQListView::itemMargin.
+.SH "void TQListViewItem::widthChanged ( int c = -1 ) const"
 Call this function when the value of width() may have changed for column \fIc\fR. Normally, you should call this if text(c) changes. Passing -1 for \fIc\fR indicates that all columns may have changed. It is more efficient to pass -1 if two or more columns have changed than to call widthChanged() separately for each one.
 .PP
 See also width().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qlistviewitem.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlistviewitem.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitemiterator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitemiterator.3qt
index 473df974..f29852d5 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitemiterator.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitemiterator.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QListViewItemIterator 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQListViewItemIterator 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QListViewItemIterator \- Iterator for collections of QListViewItems
+TQListViewItemIterator \- Iterator for collections of TQListViewItems
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqlistview.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqlistview.h>\fR
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -17,68 +17,68 @@ QListViewItemIterator \- Iterator for collections of QListViewItems
 .BI "enum \fBIteratorFlag\fR { Visible = 0x00000001, Invisible = 0x00000002, Selected = 0x00000004, Unselected = 0x00000008, Selectable = 0x00000010, NotSelectable = 0x00000020, DragEnabled = 0x00000040, DragDisabled = 0x00000080, DropEnabled = 0x00000100, DropDisabled = 0x00000200, Expandable = 0x00000400, NotExpandable = 0x00000800, Checked = 0x00001000, NotChecked = 0x00002000 }"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItemIterator\fR ()"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItemIterator\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItemIterator\fR ( QListViewItem * item )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItemIterator\fR ( TQListViewItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItemIterator\fR ( QListViewItem * item, int iteratorFlags )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItemIterator\fR ( TQListViewItem * item, int iteratorFlags )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItemIterator\fR ( const QListViewItemIterator & it )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItemIterator\fR ( const TQListViewItemIterator & it )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItemIterator\fR ( QListView * lv )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItemIterator\fR ( TQListView * lv )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQListViewItemIterator\fR ( QListView * lv, int iteratorFlags )"
+.BI "\fBTQListViewItemIterator\fR ( TQListView * lv, int iteratorFlags )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QListViewItemIterator & it )"
+.BI "TQListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQListViewItemIterator & it )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QListViewItemIterator\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQListViewItemIterator\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator++\fR ()"
+.BI "TQListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator++\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "const QListViewItemIterator \fBoperator++\fR ( int )"
+.BI "const TQListViewItemIterator \fBoperator++\fR ( int )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator+=\fR ( int j )"
+.BI "TQListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator+=\fR ( int j )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator--\fR ()"
+.BI "TQListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator--\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "const QListViewItemIterator \fBoperator--\fR ( int )"
+.BI "const TQListViewItemIterator \fBoperator--\fR ( int )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator-=\fR ( int j )"
+.BI "TQListViewItemIterator & \fBoperator-=\fR ( int j )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBoperator*\fR ()"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBoperator*\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBcurrent\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBcurrent\fR () const"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QListViewItemIterator class provides an iterator for collections of QListViewItems.
+The TQListViewItemIterator class provides an iterator for collections of TQListViewItems.
 .PP
-Construct an instance of a QListViewItemIterator, with either a QListView* or a QListViewItem* as argument, to operate on the tree of QListViewItems, starting from the argument.
+Construct an instance of a TQListViewItemIterator, with either a TQListView* or a TQListViewItem* as argument, to operate on the tree of TQListViewItems, starting from the argument.
 .PP
-A QListViewItemIterator iterates over all the items from its starting point. This means that it always makes the first child of the current item the new current item. If there is no child, the next sibling becomes the new current item; and if there is no next sibling, the next sibling of the parent becomes current.
+A TQListViewItemIterator iterates over all the items from its starting point. This means that it always makes the first child of the current item the new current item. If there is no child, the next sibling becomes the new current item; and if there is no next sibling, the next sibling of the parent becomes current.
 .PP
 The following example creates a list of all the items that have been selected by the user, storing pointers to the items in a TQPtrList:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    TQPtrList<QListViewItem> lst;
+    TQPtrList<TQListViewItem> lst;
 .br
-    QListViewItemIterator it( myListView );
+    TQListViewItemIterator it( myListView );
 .br
     while ( it.current() ) {
 .br
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ An alternative approach is to use an IteratorFlag:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    TQPtrList<QListViewItem> lst;
+    TQPtrList<TQListViewItem> lst;
 .br
-    QListViewItemIterator it( myListView, QListViewItemIterator::Selected );
+    TQListViewItemIterator it( myListView, TQListViewItemIterator::Selected );
 .br
     while ( it.current() ) {
 .br
@@ -110,90 +110,90 @@ An alternative approach is to use an IteratorFlag:
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-A QListViewItemIterator provides a convenient and easy way to traverse a hierarchical QListView.
+A TQListViewItemIterator provides a convenient and easy way to traverse a hierarchical TQListView.
 .PP
-Multiple QListViewItemIterators can operate on the tree of QListViewItems. A QListView knows about all iterators operating on its QListViewItems. So when a QListViewItem gets removed all iterators that point to this item are updated and point to the following item if possible, otherwise to a valid item before the current one or to 0. Note however that deleting the parent item of an item that an iterator points to is not safe.
+Multiple TQListViewItemIterators can operate on the tree of TQListViewItems. A TQListView knows about all iterators operating on its TQListViewItems. So when a TQListViewItem gets removed all iterators that point to this item are updated and point to the following item if possible, otherwise to a valid item before the current one or to 0. Note however that deleting the parent item of an item that an iterator points to is not safe.
 .PP
-See also QListView, QListViewItem, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQListView, TQListViewItem, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::IteratorFlag"
-These flags can be passed to a QListViewItemIterator constructor (OR-ed together if more than one is used), so that the iterator will only iterate over items that match the given flags.
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::IteratorFlag"
+These flags can be passed to a TQListViewItemIterator constructor (OR-ed together if more than one is used), so that the iterator will only iterate over items that match the given flags.
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::Visible\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::Visible\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::Invisible\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::Invisible\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::Selected\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::Selected\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::Unselected\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::Unselected\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::Selectable\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::Selectable\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::NotSelectable\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::NotSelectable\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::DragEnabled\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::DragEnabled\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::DragDisabled\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::DragDisabled\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::DropEnabled\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::DropEnabled\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::DropDisabled\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::DropDisabled\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::Expandable\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::Expandable\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::NotExpandable\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::NotExpandable\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::Checked\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::Checked\fR
 .TP
-\fCQListViewItemIterator::NotChecked\fR
+\fCTQListViewItemIterator::NotChecked\fR
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::QListViewItemIterator ()"
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::TQListViewItemIterator ()"
 Constructs an empty iterator.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::QListViewItemIterator ( QListViewItem * item )"
-Constructs an iterator for the QListView that contains the \fIitem\fR. The current iterator item is set to point to the \fIitem\fR.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::QListViewItemIterator ( QListViewItem * item, int iteratorFlags )"
-Constructs an iterator for the QListView that contains the \fIitem\fR using the flags \fIiteratorFlags\fR. The current iterator item is set to point to \fIitem\fR or the next matching item if \fIitem\fR doesn't match the flags.
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::TQListViewItemIterator ( TQListViewItem * item )"
+Constructs an iterator for the TQListView that contains the \fIitem\fR. The current iterator item is set to point to the \fIitem\fR.
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::TQListViewItemIterator ( TQListViewItem * item, int iteratorFlags )"
+Constructs an iterator for the TQListView that contains the \fIitem\fR using the flags \fIiteratorFlags\fR. The current iterator item is set to point to \fIitem\fR or the next matching item if \fIitem\fR doesn't match the flags.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItemIterator::IteratorFlag.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::QListViewItemIterator ( const QListViewItemIterator & it )"
-Constructs an iterator for the same QListView as \fIit\fR. The current iterator item is set to point on the current item of \fIit\fR.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::QListViewItemIterator ( QListView * lv )"
-Constructs an iterator for the QListView \fIlv\fR. The current iterator item is set to point on the first child (QListViewItem) of \fIlv\fR.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::QListViewItemIterator ( QListView * lv, int iteratorFlags )"
-Constructs an iterator for the QListView \fIlv\fR with the flags \fIiteratorFlags\fR. The current iterator item is set to point on the first child (QListViewItem) of \fIlv\fR that matches the flags.
+See also TQListViewItemIterator::IteratorFlag.
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::TQListViewItemIterator ( const TQListViewItemIterator & it )"
+Constructs an iterator for the same TQListView as \fIit\fR. The current iterator item is set to point on the current item of \fIit\fR.
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::TQListViewItemIterator ( TQListView * lv )"
+Constructs an iterator for the TQListView \fIlv\fR. The current iterator item is set to point on the first child (TQListViewItem) of \fIlv\fR.
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::TQListViewItemIterator ( TQListView * lv, int iteratorFlags )"
+Constructs an iterator for the TQListView \fIlv\fR with the flags \fIiteratorFlags\fR. The current iterator item is set to point on the first child (TQListViewItem) of \fIlv\fR that matches the flags.
 .PP
-See also QListViewItemIterator::IteratorFlag.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator::~QListViewItemIterator ()"
+See also TQListViewItemIterator::IteratorFlag.
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator::~TQListViewItemIterator ()"
 Destroys the iterator.
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListViewItemIterator::current () const"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListViewItemIterator::current () const"
 Returns iterator's current item.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, checklists/checklists.cpp, and dirview/dirview.cpp.
-.SH "QListViewItem * QListViewItemIterator::operator* ()"
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQListViewItemIterator::operator* ()"
 Dereference operator. Returns a reference to the current item. The same as current().
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator & QListViewItemIterator::operator++ ()"
-Prefix ++. Makes the next item the new current item and returns it. Returns 0 if the current item is the last item or the QListView is 0.
-.SH "const QListViewItemIterator QListViewItemIterator::operator++ ( int )"
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator & TQListViewItemIterator::operator++ ()"
+Prefix ++. Makes the next item the new current item and returns it. Returns 0 if the current item is the last item or the TQListView is 0.
+.SH "const TQListViewItemIterator TQListViewItemIterator::operator++ ( int )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Postfix ++. Makes the next item the new current item and returns the item that \fIwas\fR the current item.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator & QListViewItemIterator::operator+= ( int j )"
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator & TQListViewItemIterator::operator+= ( int j )"
 Sets the current item to the item \fIj\fR positions after the current item. If that item is beyond the last item, the current item is set to 0. Returns the current item.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator & QListViewItemIterator::operator-- ()"
-Prefix --. Makes the previous item the new current item and returns it. Returns 0 if the current item is the first item or the QListView is 0.
-.SH "const QListViewItemIterator QListViewItemIterator::operator-- ( int )"
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator & TQListViewItemIterator::operator-- ()"
+Prefix --. Makes the previous item the new current item and returns it. Returns 0 if the current item is the first item or the TQListView is 0.
+.SH "const TQListViewItemIterator TQListViewItemIterator::operator-- ( int )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Postfix --. Makes the previous item the new current item and returns the item that \fIwas\fR the current item.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator & QListViewItemIterator::operator-= ( int j )"
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator & TQListViewItemIterator::operator-= ( int j )"
 Sets the current item to the item \fIj\fR positions before the current item. If that item is before the first item, the current item is set to 0. Returns the current item.
-.SH "QListViewItemIterator & QListViewItemIterator::operator= ( const QListViewItemIterator & it )"
+.SH "TQListViewItemIterator & TQListViewItemIterator::operator= ( const TQListViewItemIterator & it )"
 Assignment. Makes a copy of \fIit\fR and returns a reference to its
 iterator.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qlistviewitemiterator.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlistviewitemiterator.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt
index f3886234..f32b274e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This type is used to signify a widget's focus rectangle policy.
 .TP
 \fCQMacStyle::FocusDisabled\fR - never show a focus rectangle for the widget.
 .TP
-\fCQMacStyle::FocusDefault\fR - show a focus rectangle when the widget has focus and the widget is a TQSpinWidget, TQDateTimeEdit, TQLineEdit, QListBox, QListView, editable TQTextEdit, or one of their subclasses.
+\fCQMacStyle::FocusDefault\fR - show a focus rectangle when the widget has focus and the widget is a TQSpinWidget, TQDateTimeEdit, TQLineEdit, TQListBox, TQListView, editable TQTextEdit, or one of their subclasses.
 .SH "QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy"
 .TP
 \fCQMacStyle::SizeSmall\fR
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt
index 87b715d8..b04b0203 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ The main window's menu bar is fixed (at the top) by default. If you want a movab
 .br
     TQMenuBar *mb = new TQMenuBar( tb );
 .br
-    mb->setFrameStyle( QFrame::NoFrame );
+    mb->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::NoFrame );
 .br
     tb->setStretchableWidget( mb );
 .br
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt
index 394dad78..17b5cd54 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQMenuBar \- Horizontal menu bar
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqmenubar.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame and TQMenuData.
+Inherits TQFrame and TQMenuData.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ See also removeItem() and removeItemAt().
 Examples:
 .)l mdi/application.cpp and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
 .SH "void TQMenuBar::drawContents ( TQPainter * p )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-Called from QFrame::paintEvent(). Draws the menu bar contents using painter \fIp\fR.
+Called from TQFrame::paintEvent(). Draws the menu bar contents using painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QFrame.
+Reimplemented from TQFrame.
 .SH "int TQMenuBar::heightForWidth ( int max_width ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the height that the menu would resize itself to if its parent (and hence itself) resized to the given \fImax_width\fR. This can be useful for simple layout tasks in which the height of the menu bar is needed after items have been inserted. See showimg/showimg.cpp for an example of the usage.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt
index 81f079cf..8a640eb6 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Example:
 .br
         t->inherits( "TQObject" );       // returns TRUE
 .br
-        t->inherits( "QButton" );       // returns FALSE
+        t->inherits( "TQButton" );       // returns FALSE
 .br
 .br
         // TQScrollBar inherits TQWidget and QRangeControl
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ And here's how to install it on two widgets:
 .br
         TQPushButton *pushButton = new TQPushButton( this );
 .br
-        QListView *listView = new QListView( this );
+        TQListView *listView = new TQListView( this );
 .br
 .br
         pushButton->installEventFilter( keyPressEater );
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ This somewhat contrived example disables all the buttons in this window:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    TQObjectList *l = topLevelWidget()->queryList( "QButton" );
+    TQObjectList *l = topLevelWidget()->queryList( "TQButton" );
 .br
     TQObjectListIt it( *l ); // iterate over the buttons
 .br
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ This somewhat contrived example disables all the buttons in this window:
 .br
         ++it;
 .br
-        ((QButton*)obj)->setEnabled( FALSE );
+        ((TQButton*)obj)->setEnabled( FALSE );
 .br
     }
 .br
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ Returns 0 if there is no such child.
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-        QListBox *c = (QListBox *) tqt_find_obj_child( myWidget, "QListBox",
+        TQListBox *c = (TQListBox *) tqt_find_obj_child( myWidget, "TQListBox",
 .br
                                                       "my list box" );
 .br
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt
index c0ec5fd5..d4e53b19 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt
@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ The \fIlineWidth\fR argument specifies the line width.
 .PP
 The rectangle's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR is 0.
 .PP
-If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a plain rectangle, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::Box | QFrame::Plain )\fR.
+If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it display a plain rectangle, for example \fCTQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Plain )\fR.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 .PP
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ The \fIlineWidth\fR argument specifies the line width for each of the lines. It
 .PP
 The \fImidLineWidth\fR argument specifies the width of a middle line drawn in the TQColorGroup::mid() color.
 .PP
-If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded line, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine | QFrame::Sunken )\fR.
+If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded line, for example \fCTQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::HLine | TQFrame::Sunken )\fR.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 .PP
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ The \fIlineWidth\fR argument specifies the line width.
 .PP
 The panel's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR is 0.
 .PP
-If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded panel, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken )\fR.
+If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded panel, for example \fCTQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Sunken )\fR.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 .PP
@@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ The \fImidLineWidth\fR argument specifies the width of a middle line drawn in th
 .PP
 The rectangle's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR is 0.
 .PP
-If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded rectangle, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::Box | QFrame::Raised )\fR.
+If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded rectangle, for example \fCTQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Raised )\fR.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 .PP
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ The line width is 2 pixels.
 .PP
 The button's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR is 0.
 .PP
-If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded panel, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::WinPanel | QFrame::Raised )\fR.
+If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded panel, for example \fCTQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::WinPanel | TQFrame::Raised )\fR.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt
index 40463724..d548c12b 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ bitBlt() the pixmap contents onto the widget.
 .PP
 Pixel data in a pixmap is internal and is managed by the underlying window system. Pixels can be accessed only through TQPainter functions, through bitBlt(), and by converting the TQPixmap to a TQImage.
 .PP
-You can easily display a TQPixmap on the screen using TQLabel::setPixmap(). For example, all the QButton subclasses support pixmap use.
+You can easily display a TQPixmap on the screen using TQLabel::setPixmap(). For example, all the TQButton subclasses support pixmap use.
 .PP
 The TQPixmap class uses copy-on-write, so it is practical to pass TQPixmap objects by value.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt
index f0dd4747..4f72f36f 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQPopupMenu \- Popup menu widget
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqpopupmenu.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame and TQMenuData.
+Inherits TQFrame and TQMenuData.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ See also connectItem() and setItemParameter().
 .SH "void TQPopupMenu::drawContents ( TQPainter * p )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws all menu items using painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
-Reimplemented from QFrame.
+Reimplemented from TQFrame.
 .SH "void TQPopupMenu::drawItem ( TQPainter * p, int tab_, TQMenuItem * mi, bool act, int x, int y, int w, int h )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Draws menu item \fImi\fR in the area \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIw\fR, \fIh\fR, using painter \fIp\fR. The item is drawn active if \fIact\fR is TRUE or drawn inactive if \fIact\fR is FALSE. The rightmost \fItab_\fR pixels are used for accelerator text.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt
index 2d51550e..30ffde92 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QProgressBar 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQProgressBar 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QProgressBar \- Horizontal progress bar
+TQProgressBar \- Horizontal progress bar
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqprogressbar.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqprogressbar.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQProgressBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQProgressBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQProgressBar\fR ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQProgressBar\fR ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBtotalSteps\fR () const"
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Inherits QFrame.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.
+The TQProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.
 .PP
 A progress bar is used to give the user an indication of the progress of an operation and to reassure them that the application is still running.
 .PP
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ The progress bar uses the concept of \fIsteps\fR; you give it the total number o
 .PP
 If the total is given as 0 the progress bar shows a busy indicator instead of a percentage of steps. This is useful, for example, when using TQFtp or TQHttp to download items when they are unable to determine the size of the item being downloaded.
 .PP
-See also QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced Widgets.
 .PP
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
@@ -109,42 +109,42 @@ See also QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QProgressBar::QProgressBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQProgressBar::TQProgressBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a progress bar.
 .PP
 The total number of steps is set to 100 by default.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed on to the QFrame::QFrame() constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed on to the TQFrame::TQFrame() constructor.
 .PP
 See also totalSteps.
-.SH "QProgressBar::QProgressBar ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQProgressBar::TQProgressBar ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a progress bar.
 .PP
 The \fItotalSteps\fR is the total number of steps that need to be completed for the operation which this progress bar represents. For example, if the operation is to examine 50 files, this value would be 50. Before examining the first file, call setProgress(0); call setProgress(50) after examining the last file.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the QFrame::QFrame() constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the TQFrame::TQFrame() constructor.
 .PP
 See also totalSteps and progress.
-.SH "bool QProgressBar::centerIndicator () const"
+.SH "bool TQProgressBar::centerIndicator () const"
 Returns TRUE if the indicator string should be centered; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "centerIndicator" property for details.
-.SH "bool QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle () const"
+.SH "bool TQProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle () const"
 Returns TRUE if the display of the indicator string should follow the GUI style; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "indicatorFollowsStyle" property for details.
-.SH "bool QProgressBar::percentageVisible () const"
+.SH "bool TQProgressBar::percentageVisible () const"
 Returns TRUE if the current progress value is displayed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "percentageVisible" property for details.
-.SH "int QProgressBar::progress () const"
+.SH "int TQProgressBar::progress () const"
 Returns the current amount of progress. See the "progress" property for details.
-.SH "const TQString & QProgressBar::progressString () const"
+.SH "const TQString & TQProgressBar::progressString () const"
 Returns the amount of progress as a string. See the "progressString" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressBar::reset ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressBar::reset ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Reset the progress bar. The progress bar "rewinds" and shows no progress.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp and progressbar/progressbar.cpp.
-.SH "void QProgressBar::setCenterIndicator ( bool on )"
+.SH "void TQProgressBar::setCenterIndicator ( bool on )"
 Sets whether the indicator string should be centered to \fIon\fR. See the "centerIndicator" property for details.
-.SH "bool QProgressBar::setIndicator ( TQString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQProgressBar::setIndicator ( TQString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This method is called to generate the text displayed in the center (or in some styles, to the left) of the progress bar.
 .PP
 The \fIprogress\fR may be negative, indicating that the progress bar is in the "reset" state before any progress is set.
@@ -152,27 +152,27 @@ The \fIprogress\fR may be negative, indicating that the progress bar is in the "
 The default implementation is the percentage of completion or blank in the reset state. The percentage is calculated based on the \fIprogress\fR and \fItotalSteps\fR. You can set the \fIindicator\fR text if you wish.
 .PP
 To allow efficient repainting of the progress bar, this method should return FALSE if the string is unchanged from the last call to this function.
-.SH "void QProgressBar::setIndicatorFollowsStyle ( bool )"
+.SH "void TQProgressBar::setIndicatorFollowsStyle ( bool )"
 Sets whether the display of the indicator string should follow the GUI style. See the "indicatorFollowsStyle" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressBar::setPercentageVisible ( bool )"
+.SH "void TQProgressBar::setPercentageVisible ( bool )"
 Sets whether the current progress value is displayed. See the "percentageVisible" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressBar::setProgress ( int progress )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressBar::setProgress ( int progress )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the current amount of progress to \fIprogress\fR. See the "progress" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressBar::setProgress ( int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressBar::setProgress ( int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [slot]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Sets the amount of progress to \fIprogress\fR and the total number of steps to \fItotalSteps\fR.
 .PP
 See also totalSteps.
-.SH "void QProgressBar::setTotalSteps ( int totalSteps )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressBar::setTotalSteps ( int totalSteps )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the total number of steps to \fItotalSteps\fR. See the "totalSteps" property for details.
-.SH "int QProgressBar::totalSteps () const"
+.SH "int TQProgressBar::totalSteps () const"
 Returns the total number of steps. See the "totalSteps" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "bool centerIndicator"
 This property holds whether the indicator string should be centered.
 .PP
-Changing this property sets QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle to FALSE. The default is TRUE.
+Changing this property sets TQProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle to FALSE. The default is TRUE.
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setCenterIndicator() and get this property's value with centerIndicator().
 .SH "bool indicatorFollowsStyle"
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ See also
 Set this property's value with setTotalSteps() and get this property's value with totalSteps().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqprogressbar.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqprogressbar.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt
index 5d261d81..5b5aace7 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QProgressDialog 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQProgressDialog 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,22 +7,22 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QProgressDialog \- Feedback on the progress of a slow operation
+TQProgressDialog \- Feedback on the progress of a slow operation
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqprogressdialog.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqprogressdialog.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQDialog.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQProgressDialog\fR ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQProgressDialog\fR ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQProgressDialog\fR ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQProgressDialog\fR ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QProgressDialog\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQProgressDialog\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBsetLabel\fR ( TQLabel * label )"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Inherits TQDialog.
 .BI "void \fBsetCancelButton\fR ( TQPushButton * cancelButton )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBsetBar\fR ( QProgressBar * bar )"
+.BI "void \fBsetBar\fR ( TQProgressBar * bar )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool wasCancelled () const  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
@@ -137,23 +137,23 @@ Inherits TQDialog.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QProgressDialog class provides feedback on the progress of a slow operation.
+The TQProgressDialog class provides feedback on the progress of a slow operation.
 .PP
 A progress dialog is used to give the user an indication of how long an operation is going to take, and to demonstrate that the application has not frozen. It can also give the user an opportunity to abort the operation.
 .PP
-A common problem with progress dialogs is that it is difficult to know when to use them; operations take different amounts of time on different hardware. QProgressDialog offers a solution to this problem: it estimates the time the operation will take (based on time for steps), and only shows itself if that estimate is beyond minimumDuration() (4 seconds by default).
+A common problem with progress dialogs is that it is difficult to know when to use them; operations take different amounts of time on different hardware. TQProgressDialog offers a solution to this problem: it estimates the time the operation will take (based on time for steps), and only shows itself if that estimate is beyond minimumDuration() (4 seconds by default).
 .PP
 Use setTotalSteps() (or the constructor) to set the number of" steps" in the operation and call setProgress() as the operation progresses. The step value can be chosen arbitrarily. It can be the number of files copied, the number of bytes received, the number of iterations through the main loop of your algorithm, or some other suitable unit. Progress starts at 0, and the progress dialog shows that the operation has finished when you call setProgress() with totalSteps() as its argument.
 .PP
 The dialog automatically resets and hides itself at the end of the operation. Use setAutoReset() and setAutoClose() to change this behavior.
 .PP
-There are two ways of using QProgressDialog: modal and modeless.
+There are two ways of using TQProgressDialog: modal and modeless.
 .PP
-Using a modal QProgressDialog is simpler for the programmer, but you must call QApplication::processEvents() or TQEventLoop::processEvents(ExcludeUserInput) to keep the event loop running to ensure that the application doesn't freeze. Do the operation in a loop, call setProgress() at intervals, and check for cancellation with wasCanceled(). For example:
+Using a modal TQProgressDialog is simpler for the programmer, but you must call QApplication::processEvents() or TQEventLoop::processEvents(ExcludeUserInput) to keep the event loop running to ensure that the application doesn't freeze. Do the operation in a loop, call setProgress() at intervals, and check for cancellation with wasCanceled(). For example:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-QProgressDialog progress( "Copying files...", "Abort Copy", numFiles,
+TQProgressDialog progress( "Copying files...", "Abort Copy", numFiles,
 .br
                           this, "progress", TRUE );
 .br
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ for ( int i = 0; i < numFiles; i++ ) {
 progress.setProgress( numFiles );
 .fi
 .PP
-A modeless progress dialog is suitable for operations that take place in the background, where the user is able to interact with the application. Such operations are typically based on TQTimer (or TQObject::timerEvent()), TQSocketNotifier, or TQUrlOperator; or performed in a separate thread. A QProgressBar in the status bar of your main window is often an alternative to a modeless progress dialog.
+A modeless progress dialog is suitable for operations that take place in the background, where the user is able to interact with the application. Such operations are typically based on TQTimer (or TQObject::timerEvent()), TQSocketNotifier, or TQUrlOperator; or performed in a separate thread. A TQProgressBar in the status bar of your main window is often an alternative to a modeless progress dialog.
 .PP
 You need to have an event loop to be running, connect the canceled() signal to a slot that stops the operation, and call setProgress() at intervals. For example:
 .PP
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Operation::Operation( TQObject *parent = 0 )
 .br
 {
 .br
-    pd = new QProgressDialog( "Operation in progress.", "Cancel", 100 );
+    pd = new TQProgressDialog( "Operation in progress.", "Cancel", 100 );
 .br
     connect( pd, TQ_SIGNAL(canceled()), this, TQ_SLOT(cancel()) );
 .br
@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ In both modes the progress dialog may be customized by replacing the child widge
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also TQDialog, QProgressBar, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Dialog Classes.
+See also TQDialog, TQProgressBar, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Dialog Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a progress dialog.
 .PP
 Default settings:
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ The total number of steps is 100.
 The \fIcreator\fR argument is the widget to use as the dialog's parent. The \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR, and the widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the TQDialog::TQDialog() constructor. If \fImodal\fR is FALSE (the default), you must have an event loop proceeding for any redrawing of the dialog to occur. If \fImodal\fR is TRUE, the dialog ensures that events are processed when needed.
 .PP
 See also labelText, setLabel(), setCancelButtonText(), setCancelButton(), and totalSteps.
-.SH "QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a progress dialog.
 .PP
 The \fIlabelText\fR is text used to remind the user what is progressing.
@@ -265,82 +265,82 @@ The \fItotalSteps\fR is the total number of steps in the operation for which thi
 The \fIcreator\fR argument is the widget to use as the dialog's parent. The \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR, and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the TQDialog::TQDialog() constructor. If \fImodal\fR is FALSE (the default), you will must have an event loop proceeding for any redrawing of the dialog to occur. If \fImodal\fR is TRUE, the dialog ensures that events are processed when needed.
 .PP
 See also labelText, setLabel(), setCancelButtonText(), setCancelButton(), and totalSteps.
-.SH "QProgressDialog::~QProgressDialog ()"
+.SH "TQProgressDialog::~TQProgressDialog ()"
 Destroys the progress dialog.
-.SH "bool QProgressDialog::autoClose () const"
+.SH "bool TQProgressDialog::autoClose () const"
 Returns TRUE if the dialog gets hidden by reset(); otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoClose" property for details.
-.SH "bool QProgressDialog::autoReset () const"
+.SH "bool TQProgressDialog::autoReset () const"
 Returns TRUE if the progress dialog calls reset() as soon as progress() equals totalSteps(); otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoReset" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::cancel ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::cancel ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Resets the progress dialog. wasCanceled() becomes TRUE until the progress dialog is reset. The progress dialog becomes hidden.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::canceled ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::canceled ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the cancel button is clicked. It is connected to the cancel() slot by default.
 .PP
 See also wasCanceled.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::cancelled ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::cancelled ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use canceled() instead.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h and progress/progress.cpp.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::forceShow ()\fC [protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::forceShow ()\fC [protected slot]\fR"
 Shows the dialog if it is still hidden after the algorithm has been started and minimumDuration milliseconds have passed.
 .PP
 See also minimumDuration.
-.SH "TQString QProgressDialog::labelText () const"
+.SH "TQString TQProgressDialog::labelText () const"
 Returns the label's text. See the "labelText" property for details.
-.SH "int QProgressDialog::minimumDuration () const"
+.SH "int TQProgressDialog::minimumDuration () const"
 Returns the time that must pass before the dialog appears. See the "minimumDuration" property for details.
-.SH "int QProgressDialog::progress () const"
+.SH "int TQProgressDialog::progress () const"
 Returns the current amount of progress made. See the "progress" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::reset ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::reset ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Resets the progress dialog. The progress dialog becomes hidden if autoClose() is TRUE.
 .PP
 See also autoClose and autoReset.
 .PP
 Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setAutoClose ( bool b )"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setAutoClose ( bool b )"
 Sets whether the dialog gets hidden by reset() to \fIb\fR. See the "autoClose" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setAutoReset ( bool b )"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setAutoReset ( bool b )"
 Sets whether the progress dialog calls reset() as soon as progress() equals totalSteps() to \fIb\fR. See the "autoReset" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setBar ( QProgressBar * bar )"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setBar ( TQProgressBar * bar )"
 Sets the progress bar widget to \fIbar\fR. The progress dialog resizes to fit. The progress dialog takes ownership of the progress \fIbar\fR which will be deleted when necessary, so do not use a progress bar allocated on the stack.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setCancelButton ( TQPushButton * cancelButton )"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setCancelButton ( TQPushButton * cancelButton )"
 Sets the cancel button to the push button, \fIcancelButton\fR. The progress dialog takes ownership of this button which will be deleted when necessary, so do not pass the address of an object that is on the stack, i.e. use new() to create the button.
 .PP
 See also setCancelButtonText().
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setCancelButtonText ( const TQString & cancelButtonText )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setCancelButtonText ( const TQString & cancelButtonText )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the cancel button's text to \fIcancelButtonText\fR.
 .PP
 See also setCancelButton().
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setLabel ( TQLabel * label )"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setLabel ( TQLabel * label )"
 Sets the label to \fIlabel\fR. The progress dialog resizes to fit. The label becomes owned by the progress dialog and will be deleted when necessary, so do not pass the address of an object on the stack.
 .PP
 See also labelText.
 .PP
 Example: progress/progress.cpp.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setLabelText ( const TQString & )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setLabelText ( const TQString & )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the label's text. See the "labelText" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setMinimumDuration ( int ms )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setMinimumDuration ( int ms )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the time that must pass before the dialog appears to \fIms\fR. See the "minimumDuration" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setProgress ( int progress )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setProgress ( int progress )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the current amount of progress made to \fIprogress\fR. See the "progress" property for details.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setProgress ( int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setProgress ( int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [slot]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Sets the current amount of progress to \fIprogress\fR and the total number of steps to \fItotalSteps\fR.
 .PP
 See also totalSteps.
-.SH "void QProgressDialog::setTotalSteps ( int totalSteps )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQProgressDialog::setTotalSteps ( int totalSteps )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the total number of steps to \fItotalSteps\fR. See the "totalSteps" property for details.
-.SH "TQSize QProgressDialog::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQSize TQProgressDialog::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns a size that fits the contents of the progress dialog. The progress dialog resizes itself as required, so you should not need to call this yourself.
-.SH "int QProgressDialog::totalSteps () const"
+.SH "int TQProgressDialog::totalSteps () const"
 Returns the total number of steps. See the "totalSteps" property for details.
-.SH "bool QProgressDialog::wasCanceled () const"
+.SH "bool TQProgressDialog::wasCanceled () const"
 Returns TRUE if the dialog was canceled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "wasCanceled" property for details.
-.SH "bool QProgressDialog::wasCancelled () const"
+.SH "bool TQProgressDialog::wasCancelled () const"
 Returns TRUE if the dialog was canceled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "wasCancelled" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "bool autoClose"
@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@ Set this property's value with setMinimumDuration() and get this property's valu
 .SH "int progress"
 This property holds the current amount of progress made.
 .PP
-For the progress dialog to work as expected, you should initially set this property to 0 and finally set it to QProgressDialog::totalSteps(); you can call setProgress() any number of times in-between.
+For the progress dialog to work as expected, you should initially set this property to 0 and finally set it to TQProgressDialog::totalSteps(); you can call setProgress() any number of times in-between.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR If the progress dialog is modal (see QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog()), this function calls QApplication::processEvents(), so take care that this does not cause undesirable re-entrancy in your code. For example, don't use a QProgressDialog inside a paintEvent()!
+\fBWarning:\fR If the progress dialog is modal (see TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog()), this function calls QApplication::processEvents(), so take care that this does not cause undesirable re-entrancy in your code. For example, don't use a TQProgressDialog inside a paintEvent()!
 .PP
 See also totalSteps.
 .PP
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Use wasCanceled instead.
 Get this property's value with wasCancelled().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqprogressdialog.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqprogressdialog.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt
index 082e51d8..651b341e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQPushButton \- Command button
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqpushbutton.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QButton.
+Inherits TQButton.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Inherits QButton.
 .BI "bool \fBisExclusiveToggle\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
+.BI "TQButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBtoggle\fR ()"
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Other classes of buttons are option buttons (see TQRadioButton) and check boxes
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-In Qt, the QButton abstract base class provides most of the modes and other API, and TQPushButton provides GUI logic. See QButton for more information about the API.
+In Qt, the TQButton abstract base class provides most of the modes and other API, and TQPushButton provides GUI logic. See TQButton for more information about the API.
 .PP
 See also TQToolButton, TQRadioButton, TQCheckBox, GUI Design Handbook: Push Button, and Basic Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
@@ -235,16 +235,16 @@ Note that you can also pass a TQPixmap object as an icon (thanks to the implicit
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
 .SH "TQPushButton::~TQPushButton ()"
 Destroys the push button.
-.SH "QKeySequence QButton::accel () const"
+.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQPushButton::autoDefault () const"
 Returns TRUE if the push button is the auto default button; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoDefault" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::autoRepeat () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const"
 Returns TRUE if autoRepeat is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is activated (i.e. first pressed down and then released when the mouse cursor is inside the button), when the accelerator key is typed or when animateClick() is called. This signal is \fInot\fR emitted if you call setDown().
 .PP
-The QButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
+The TQButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR Don't launch a model dialog in response to this signal for a button that has autoRepeat turned on.
 .PP
@@ -252,54 +252,54 @@ See also pressed(), released(), toggled(), autoRepeat, and down.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp, listbox/listbox.cpp, network/clientserver/client/client.cpp, progressbar/progressbar.cpp, richtext/richtext.cpp, t2/main.cpp, and t4/main.cpp.
-.SH "QButtonGroup * QButton::group () const"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup * TQButton::group () const"
 Returns the group that this button belongs to.
 .PP
-If the button is not a member of any QButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
+If the button is not a member of any TQButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
 .PP
-See also QButtonGroup.
+See also TQButtonGroup.
 .SH "TQIconSet * TQPushButton::iconSet () const"
 Returns the icon set on the push button. See the "iconSet" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQPushButton::isDefault () const"
 Returns TRUE if the push button is the default button; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "default" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isDown () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isDown () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is pressed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "down" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is an exclusive toggle; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "exclusiveToggle" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQPushButton::isFlat () const"
 Returns TRUE if the border is disabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "flat" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQPushButton::isMenuButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the push button has a menu button on it; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "menuButton" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isOn () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isOn () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is toggled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "on" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isToggleButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isToggleButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is a toggle button; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "toggleButton" property for details.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QButton::pixmap () const"
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQButton::pixmap () const"
 Returns the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
 .SH "TQPopupMenu * TQPushButton::popup () const"
 Returns the button's associated popup menu or 0 if no popup menu has been set.
 .PP
 See also setPopup().
-.SH "void QButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is pressed down.
 .PP
 See also released() and clicked().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l network/httpd/httpd.cpp and popup/popup.cpp.
-.SH "void QButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void QButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQPushButton::setAutoDefault ( bool autoDef )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the push button is the auto default button to \fIautoDef\fR. See the "autoDefault" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether autoRepeat is enabled. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
 .SH "void TQPushButton::setDefault ( bool def )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the push button is the default button to \fIdef\fR. See the "default" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the button is pressed. See the "down" property for details.
 .SH "void TQPushButton::setFlat ( bool )"
 Sets whether the border is disabled. See the "flat" property for details.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Sets the icon set on the push button. See the "iconSet" property for details.
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .SH "void TQPushButton::setOn ( bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether the push button is toggled. See the "on" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
 .SH "void TQPushButton::setPopup ( TQPopupMenu * popup )"
 Associates the popup menu \fIpopup\fR with this push button. This turns the button into a menu button.
@@ -320,25 +320,25 @@ See also popup().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l buttongroups/buttongroups.cpp and tqdir/tqdir.cpp.
-.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
 .SH "void TQPushButton::setToggleButton ( bool )"
 Sets whether the button is a toggle button. See the "toggleButton" property for details.
-.SH "ToggleState QButton::state () const"
+.SH "ToggleState TQButton::state () const"
 Returns the state of the toggle button. See the "toggleState" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On if the button is on, NoChange if it is in the" no change" state or Off if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 .PP
-See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState.
-.SH "TQString QButton::text () const"
+See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
+.SH "TQString TQButton::text () const"
 Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Toggles the state of a toggle button.
 .PP
 See also on, on, toggled(), and toggleButton.
-.SH "void QButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes status. \fIon\fR is TRUE if the button is on, or FALSE if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, or because setOn() was called.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt
index e7d50575..bd0c806b 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQRadioButton \- Radio button with a text or pixmap label
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqradiobutton.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QButton.
+Inherits TQButton.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Inherits QButton.
 .BI "bool \fBisExclusiveToggle\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
+.BI "TQButtonGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBtoggle\fR ()"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The TQRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.
 .PP
 TQRadioButton and TQCheckBox are both option buttons. That is, they can be switched on (checked) or off (unchecked). The classes differ in how the choices for the user are restricted. Check boxes define "many of many" choices, whereas radio buttons provide a" one of many" choice. In a group of radio buttons only one radio button at a time can be checked; if the user selects another button, the previously selected button is switched off.
 .PP
-The easiest way to implement a "one of many" choice is simply to put the radio buttons into QButtonGroup.
+The easiest way to implement a "one of many" choice is simply to put the radio buttons into TQButtonGroup.
 .PP
 Whenever a button is switched on or off it emits the signal toggled(). Connect to this signal if you want to trigger an action each time the button changes state. Otherwise, use isChecked() to see if a particular button is selected.
 .PP
@@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructo
 Constructs a radio button with the text \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QKeySequence QButton::accel () const"
+.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::autoRepeat () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const"
 Returns TRUE if autoRepeat is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::clicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is activated (i.e. first pressed down and then released when the mouse cursor is inside the button), when the accelerator key is typed or when animateClick() is called. This signal is \fInot\fR emitted if you call setDown().
 .PP
-The QButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
+The TQButtonGroup::clicked() signal does the same job, if you want to connect several buttons to the same slot.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR Don't launch a model dialog in response to this signal for a button that has autoRepeat turned on.
 .PP
@@ -149,62 +149,62 @@ See also pressed(), released(), toggled(), autoRepeat, and down.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp, listbox/listbox.cpp, network/clientserver/client/client.cpp, progressbar/progressbar.cpp, richtext/richtext.cpp, t2/main.cpp, and t4/main.cpp.
-.SH "QButtonGroup * QButton::group () const"
+.SH "TQButtonGroup * TQButton::group () const"
 Returns the group that this button belongs to.
 .PP
-If the button is not a member of any QButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
+If the button is not a member of any TQButtonGroup, this function returns 0.
 .PP
-See also QButtonGroup.
+See also TQButtonGroup.
 .SH "bool TQRadioButton::isChecked () const"
 Returns TRUE if the radio button is checked; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "checked" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isDown () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isDown () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is pressed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "down" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isExclusiveToggle () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is an exclusive toggle; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "exclusiveToggle" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isOn () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isOn () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is toggled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "on" property for details.
-.SH "bool QButton::isToggleButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQButton::isToggleButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the button is a toggle button; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "toggleButton" property for details.
-.SH "const TQPixmap * QButton::pixmap () const"
+.SH "const TQPixmap * TQButton::pixmap () const"
 Returns the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is pressed down.
 .PP
 See also released() and clicked().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l network/httpd/httpd.cpp and popup/popup.cpp.
-.SH "void QButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::released ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void QButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether autoRepeat is enabled. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
 .SH "void TQRadioButton::setChecked ( bool check )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether the radio button is checked to \fIcheck\fR. See the "checked" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setDown ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the button is pressed. See the "down" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
-.SH "ToggleState QButton::state () const"
+.SH "ToggleState TQButton::state () const"
 Returns the state of the toggle button. See the "toggleState" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On if the button is on, NoChange if it is in the" no change" state or Off if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 .PP
-See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState.
-.SH "TQString QButton::text () const"
+See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
+.SH "TQString TQButton::text () const"
 Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details.
-.SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Toggles the state of a toggle button.
 .PP
 See also on, setOn(), toggled(), and toggleButton.
-.SH "void QButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes status. \fIon\fR is TRUE if the button is on, or FALSE if the button is off.
 .PP
 This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, or because setOn() was called.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Set this property's value with setAutoRepeat() and get this property's value wit
 .SH "bool checked"
 This property holds whether the radio button is checked.
 .PP
-This property will not effect any other radio buttons unless they have been placed in the same QButtonGroup. The default value is FALSE (unchecked).
+This property will not effect any other radio buttons unless they have been placed in the same TQButtonGroup. The default value is FALSE (unchecked).
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setChecked() and get this property's value with isChecked().
 .SH "TQPixmap pixmap"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt
index b1f1f07e..a776914e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ TQScrollView \- Scrolling area with on-demand scroll bars
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqscrollview.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
-Inherited by TQCanvasView, QTable, QGridView, TQIconView, QListBox, QListView, and TQTextEdit.
+Inherited by TQCanvasView, TQTable, TQGridView, TQIconView, TQListBox, TQListView, and TQTextEdit.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -524,19 +524,19 @@ Example: chart/canvasview.cpp.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsDragEnterEvent ( TQDragEnterEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a dragEnterEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point on the contents.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QTable.
+Reimplemented in TQTable.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsDragLeaveEvent ( TQDragLeaveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a dragLeaveEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point on the contents.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QTable.
+Reimplemented in TQTable.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsDragMoveEvent ( TQDragMoveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a dragMoveEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point on the contents.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QTable.
+Reimplemented in TQTable.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsDropEvent ( TQDropEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a dropEvent(): the drop position is translated to be a point on the contents.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QTable.
+Reimplemented in TQTable.
 .SH "int TQScrollView::contentsHeight () const"
 Returns the height of the contents area. See the "contentsHeight" property for details.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
@@ -544,25 +544,25 @@ This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a mouseDoubleCli
 .PP
 The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListView.
+Reimplemented in TQListView.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsMouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a mouseMoveEvent(): the mouse position in \fIe\fR is translated to be a point on the contents.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l canvas/canvas.cpp and chart/canvasview.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListView.
+Reimplemented in TQListView.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsMousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a mousePressEvent(): the press position in \fIe\fR is translated to be a point on the contents.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l canvas/canvas.cpp and chart/canvasview.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListView.
+Reimplemented in TQListView.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a mouseReleaseEvent(): the release position in \fIe\fR is translated to be a point on the contents.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListView.
+Reimplemented in TQListView.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::contentsMoving ( int x, int y )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted just before the contents are moved to position \fI(x, y)\fR.
 .PP
@@ -635,13 +635,13 @@ The clip rectangle and translation of the painter \fIp\fR is already set appropr
 .PP
 Example: tqdir/tqdir.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in TQCanvasView and QTable.
+Reimplemented in TQCanvasView and TQTable.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::drawContentsOffset ( TQPainter * p, int offsetx, int offsety, int clipx, int clipy, int clipw, int cliph )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 For backward-compatibility only. It is easier to use drawContents(TQPainter*,int,int,int,int).
 .PP
 The default implementation translates the painter appropriately and calls drawContents(TQPainter*,int,int,int,int). See drawContents() for an explanation of the parameters \fIp\fR, \fIoffsetx\fR, \fIoffsety\fR, \fIclipx\fR, \fIclipy\fR, \fIclipw\fR and \fIcliph\fR.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListView.
+Reimplemented in TQListView.
 .SH "void TQScrollView::enableClipper ( bool y )"
 When a large numbers of child widgets are in a scrollview, especially if they are close together, the scrolling performance can suffer greatly. If \fIy\fR is TRUE the scrollview will use an extra widget to group child widgets.
 .PP
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ This event filter ensures the scroll bars are updated when a single contents wid
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQObject.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QListView.
+Reimplemented in TQListView.
 .SH "ScrollBarMode TQScrollView::hScrollBarMode () const"
 Returns the mode for the horizontal scroll bar. See the "hScrollBarMode" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQScrollView::hasStaticBackground () const"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt
index 38e1452d..845e4d69 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSplitter \- Implements a splitter widget
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqsplitter.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -126,15 +126,15 @@ The QSplitter class implements a splitter widget.
 .PP
 A splitter lets the user control the size of child widgets by dragging the boundary between the children. Any number of widgets may be controlled by a single splitter.
 .PP
-To show a QListBox, a QListView and a TQTextEdit side by side:
+To show a TQListBox, a TQListView and a TQTextEdit side by side:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
         QSplitter *split = new QSplitter( parent );
 .br
-        QListBox *lb = new QListBox( split );
+        TQListBox *lb = new TQListBox( split );
 .br
-        QListView *lv = new QListView( split );
+        TQListView *lv = new TQListView( split );
 .br
         TQTextEdit *ed = new TQTextEdit( split );
 .br
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ If you hide() a child its space will be distributed among the other children. It
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QTabBar and Organizers.
+See also TQTabBar and Organizers.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
 .SH "QSplitter::ResizeMode"
 This enum type describes how QSplitter will resize each of its child widgets.
@@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ This enum type describes how QSplitter will resize each of its child widgets.
 \fCQSplitter::FollowSizeHint\fR - QSplitter will resize the widget when the widget's size hint changes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "QSplitter::QSplitter ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
-Constructs a horizontal splitter with the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor.
+Constructs a horizontal splitter with the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments being passed on to the TQFrame constructor.
 .SH "QSplitter::QSplitter ( Orientation o, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
-Constructs a splitter with orientation \fIo\fR with the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor.
+Constructs a splitter with orientation \fIo\fR with the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments being passed on to the TQFrame constructor.
 .SH "QSplitter::~QSplitter ()"
 Destroys the splitter and any children.
 .SH "int QSplitter::adjustPos ( int pos, int id )\fC [protected]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt
index df317d2b..cd38334d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Constructs a TQSqlPropertyMap.
 .PP
 The default property mappings used by TQt widgets are: <center>.nf
 .TS
-l - l. Widgets Property TQCheckBox, TQRadioButton checked TQComboBox, QListBox currentItem TQDateEdit date TQDateTimeEdit dateTime TQTextBrowser source QButton, TQDial, TQLabel, TQLineEdit, QMultiLineEdit, TQPushButton, TQTextEdit, text TQTimeEdit time TQLCDNumber, TQScrollBar TQSlider, TQSpinBox
+l - l. Widgets Property TQCheckBox, TQRadioButton checked TQComboBox, TQListBox currentItem TQDateEdit date TQDateTimeEdit dateTime TQTextBrowser source TQButton, TQDial, TQLabel, TQLineEdit, TQMultiLineEdit, TQPushButton, TQTextEdit, text TQTimeEdit time TQLCDNumber, TQScrollBar TQSlider, TQSpinBox
 .TE
 .fi
 </center>
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt
index 10802279..8a98d420 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ To display a \fItemporary\fR message, call message() (perhaps by connecting a su
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-\fINormal\fR and \fIPermanent\fR messages are displayed by creating a small widget and then adding it to the status bar with addWidget(). Widgets like TQLabel, QProgressBar or even TQToolButton are useful for adding to status bars. removeWidget() is used to remove widgets.
+\fINormal\fR and \fIPermanent\fR messages are displayed by creating a small widget and then adding it to the status bar with addWidget(). Widgets like TQLabel, TQProgressBar or even TQToolButton are useful for adding to status bars. removeWidget() is used to remove widgets.
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt
index 22773656..a7396eef 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt
@@ -232,15 +232,15 @@ This enum represents a ControlElement. A ControlElement is part of a widget that
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::CE_RadioButtonLabel\fR - the label (text or pixmap) of a TQRadioButton.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::CE_TabBarTab\fR - the tab within a QTabBar (a QTab).
+\fCTQStyle::CE_TabBarTab\fR - the tab within a TQTabBar (a TQTab).
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::CE_TabBarLabel\fR - the label within a QTab.
+\fCTQStyle::CE_TabBarLabel\fR - the label within a TQTab.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::CE_ProgressBarGroove\fR - the groove where the progress indicator is drawn in a QProgressBar.
+\fCTQStyle::CE_ProgressBarGroove\fR - the groove where the progress indicator is drawn in a TQProgressBar.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::CE_ProgressBarContents\fR - the progress indicator of a QProgressBar.
+\fCTQStyle::CE_ProgressBarContents\fR - the progress indicator of a TQProgressBar.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::CE_ProgressBarLabel\fR - the text label of a QProgressBar.
+\fCTQStyle::CE_ProgressBarLabel\fR - the text label of a TQProgressBar.
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::CE_PopupMenuItem\fR - a menu item in a TQPopupMenu.
 .TP
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ This enum represents the PrimitiveElements of a style. A PrimitiveElement is a c
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::PE_Splitter\fR - splitter handle; see also QSplitter.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::PE_Panel\fR - generic panel frame; see also QFrame.
+\fCTQStyle::PE_Panel\fR - generic panel frame; see also TQFrame.
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::PE_PanelPopup\fR - panel frame for popup windows/menus; see also TQPopupMenu.
 .TP
@@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ This enum represents the PrimitiveElements of a style. A PrimitiveElement is a c
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::PE_PanelGroupBox\fR - panel frame for group boxes.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::PE_TabBarBase\fR - area below tabs in a tab widget, for example, QTab.
+\fCTQStyle::PE_TabBarBase\fR - area below tabs in a tab widget, for example, TQTab.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::PE_HeaderSection\fR - section of a list or table header; see also QHeader.
+\fCTQStyle::PE_HeaderSection\fR - section of a list or table header; see also TQHeader.
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::PE_HeaderArrow\fR - arrow used to indicate sorting on a list or table header
 .TP
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ This enum represents the PrimitiveElements of a style. A PrimitiveElement is a c
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::PE_ScrollBarLast\fR - scrollbar last line indicator (i.e. end).
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::PE_ProgressBarChunk\fR - section of a progress bar indicator; see also QProgressBar.
+\fCTQStyle::PE_ProgressBarChunk\fR - section of a progress bar indicator; see also TQProgressBar.
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::PE_CheckListController\fR - controller part of a listview item
 .TP
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ This enum represents a StyleHint. A StyleHint is a general look and/or feel hint
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::SH_ScrollBar_ScrollWhenPointerLeavesControl\fR - a boolean value. If TRUE, when clicking a scrollbar SubControl, holding the mouse button down and moving the pointer outside the SubControl, the scrollbar continues to scroll. If FALSE, the scollbar stops scrolling when the pointer leaves the SubControl.
 .TP
-\fCTQStyle::SH_TabBar_Alignment\fR - the alignment for tabs in a QTabWidget. Possible values are TQt::AlignLeft, TQt::AlignCenter and TQt::AlignRight.
+\fCTQStyle::SH_TabBar_Alignment\fR - the alignment for tabs in a TQTabWidget. Possible values are TQt::AlignLeft, TQt::AlignCenter and TQt::AlignRight.
 .TP
 \fCTQStyle::SH_Header_ArrowAlignment\fR - the placement of the sorting indicator may appear in list or table headers. Possible values are TQt::Left or TQt::Right.
 .TP
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ l - l. ComplexControl
 .br
 & Widget Cast Style Flags Notes Options Notes CC_SpinWidget(const TQSpinWidget *) Style_Enabled Set if the spinwidget is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the spinwidget has input focus. CC_ComboBox(const TQComboBox *) Style_Enabled Set if the combobox is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the combobox has input focus. CC_ScrollBar(const TQScrollBar *) Style_Enabled Set if the scrollbar is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the scrollbar has input focus. CC_Slider(const TQSlider *) Style_Enabled Set if the slider is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the slider has input focus. CC_ToolButton(const TQToolButton *) Style_Enabled Set if the toolbutton is enabled. TQStyleOption ( ArrowType t )
 .TP
-opt.arrowType() When the tool button only contains an arrow, \fIt\fR is the arrow's type. Style_HasFocus Set if the toolbutton has input focus. Style_Down Set if the toolbutton is down (ie. mouse button or space pressed). Style_On Set if the toolbutton is a toggle button and is toggled on. Style_AutoRaise Set if the toolbutton has auto-raise enabled. Style_Raised Set if the button is not down, not on and doesn't contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled. CC_TitleBar(const TQWidget *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. Unused. CC_ListView(const QListView *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. TQStyleOption ( QListViewItem *item )
+opt.arrowType() When the tool button only contains an arrow, \fIt\fR is the arrow's type. Style_HasFocus Set if the toolbutton has input focus. Style_Down Set if the toolbutton is down (ie. mouse button or space pressed). Style_On Set if the toolbutton is a toggle button and is toggled on. Style_AutoRaise Set if the toolbutton has auto-raise enabled. Style_Raised Set if the button is not down, not on and doesn't contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled. CC_TitleBar(const TQWidget *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. Unused. CC_ListView(const TQListView *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. TQStyleOption ( TQListViewItem *item )
 .TP
 opt.listViewItem()
 .TE
@@ -836,22 +836,22 @@ Style_HasFocus Set if the checkbox has input focus. Style_On Set if the checkbox
 .PP
 and
 .PP
-CE_RadioButtonLabel(const TQRadioButton *) Style_Enabled Set if the radiobutton is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the radiobutton has input focus. Style_On Set if the radiobutton is checked. Style_Off Set if the radiobutton is not checked. Style_Down Set if the radiobutton is down (i.e., the mouse button or space bar is pressed on the radiobutton). CE_TabBarTab(const QTabBar *)
+CE_RadioButtonLabel(const TQRadioButton *) Style_Enabled Set if the radiobutton is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the radiobutton has input focus. Style_On Set if the radiobutton is checked. Style_Off Set if the radiobutton is not checked. Style_Down Set if the radiobutton is down (i.e., the mouse button or space bar is pressed on the radiobutton). CE_TabBarTab(const TQTabBar *)
 .PP
 and
 .PP
-CE_TabBarLabel(const QTabBar *)
-.PP	Style_Enabled	Set if the tabbar and tab is enabled.	TQStyleOption ( QTab *t )
+CE_TabBarLabel(const TQTabBar *)
+.PP	Style_Enabled	Set if the tabbar and tab is enabled.	TQStyleOption ( TQTab *t )
 .TP
-opt.tab() \fIt\fR is the QTab being drawn. Style_Selected Set if the tab is the current tab. CE_ProgressBarGroove(const QProgressBar *)
+opt.tab() \fIt\fR is the TQTab being drawn. Style_Selected Set if the tab is the current tab. CE_ProgressBarGroove(const TQProgressBar *)
 .PP
 and
 .PP
-CE_ProgressBarContents(const QProgressBar *)
+CE_ProgressBarContents(const TQProgressBar *)
 .PP
 and
 .PP
-CE_ProgressBarLabel(const QProgressBar *)
+CE_ProgressBarLabel(const TQProgressBar *)
 .PP	Style_Enabled	Set if the progressbar is enabled.	Unused.
 Style_HasFocus Set if the progressbar has input focus. CE_PopupMenuItem(const TQPopupMenu *) Style_Enabled Set if the menuitem is enabled. TQStyleOption ( TQMenuItem *mi, int tabwidth, int maxpmwidth )
 .TP
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ Returns the pixel metric for \fImetric\fR. The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointe
 .PP
 <center>.nf
 .TS
-l - l. PixelMetric Widget Cast PM_SliderControlThickness (const TQSlider *) PM_SliderLength (const TQSlider *) PM_SliderTickmarkOffset (const TQSlider *) PM_SliderSpaceAvailable (const TQSlider *) PM_TabBarTabOverlap (const QTabBar *) PM_TabBarTabHSpace (const QTabBar *) PM_TabBarTabVSpace (const QTabBar *) PM_TabBarBaseHeight (const QTabBar *) PM_TabBarBaseOverlap
+l - l. PixelMetric Widget Cast PM_SliderControlThickness (const TQSlider *) PM_SliderLength (const TQSlider *) PM_SliderTickmarkOffset (const TQSlider *) PM_SliderSpaceAvailable (const TQSlider *) PM_TabBarTabOverlap (const TQTabBar *) PM_TabBarTabHSpace (const TQTabBar *) PM_TabBarTabVSpace (const TQTabBar *) PM_TabBarBaseHeight (const TQTabBar *) PM_TabBarBaseOverlap
 .TE
 .fi
 </center>
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. T
 .PP
 <center>.nf
 .TS
-l - l. ContentsType Widget Cast Options Notes CT_PushButton (const TQPushButton *) Unused. CT_CheckBox (const TQCheckBox *) Unused. CT_RadioButton (const TQRadioButton *) Unused. CT_ToolButton (const TQToolButton *) Unused. CT_ComboBox (const TQComboBox *) Unused. CT_Splitter (const QSplitter *) Unused. CT_DockWindow (const QDockWindow *) Unused. CT_ProgressBar (const QProgressBar *) Unused. CT_PopupMenuItem (const TQPopupMenu *) TQStyleOption ( TQMenuItem *mi )
+l - l. ContentsType Widget Cast Options Notes CT_PushButton (const TQPushButton *) Unused. CT_CheckBox (const TQCheckBox *) Unused. CT_RadioButton (const TQRadioButton *) Unused. CT_ToolButton (const TQToolButton *) Unused. CT_ComboBox (const TQComboBox *) Unused. CT_Splitter (const QSplitter *) Unused. CT_DockWindow (const QDockWindow *) Unused. CT_ProgressBar (const TQProgressBar *) Unused. CT_PopupMenuItem (const TQPopupMenu *) TQStyleOption ( TQMenuItem *mi )
 .TP
 opt.menuItem()
 .TE
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. T
 .PP
 <center>.nf
 .TS
-l - l. SubRect Widget Cast SR_PushButtonContents (const TQPushButton *) SR_PushButtonFocusRect (const TQPushButton *) SR_CheckBoxIndicator (const TQCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxContents (const TQCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxFocusRect (const TQCheckBox *) SR_RadioButtonIndicator (const TQRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonContents (const TQRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonFocusRect (const TQRadioButton *) SR_ComboBoxFocusRect (const TQComboBox *) SR_DockWindowHandleRect (const TQWidget *) SR_ProgressBarGroove (const QProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarContents (const QProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarLabel
+l - l. SubRect Widget Cast SR_PushButtonContents (const TQPushButton *) SR_PushButtonFocusRect (const TQPushButton *) SR_CheckBoxIndicator (const TQCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxContents (const TQCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxFocusRect (const TQCheckBox *) SR_RadioButtonIndicator (const TQRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonContents (const TQRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonFocusRect (const TQRadioButton *) SR_ComboBoxFocusRect (const TQComboBox *) SR_DockWindowHandleRect (const TQWidget *) SR_ProgressBarGroove (const TQProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarContents (const TQProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarLabel
 .TE
 .fi
 </center>
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt
index 7731f990..7055413e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt
@@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ TQStyleOption \- Optional parameters for TQStyle functions
 .BI "\fBTQStyleOption\fR ( const TQColor & c )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQStyleOption\fR ( QTab * t )"
+.BI "\fBTQStyleOption\fR ( TQTab * t )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQStyleOption\fR ( QListViewItem * i )"
+.BI "\fBTQStyleOption\fR ( TQListViewItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "\fBTQStyleOption\fR ( TQCheckListItem * i )"
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ TQStyleOption \- Optional parameters for TQStyle functions
 .BI "const TQColor & \fBcolor\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTab * \fBtab\fR () const"
+.BI "TQTab * \fBtab\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "TQCheckListItem * \fBcheckListItem\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QListViewItem * \fBlistViewItem\fR () const"
+.BI "TQListViewItem * \fBlistViewItem\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "TQt::ArrowType \fBarrowType\fR () const"
@@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ Pass a menu item and an integer, \fIm\fR and \fIin1\fR.
 Pass a menu item and two integers, \fIm\fR, \fIin1\fR and \fIin2\fR.
 .SH "TQStyleOption::TQStyleOption ( const TQColor & c )"
 Pass a color, \fIc\fR.
-.SH "TQStyleOption::TQStyleOption ( QTab * t )"
-Pass a QTab, \fIt\fR.
-.SH "TQStyleOption::TQStyleOption ( QListViewItem * i )"
-Pass a QListViewItem, \fIi\fR.
+.SH "TQStyleOption::TQStyleOption ( TQTab * t )"
+Pass a TQTab, \fIt\fR.
+.SH "TQStyleOption::TQStyleOption ( TQListViewItem * i )"
+Pass a TQListViewItem, \fIi\fR.
 .SH "TQStyleOption::TQStyleOption ( TQCheckListItem * i )"
 Pass a TQCheckListItem, \fIi\fR.
 .SH "TQStyleOption::TQStyleOption ( TQt::ArrowType a )"
@@ -169,17 +169,17 @@ Returns a color if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return
 .SH "int TQStyleOption::day () const"
 Returns the index of the day in the month if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "int TQStyleOption::frameShadow () const"
-Returns a QFrame::Shadow value if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+Returns a TQFrame::Shadow value if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "int TQStyleOption::frameShape () const"
-Returns a QFrame::Shape value if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+Returns a TQFrame::Shape value if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "int TQStyleOption::headerSection () const"
 Returns the header section if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "bool TQStyleOption::isDefault () const"
 Returns TRUE if the option was constructed with the default constructor; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .SH "int TQStyleOption::lineWidth () const"
 Returns the line width if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
-.SH "QListViewItem * TQStyleOption::listViewItem () const"
-Returns a QListView item if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+.SH "TQListViewItem * TQStyleOption::listViewItem () const"
+Returns a TQListView item if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "int TQStyleOption::maxIconWidth () const"
 Returns the maximum width of the menu item check area if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "TQMenuItem * TQStyleOption::menuItem () const"
@@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ Returns a menu item if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the ret
 Returns the mid-line width if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "TQRect TQStyleOption::rect () const"
 Returns a rectangle if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
-.SH "QTab * TQStyleOption::tab () const"
-Returns a QTabBar tab if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+.SH "TQTab * TQStyleOption::tab () const"
+Returns a TQTabBar tab if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "int TQStyleOption::tabWidth () const"
 Returns the tab indent width if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
 .SH "TQWidget * TQStyleOption::widget () const"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt
index 648cf387..a97aac6d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Qt \- Namespace for miscellaneous identifiers that need to be global-like
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqnamespace.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherited by TQObject, TQPixmap, TQBrush, TQCanvasItem, QCursor, TQPainter, TQEvent, TQIconViewItem, QKeySequence, QListViewItem, QCustomMenuItem, TQPen, TQStyleSheetItem, TQSyntaxHighlighter, QTab, QTableItem, TQThread, TQToolTip, and TQWhatsThis.
+Inherited by TQObject, TQPixmap, TQBrush, TQCanvasItem, QCursor, TQPainter, TQEvent, TQIconViewItem, QKeySequence, TQListViewItem, QCustomMenuItem, TQPen, TQStyleSheetItem, TQSyntaxHighlighter, TQTab, TQTableItem, TQThread, TQToolTip, and TQWhatsThis.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ This enum describes how the items in a widget are sorted.
 .TP
 \fCQt::Descending\fR - The items are sorted descending e.g. starts with 'ZZZ' ends with 'AAA' in Latin-1 locales
 .SH "TQt::StringComparisonMode"
-This enum type is used to set the string comparison mode when searching for an item. It is used by QListBox, QListView and TQIconView, for example. We'll refer to the string being searched as the 'target' string.
+This enum type is used to set the string comparison mode when searching for an item. It is used by TQListBox, TQListView and TQIconView, for example. We'll refer to the string being searched as the 'target' string.
 .TP
 \fCQt::CaseSensitive\fR - The strings must match case sensitively.
 .TP
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ This enum type is used to define some modifier flags. Some of these flags only m
 .TP
 \fCQt::ExpandTabs\fR - Makes the U+0009 (ASCII tab) character move to the next tab stop.
 .TP
-\fCQt::ShowPrefix\fR - Displays the string "&P" as <u>P</u> (see QButton for an example). For an ampersand, use "&&".
+\fCQt::ShowPrefix\fR - Displays the string "&P" as <u>P</u> (see TQButton for an example). For an ampersand, use "&&".
 .TP
 \fCQt::WordBreak\fR - Breaks lines at appropriate points, e.g. at word boundaries.
 .TP
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ This enum type is used to define some modifier flags. Some of these flags only m
 .PP
 You can use as many modifier flags as you want, except that SingleLine and WordBreak cannot be combined.
 .PP
-Flags that are inappropriate for a given use (e.g. ShowPrefix to QGridLayout::addWidget()) are generally ignored.
+Flags that are inappropriate for a given use (e.g. ShowPrefix to TQGridLayout::addWidget()) are generally ignored.
 .SH "TQt::TextFormat"
 This enum is used in widgets that can display both plain text and rich text, e.g. TQLabel. It is used for deciding whether a text string should be interpreted as one or the other. This is normally done by passing one of the enum values to a setTextFormat() function.
 .TP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt
index 251022f7..dd6140fa 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTab 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTab 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,25 +7,25 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTab \- The structures in a QTabBar
+TQTab \- The structures in a TQTabBar
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtabbar.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtabbar.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits Qt.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTab\fR ()"
+.BI "\fBTQTab\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual \fB~QTab\fR ()"
+.BI "virtual \fB~TQTab\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTab\fR ( const TQString & text )"
+.BI "\fBTQTab\fR ( const TQString & text )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTab\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
+.BI "\fBTQTab\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text )"
@@ -59,43 +59,43 @@ Inherits Qt.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTab class provides the structures in a QTabBar.
+The TQTab class provides the structures in a TQTabBar.
 .PP
-This class is used for custom QTabBar tab headings.
+This class is used for custom TQTabBar tab headings.
 .PP
-See also QTabBar and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQTabBar and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTab::QTab ()"
+.SH "TQTab::TQTab ()"
 Constructs an empty tab. All fields are set to empty.
-.SH "QTab::QTab ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "TQTab::TQTab ( const TQString & text )"
 Constructs a tab with the text \fItext\fR.
-.SH "QTab::QTab ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
+.SH "TQTab::TQTab ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )"
 Constructs a tab with an \fIicon\fR and the text, \fItext\fR.
-.SH "QTab::~QTab ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQTab::~TQTab ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Destroys the tab and frees up all allocated resources.
-.SH "TQIconSet * QTab::iconSet () const"
-Return the TQIconSet of the QTab.
-.SH "int QTab::identifier () const"
-Return the QTab's identifier.
-.SH "bool QTab::isEnabled () const"
-Returns TRUE if the QTab is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "TQRect QTab::rect () const"
-Return the TQRect for the QTab.
-.SH "void QTab::setEnabled ( bool enable )"
-If \fIenable\fR is TRUE enable the QTab, otherwise disable it.
-.SH "void QTab::setIconSet ( const TQIconSet & icon )"
+.SH "TQIconSet * TQTab::iconSet () const"
+Return the TQIconSet of the TQTab.
+.SH "int TQTab::identifier () const"
+Return the TQTab's identifier.
+.SH "bool TQTab::isEnabled () const"
+Returns TRUE if the TQTab is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+.SH "TQRect TQTab::rect () const"
+Return the TQRect for the TQTab.
+.SH "void TQTab::setEnabled ( bool enable )"
+If \fIenable\fR is TRUE enable the TQTab, otherwise disable it.
+.SH "void TQTab::setIconSet ( const TQIconSet & icon )"
 Sets the tab's iconset to \fIicon\fR
-.SH "void QTab::setIdentifier ( int i )"
-Set the identifier for the QTab to \fIi\fR. Each QTab's identifier within a QTabBar must be unique.
-.SH "void QTab::setRect ( const TQRect & rect )"
-Set the QTab TQRect to \fIrect\fR.
-.SH "void QTab::setText ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "void TQTab::setIdentifier ( int i )"
+Set the identifier for the TQTab to \fIi\fR. Each TQTab's identifier within a TQTabBar must be unique.
+.SH "void TQTab::setRect ( const TQRect & rect )"
+Set the TQTab TQRect to \fIrect\fR.
+.SH "void TQTab::setText ( const TQString & text )"
 Sets the text of the tab to \fItext\fR.
-.SH "TQString QTab::text () const"
-Returns the text of the QTab label.
+.SH "TQString TQTab::text () const"
+Returns the text of the TQTab label.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qtab.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtab.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt
index 131f5875..a5dfc3ab 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTabBar 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTabBar 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTabBar \- Tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs
+TQTabBar \- Tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtabbar.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtabbar.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQWidget.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTabBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQTabBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QTabBar\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQTabBar\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "enum \fBShape\fR { RoundedAbove, RoundedBelow, TriangularAbove, TriangularBelow }"
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetShape\fR ( Shape )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBaddTab\fR ( QTab * newTab )"
+.BI "virtual int \fBaddTab\fR ( TQTab * newTab )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBinsertTab\fR ( QTab * newTab, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "virtual int \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQTab * newTab, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBremoveTab\fR ( QTab * t )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBremoveTab\fR ( TQTab * t )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetTabEnabled\fR ( int id, bool enabled )"
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .BI "int \fBkeyboardFocusTab\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTab * \fBtab\fR ( int id ) const"
+.BI "TQTab * \fBtab\fR ( int id ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTab * \fBtabAt\fR ( int index ) const"
+.BI "TQTab * \fBtabAt\fR ( int index ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( int id ) const"
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .BI "virtual void \fBlayoutTabs\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual QTab * \fBselectTab\fR ( const TQPoint & p ) const"
+.BI "virtual TQTab * \fBselectTab\fR ( const TQPoint & p ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBremoveToolTip\fR ( int index )"
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentTab\fR ( int )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentTab\fR ( QTab * tab )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentTab\fR ( TQTab * tab )"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SS "Signals"
@@ -115,28 +115,28 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .SS "Protected Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBpaint\fR ( TQPainter * p, QTab * t, bool selected ) const"
+.BI "virtual void \fBpaint\fR ( TQPainter * p, TQTab * t, bool selected ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBpaintLabel\fR ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & br, QTab * t, bool has_focus ) const"
+.BI "virtual void \fBpaintLabel\fR ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & br, TQTab * t, bool has_focus ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBpaintEvent\fR ( TQPaintEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQPtrList<QTab> * \fBtabList\fR ()"
+.BI "TQPtrList<TQTab> * \fBtabList\fR ()"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTabBar class provides a tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs.
+The TQTabBar class provides a tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs.
 .PP
-QTabBar is straightforward to use; it draws the tabs using one of the predefined shapes, and emits a signal when a tab is selected. It can be subclassed to tailor the look and feel. TQt also provides a ready-made QTabWidget and a QTabDialog.
+TQTabBar is straightforward to use; it draws the tabs using one of the predefined shapes, and emits a signal when a tab is selected. It can be subclassed to tailor the look and feel. TQt also provides a ready-made TQTabWidget and a TQTabDialog.
 .PP
 The choice of tab shape is a matter of taste, although tab dialogs (for preferences and similar) invariably use RoundedAbove; nobody uses TriangularAbove. Tab controls in windows other than dialogs almost always use either RoundedBelow or TriangularBelow. Many spreadsheets and other tab controls in which all the pages are essentially similar use TriangularBelow, whereas RoundedBelow is used mostly when the pages are different (e.g. a multi-page tool palette).
 .PP
-The most important part of QTabBar's API is the selected() signal. This is emitted whenever the selected page changes (even at startup, when the selected page changes from 'none'). There is also a slot, setCurrentTab(), which can be used to select a page programmatically.
+The most important part of TQTabBar's API is the selected() signal. This is emitted whenever the selected page changes (even at startup, when the selected page changes from 'none'). There is also a slot, setCurrentTab(), which can be used to select a page programmatically.
 .PP
-QTabBar creates automatic accelerator keys in the manner of QButton; e.g. if a tab's label is "&Graphics", Alt+G becomes an accelerator key for switching to that tab.
+TQTabBar creates automatic accelerator keys in the manner of TQButton; e.g. if a tab's label is "&Graphics", Alt+G becomes an accelerator key for switching to that tab.
 .PP
 The following virtual functions may need to be reimplemented:
 .TP
@@ -157,36 +157,36 @@ The index of the current tab is returned by currentTab(). The tab with a particu
 .PP
 See also Advanced Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QTabBar::Shape"
-This enum type lists the built-in shapes supported by QTabBar:
+.SH "TQTabBar::Shape"
+This enum type lists the built-in shapes supported by TQTabBar:
 .TP
-\fCQTabBar::RoundedAbove\fR - the normal rounded look above the pages
+\fCTQTabBar::RoundedAbove\fR - the normal rounded look above the pages
 .TP
-\fCQTabBar::RoundedBelow\fR - the normal rounded look below the pages
+\fCTQTabBar::RoundedBelow\fR - the normal rounded look below the pages
 .TP
-\fCQTabBar::TriangularAbove\fR - triangular tabs above the pages (very unusual; included for completeness)
+\fCTQTabBar::TriangularAbove\fR - triangular tabs above the pages (very unusual; included for completeness)
 .TP
-\fCQTabBar::TriangularBelow\fR - triangular tabs similar to those used in the Excel spreadsheet, for example
+\fCTQTabBar::TriangularBelow\fR - triangular tabs similar to those used in the Excel spreadsheet, for example
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTabBar::QTabBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQTabBar::TQTabBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a new, empty tab bar; the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QTabBar::~QTabBar ()"
+.SH "TQTabBar::~TQTabBar ()"
 Destroys the tab control, freeing memory used.
-.SH "int QTabBar::addTab ( QTab * newTab )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTabBar::addTab ( TQTab * newTab )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Adds the tab, \fInewTab\fR, to the tab control.
 .PP
 Sets \fInewTab\fR's id to a new id and places the tab just to the right of the existing tabs. If the tab's label contains an ampersand, the letter following the ampersand is used as an accelerator for the tab, e.g. if the label is "Bro&wse" then Alt+W becomes an accelerator which will move the focus to this tab. Returns the id.
 .PP
 See also insertTab().
-.SH "int QTabBar::count () const"
+.SH "int TQTabBar::count () const"
 Returns the number of tabs in the tab bar. See the "count" property for details.
-.SH "int QTabBar::currentTab () const"
+.SH "int TQTabBar::currentTab () const"
 Returns the id of the tab bar's visible tab. See the "currentTab" property for details.
-.SH "int QTabBar::indexOf ( int id ) const"
+.SH "int TQTabBar::indexOf ( int id ) const"
 Returns the position index of the tab with id \fIid\fR or -1 if no tab has this \fIid\fR.
 .PP
 See also tabAt().
-.SH "int QTabBar::insertTab ( QTab * newTab, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTabBar::insertTab ( TQTab * newTab, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Inserts the tab, \fInewTab\fR, into the tab control.
 .PP
 If \fIindex\fR is not specified, the tab is simply appended. Otherwise it's inserted at the specified position.
@@ -194,72 +194,72 @@ If \fIindex\fR is not specified, the tab is simply appended. Otherwise it's inse
 Sets \fInewTab\fR's id to a new id. If the tab's label contains an ampersand, the letter following the ampersand is used as an accelerator for the tab, e.g. if the label is "Bro&wse" then Alt+W becomes an accelerator which will move the focus to this tab. Returns the id.
 .PP
 See also addTab().
-.SH "bool QTabBar::isTabEnabled ( int id ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTabBar::isTabEnabled ( int id ) const"
 Returns TRUE if the tab with id \fIid\fR exists and is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setTabEnabled().
-.SH "int QTabBar::keyboardFocusTab () const"
+.SH "int TQTabBar::keyboardFocusTab () const"
 Returns the id of the tab that has the keyboard focus. See the "keyboardFocusTab" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabBar::layoutChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
-QTabBar emits the signal whenever the layout of the tab bar has been recalculated, for example when the contents of a tab change.
-.SH "void QTabBar::layoutTabs ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::layoutChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+TQTabBar emits the signal whenever the layout of the tab bar has been recalculated, for example when the contents of a tab change.
+.SH "void TQTabBar::layoutTabs ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Lays out all existing tabs according to their label and their iconset.
-.SH "void QTabBar::paint ( TQPainter * p, QTab * t, bool selected ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::paint ( TQPainter * p, TQTab * t, bool selected ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Paints the tab \fIt\fR using painter \fIp\fR. If and only if \fIselected\fR is TRUE, \fIt\fR is drawn currently selected.
 .PP
-This virtual function may be reimplemented to change the look of QTabBar. If you decide to reimplement it, you may also need to reimplement sizeHint().
-.SH "void QTabBar::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+This virtual function may be reimplemented to change the look of TQTabBar. If you decide to reimplement it, you may also need to reimplement sizeHint().
+.SH "void TQTabBar::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Repaints the tab row. All the painting is done by paint(); paintEvent() only decides which tabs need painting and in what order. The event is passed in \fIe\fR.
 .PP
 See also paint().
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-.SH "void QTabBar::paintLabel ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & br, QTab * t, bool has_focus ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::paintLabel ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & br, TQTab * t, bool has_focus ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Paints the label of tab \fIt\fR centered in rectangle \fIbr\fR using painter \fIp\fR. A focus indication is drawn if \fIhas_focus\fR is TRUE.
-.SH "void QTabBar::removeTab ( QTab * t )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::removeTab ( TQTab * t )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Removes tab \fIt\fR from the tab control, and deletes the tab.
-.SH "void QTabBar::removeToolTip ( int index )"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::removeToolTip ( int index )"
 Removes the tool tip for the tab at index position \fIindex\fR.
-.SH "QTab * QTabBar::selectTab ( const TQPoint & p ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQTab * TQTabBar::selectTab ( const TQPoint & p ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This virtual function is called by the mouse event handlers to determine which tab is pressed. The default implementation returns a pointer to the tab whose bounding rectangle contains \fIp\fR, if exactly one tab's bounding rectangle contains \fIp\fR. Otherwise it returns 0.
 .PP
 See also mousePressEvent() and mouseReleaseEvent().
-.SH "void QTabBar::selected ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
-QTabBar emits this signal whenever any tab is selected, whether by the program or by the user. The argument \fIid\fR is the id of the tab as returned by addTab().
+.SH "void TQTabBar::selected ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR"
+TQTabBar emits this signal whenever any tab is selected, whether by the program or by the user. The argument \fIid\fR is the id of the tab as returned by addTab().
 .PP
 show() is guaranteed to emit this signal; you can display your page in a slot connected to this signal.
-.SH "void QTabBar::setCurrentTab ( int )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::setCurrentTab ( int )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the id of the tab bar's visible tab. See the "currentTab" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabBar::setCurrentTab ( QTab * tab )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::setCurrentTab ( TQTab * tab )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Raises \fItab\fR and emits the selected() signal unless the tab was already current.
 .PP
 See also currentTab and selected().
-.SH "void QTabBar::setShape ( Shape )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::setShape ( Shape )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the shape of the tabs in the tab bar. See the "shape" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabBar::setTabEnabled ( int id, bool enabled )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::setTabEnabled ( int id, bool enabled )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Enables tab \fIid\fR if \fIenabled\fR is TRUE or disables it if \fIenabled\fR is FALSE. If \fIid\fR is currently selected, setTabEnabled(FALSE) makes another tab selected.
 .PP
 setTabEnabled() updates the display if this causes a change in \fIid\fR's status.
 .PP
 See also update() and isTabEnabled().
-.SH "void QTabBar::setToolTip ( int index, const TQString & tip )"
+.SH "void TQTabBar::setToolTip ( int index, const TQString & tip )"
 Sets the tool tip for the tab at index position \fIindex\fR to \fItip\fR.
-.SH "Shape QTabBar::shape () const"
+.SH "Shape TQTabBar::shape () const"
 Returns the shape of the tabs in the tab bar. See the "shape" property for details.
-.SH "QTab * QTabBar::tab ( int id ) const"
+.SH "TQTab * TQTabBar::tab ( int id ) const"
 Returns the tab with id \fIid\fR or 0 if there is no such tab.
 .PP
 See also count.
-.SH "QTab * QTabBar::tabAt ( int index ) const"
+.SH "TQTab * TQTabBar::tabAt ( int index ) const"
 Returns the tab at position \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
 See also indexOf().
-.SH "TQPtrList<QTab> * QTabBar::tabList ()\fC [protected]\fR"
-The list of QTab objects in the tab bar.
+.SH "TQPtrList<TQTab> * TQTabBar::tabList ()\fC [protected]\fR"
+The list of TQTab objects in the tab bar.
 .PP
-This list is unlikely to be in the order that the QTab elements appear visually. One way of iterating over the tabs is like this:
+This list is unlikely to be in the order that the TQTab elements appear visually. One way of iterating over the tabs is like this:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ This list is unlikely to be in the order that the QTab elements appear visually.
     }
 .br
 .fi
-.SH "TQString QTabBar::toolTip ( int index ) const"
+.SH "TQString TQTabBar::toolTip ( int index ) const"
 Returns the tool tip for the tab at index position \fIindex\fR.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "int count"
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ See also Shape.
 Set this property's value with setShape() and get this property's value with shape().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqtabbar.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtabbar.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt
index 6dbc626e..498291a1 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTabDialog 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTabDialog 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTabDialog \- Stack of tabbed widgets
+TQTabDialog \- Stack of tabbed widgets
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtabdialog.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtabdialog.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQDialog.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTabDialog\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQTabDialog\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QTabDialog\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQTabDialog\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetFont\fR ( const TQFont & font )"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Inherits TQDialog.
 .BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab )"
+.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Inherits TQDialog.
 .BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )"
@@ -145,22 +145,22 @@ Inherits TQDialog.
 .SS "Protected Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBsetTabBar\fR ( QTabBar * tb )"
+.BI "void \fBsetTabBar\fR ( TQTabBar * tb )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTabBar * \fBtabBar\fR () const"
+.BI "TQTabBar * \fBtabBar\fR () const"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTabDialog class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.
+The TQTabDialog class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.
 .PP
 A tabbed dialog is one in which several "tab pages" are available. By clicking on a tab page's tab or by pressing the indicated Alt+\fIletter\fR key combination, the user can select which tab page they want to use.
 .PP
-QTabDialog provides a tab bar consisting of single row of tabs at the top; each tab has an associated widget which is that tab's tab page. In addition, QTabDialog provides an OK button and the following optional buttons: Apply, Cancel, Defaults and Help.
+TQTabDialog provides a tab bar consisting of single row of tabs at the top; each tab has an associated widget which is that tab's tab page. In addition, TQTabDialog provides an OK button and the following optional buttons: Apply, Cancel, Defaults and Help.
 .PP
-The normal way to use QTabDialog is to do the following in the constructor: <ol type=1>
+The normal way to use TQTabDialog is to do the following in the constructor: <ol type=1>
 .IP 1
-Create a QTabDialog.
+Create a TQTabDialog.
 .IP 2
 Create a TQWidget for each of the pages in the tab dialog, insert children into it, set up geometry management for it, and use addTab() (or insertTab()) to set up a tab and keyboard accelerator for it.
 .IP 3
@@ -188,9 +188,9 @@ Each tab is either enabled or disabled at any given time (see setTabEnabled()).
 .PP
 You can change a tab's label and iconset using changeTab(). A tab page can be removed with removePage() and shown with showPage(). The current page is given by currentPage().
 .PP
-QTabDialog does not support tabs on the sides or bottom, nor can you set or retrieve the visible page. If you need more functionality than QTabDialog provides, consider creating a TQDialog and using a QTabBar with QTabWidgets.
+TQTabDialog does not support tabs on the sides or bottom, nor can you set or retrieve the visible page. If you need more functionality than TQTabDialog provides, consider creating a TQDialog and using a TQTabBar with TQTabWidgets.
 .PP
-Most of the functionality in QTabDialog is provided by a QTabWidget.
+Most of the functionality in TQTabDialog is provided by a TQTabWidget.
 .PP
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
@@ -201,17 +201,17 @@ Most of the functionality in QTabDialog is provided by a QTabWidget.
 .PP
 See also TQDialog and Dialog Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTabDialog::QTabDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
-Constructs a QTabDialog with only an OK button. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed on to the TQDialog constructor.
-.SH "QTabDialog::~QTabDialog ()"
+.SH "TQTabDialog::TQTabDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+Constructs a TQTabDialog with only an OK button. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed on to the TQDialog constructor.
+.SH "TQTabDialog::~TQTabDialog ()"
 Destroys the tab dialog.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::aboutToShow ()\fC [signal]\fR"
-This signal is emitted by show() when it is time to set the state of the dialog's contents. The dialog should reflect the current state of the application when it appears; if there is any possibility that the state of the application may change between the time you call QTabDialog::QTabDialog() and QTabDialog::show(), you should set the dialog's state in a slot and connect this signal to it.
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::aboutToShow ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+This signal is emitted by show() when it is time to set the state of the dialog's contents. The dialog should reflect the current state of the application when it appears; if there is any possibility that the state of the application may change between the time you call TQTabDialog::TQTabDialog() and TQTabDialog::show(), you should set the dialog's state in a slot and connect this signal to it.
 .PP
-This applies mainly to QTabDialog objects that are kept around hidden, rather than being created, shown, and deleted afterwards.
+This applies mainly to TQTabDialog objects that are kept around hidden, rather than being created, shown, and deleted afterwards.
 .PP
 See also applyButtonPressed(), show(), and cancelButtonPressed().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )"
 Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 .PP
 The new page is \fIchild\fR; the tab's label is \fIlabel\fR. Note the difference between the widget name (which you supply to widget constructors and to setTabEnabled(), for example) and the tab label. The name is internal to the program and invariant, whereas the label is shown on-screen and may vary according to language and other factors.
@@ -221,71 +221,71 @@ If the tab's \fIlabel\fR contains an ampersand, the letter following the ampersa
 If you call addTab() after show() the screen will flicker and the user may be confused.
 .PP
 See also insertTab().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This version of the function shows the \fIiconset\fR as well as the \fIlabel\fR on the tab of \fIchild\fR.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
-This is a lower-level method for adding tabs, similar to the other addTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a QTabBar subclass with an overridden QTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of QTab.
+This is a lower-level method for adding tabs, similar to the other addTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a TQTabBar subclass with an overridden TQTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of TQTab.
 .PP
 The \fIchild\fR is the widget to be placed on the new tab page. The \fItab\fR is the tab to display on the tab page -- normally this shows a label or an icon that identifies the tab page.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::applyButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::applyButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when either the Apply or OK button is clicked.
 .PP
 It should be connected to a slot (or several slots) that change the application's state according to the state of the dialog.
 .PP
 See also cancelButtonPressed(), defaultButtonPressed(), and setApplyButton().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::cancelButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::cancelButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the Cancel button is clicked. It is automatically connected to TQDialog::reject(), which will hide the dialog.
 .PP
 The Cancel button should not change the application's state at all, so you should generally not need to connect it to any slot.
 .PP
 See also applyButtonPressed(), defaultButtonPressed(), and setCancelButton().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
 Changes tab page \fIw\fR's iconset to \fIiconset\fR and label to \fIlabel\fR.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Defines a new \fIlabel\fR for the tab of page \fIw\fR
-.SH "void QTabDialog::currentChanged ( TQWidget * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::currentChanged ( TQWidget * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the current page changes.
 .PP
 See also currentPage(), showPage(), and tabLabel().
-.SH "TQWidget * QTabDialog::currentPage () const"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTabDialog::currentPage () const"
 Returns a pointer to the page currently being displayed by the tab dialog. The tab dialog does its best to make sure that this value is never 0 (but if you try hard enough, it can be).
-.SH "void QTabDialog::defaultButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::defaultButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the Defaults button is pressed. It should reset the dialog (but not the application) to the "factory defaults".
 .PP
 The application's state should not be changed until the user clicks Apply or OK.
 .PP
 See also applyButtonPressed(), cancelButtonPressed(), and setDefaultButton().
-.SH "bool QTabDialog::hasApplyButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQTabDialog::hasApplyButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has an Apply button; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setApplyButton(), applyButtonPressed(), hasCancelButton(), and hasDefaultButton().
-.SH "bool QTabDialog::hasCancelButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQTabDialog::hasCancelButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has a Cancel button; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setCancelButton(), cancelButtonPressed(), hasApplyButton(), and hasDefaultButton().
-.SH "bool QTabDialog::hasDefaultButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQTabDialog::hasDefaultButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has a Defaults button; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setDefaultButton(), defaultButtonPressed(), hasApplyButton(), and hasCancelButton().
-.SH "bool QTabDialog::hasHelpButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQTabDialog::hasHelpButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has a Help button; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setHelpButton(), helpButtonPressed(), hasApplyButton(), and hasCancelButton().
-.SH "bool QTabDialog::hasOkButton () const"
+.SH "bool TQTabDialog::hasOkButton () const"
 Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has an OK button; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setOkButton(), hasApplyButton(), hasCancelButton(), and hasDefaultButton().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::helpButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::helpButtonPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the Help button is pressed. It could be used to present information about how to use the dialog.
 .PP
 See also applyButtonPressed(), cancelButtonPressed(), and setHelpButton().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
 Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 .PP
 The new page is \fIchild\fR; the tab's label is \fIlabel\fR. Note the difference between the widget name (which you supply to widget constructors and to setTabEnabled(), for example) and the tab label. The name is internal to the program and invariant, whereas the label is shown on-screen and may vary according to language and other factors.
@@ -297,21 +297,21 @@ If \fIindex\fR is not specified, the tab is simply added. Otherwise it is insert
 If you call insertTab() after show(), the screen will flicker and the user may be confused.
 .PP
 See also addTab().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 This version of the function shows the \fIiconset\fR as well as the \fIlabel\fR on the tab of \fIchild\fR.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
-This is a lower-level method for inserting tabs, similar to the other insertTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a QTabBar subclass with an overridden QTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of QTab.
+This is a lower-level method for inserting tabs, similar to the other insertTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a TQTabBar subclass with an overridden TQTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of TQTab.
 .PP
 The \fIchild\fR is the widget to be placed on the new tab page. The \fItab\fR is the tab to display on the tab page -- normally this shows a label or an icon that identifies the tab page. The \fIindex\fR is the position where this tab page should be inserted.
-.SH "bool QTabDialog::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const"
 Returns TRUE if the page \fIw\fR is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
-.SH "bool QTabDialog::isTabEnabled ( const char * name ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled ( const char * name ) const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns TRUE if the page with object name \fIname\fR is enabled and FALSE if it is disabled.
@@ -319,17 +319,17 @@ Returns TRUE if the page with object name \fIname\fR is enabled and FALSE if it
 If \fIname\fR is 0 or not the name of any of the pages, isTabEnabled() returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::removePage ( TQWidget * w )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::removePage ( TQWidget * w )"
 Removes page \fIw\fR from this stack of widgets. Does not delete \fIw\fR.
 .PP
-See also showPage(), QTabWidget::removePage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
+See also showPage(), TQTabWidget::removePage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This signal is emitted whenever a tab is selected (raised), including during the first show().
 .PP
 See also raise().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setApplyButton ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setApplyButton ( const TQString & text )"
 Adds an Apply button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 The Apply button should apply the current settings in the dialog box to the application while keeping the dialog visible.
@@ -339,11 +339,11 @@ When Apply is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
 If \fItext\fR is a null string, no button is shown.
 .PP
 See also setCancelButton(), setDefaultButton(), and applyButtonPressed().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setApplyButton ()"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setApplyButton ()"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds an Apply button to the dialog. The button's text is set to a localizable "Apply".
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setCancelButton ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setCancelButton ( const TQString & text )"
 Adds a Cancel button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 The cancel button should always return the application to the state it was in before the tab view popped up, or if the user has clicked Apply, back to the state immediately after the last Apply.
@@ -353,11 +353,11 @@ When Cancel is clicked, the cancelButtonPressed() signal is emitted. The dialog
 If \fItext\fR is a null string, no button is shown.
 .PP
 See also setApplyButton(), setDefaultButton(), and cancelButtonPressed().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setCancelButton ()"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setCancelButton ()"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds a Cancel button to the dialog. The button's text is set to a localizable "Cancel".
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setDefaultButton ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setDefaultButton ( const TQString & text )"
 Adds a Defaults button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 The Defaults button should set the dialog (but not the application) back to the application defaults.
@@ -367,17 +367,17 @@ When Defaults is clicked, the defaultButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
 If \fItext\fR is a null string, no button is shown.
 .PP
 See also setApplyButton(), setCancelButton(), and defaultButtonPressed().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setDefaultButton ()"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setDefaultButton ()"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds a Defaults button to the dialog. The button's text is set to a localizable "Defaults".
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setFont ( const TQFont & font )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setFont ( const TQFont & font )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the font for the tabs to \fIfont\fR.
 .PP
 If the widget is visible, the display is updated with the new font immediately. There may be some geometry changes, depending on the size of the old and new fonts.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setHelpButton ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setHelpButton ( const TQString & text )"
 Adds a Help button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 When Help is clicked, the helpButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
@@ -385,11 +385,11 @@ When Help is clicked, the helpButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
 If \fItext\fR is a null string, no button is shown.
 .PP
 See also setApplyButton(), setCancelButton(), and helpButtonPressed().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setHelpButton ()"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setHelpButton ()"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds a Help button to the dialog. The button's text is set to a localizable "Help".
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setOkButton ( const TQString & text )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setOkButton ( const TQString & text )"
 Adds an OK button to the dialog and sets the button's text to \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 When the OK button is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted, and the current settings in the dialog box should be applied to the application. The dialog then closes.
@@ -397,49 +397,49 @@ When the OK button is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted, and t
 If \fItext\fR is a null string, no button is shown.
 .PP
 See also setCancelButton(), setDefaultButton(), and applyButtonPressed().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setOkButton ()"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setOkButton ()"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds an OK button to the dialog. The button's text is set to a localizable "OK".
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setTabBar ( QTabBar * tb )\fC [protected]\fR"
-Replaces the QTabBar heading the dialog by the given tab bar, \fItb\fR. Note that this must be called \fIbefore\fR any tabs have been added, or the behavior is undefined.
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setTabBar ( TQTabBar * tb )\fC [protected]\fR"
+Replaces the TQTabBar heading the dialog by the given tab bar, \fItb\fR. Note that this must be called \fIbefore\fR any tabs have been added, or the behavior is undefined.
 .PP
 See also tabBar().
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE the page \fIw\fR is enabled; otherwise \fIw\fR is disabled. The page's tab is redrawn appropriately.
 .PP
-QTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a separate flag.
+TQTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a separate flag.
 .PP
-Note that even a disabled tab and tab page may be visible. If the page is already visible QTabWidget will not hide it; if all the pages are disabled QTabWidget will show one of them.
+Note that even a disabled tab and tab page may be visible. If the page is already visible TQTabWidget will not hide it; if all the pages are disabled TQTabWidget will show one of them.
 .PP
 See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::setTabEnabled ( const char * name, bool enable )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled ( const char * name, bool enable )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Finds the page with object name \fIname\fR, enables/disables it according to the value of \fIenable\fR and redraws the page's tab appropriately.
 .PP
-QTabDialog uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a separate flag.
+TQTabDialog uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a separate flag.
 .PP
-Note that even a disabled tab/page may be visible. If the page is already visible QTabDialog will not hide it; if all the pages are disabled QTabDialog will show one of them.
+Note that even a disabled tab/page may be visible. If the page is already visible TQTabDialog will not hide it; if all the pages are disabled TQTabDialog will show one of them.
 .PP
 The object name is used (rather than the tab label) because the tab text may not be invariant in multi-language applications.
 .PP
 See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
-.SH "void QTabDialog::showPage ( TQWidget * w )"
+.SH "void TQTabDialog::showPage ( TQWidget * w )"
 Ensures that widget \fIw\fR is shown. This is mainly useful for accelerators.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR If used carelessly, this function can easily surprise or confuse the user.
 .PP
-See also QTabBar::currentTab.
-.SH "QTabBar * QTabDialog::tabBar () const\fC [protected]\fR"
-Returns the currently set QTabBar.
+See also TQTabBar::currentTab.
+.SH "TQTabBar * TQTabDialog::tabBar () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+Returns the currently set TQTabBar.
 .PP
 See also setTabBar().
-.SH "TQString QTabDialog::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w )"
+.SH "TQString TQTabDialog::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w )"
 Returns the text in the tab for page \fIw\fR.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqtabdialog.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtabdialog.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtable.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtable.3qt
index 54930c9a..efb1b2df 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtable.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtable.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTable 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTable 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTable \- Flexible editable table widget
+TQTable \- Flexible editable table widget
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtable.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtable.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQScrollView.
 .PP
@@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ Inherited by TQDataTable.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTable\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQTable\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTable\fR ( int numRows, int numCols, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQTable\fR ( int numRows, int numCols, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QTable\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQTable\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QHeader * \fBhorizontalHeader\fR () const"
+.BI "TQHeader * \fBhorizontalHeader\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QHeader * \fBverticalHeader\fR () const"
+.BI "TQHeader * \fBverticalHeader\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "enum \fBSelectionMode\fR { Single, Multi, SingleRow, MultiRow, NoSelection }"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Inherited by TQDataTable.
 .BI "SelectionMode \fBselectionMode\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetItem\fR ( int row, int col, QTableItem * item )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetItem\fR ( int row, int col, TQTableItem * item )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( int row, int col, const TQString & text )"
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Inherited by TQDataTable.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( int row, int col, const TQPixmap & pix )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual QTableItem * \fBitem\fR ( int row, int col ) const"
+.BI "virtual TQTableItem * \fBitem\fR ( int row, int col ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR ( int row, int col ) const"
@@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ Inherited by TQDataTable.
 .BI "int \fBnumSelections\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTableSelection \fBselection\fR ( int num ) const"
+.BI "TQTableSelection \fBselection\fR ( int num ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual int \fBaddSelection\fR ( const QTableSelection & s )"
+.BI "virtual int \fBaddSelection\fR ( const TQTableSelection & s )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBremoveSelection\fR ( const QTableSelection & s )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBremoveSelection\fR ( const TQTableSelection & s )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBremoveSelection\fR ( int num )"
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Inherited by TQDataTable.
 .BI "bool \fBsorting\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBtakeItem\fR ( QTableItem * i )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBtakeItem\fR ( TQTableItem * i )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetCellWidget\fR ( int row, int col, TQWidget * e )"
@@ -475,13 +475,13 @@ Inherited by TQDataTable.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTable class provides a flexible editable table widget.
+The TQTable class provides a flexible editable table widget.
 .PP
-QTable is easy to use, although it does have a large API because of the comprehensive functionality that it provides. QTable includes functions for manipulating headers, rows and columns, cells and selections. QTable also provides in-place editing and drag and drop, as well as a useful set of signals. QTable efficiently supports very large tables, for example, tables one million by one million cells are perfectly possible. QTable is economical with memory, using none for unused cells.
+TQTable is easy to use, although it does have a large API because of the comprehensive functionality that it provides. TQTable includes functions for manipulating headers, rows and columns, cells and selections. TQTable also provides in-place editing and drag and drop, as well as a useful set of signals. TQTable efficiently supports very large tables, for example, tables one million by one million cells are perfectly possible. TQTable is economical with memory, using none for unused cells.
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    QTable *table = new QTable( 100, 250, this );
+    TQTable *table = new TQTable( 100, 250, this );
 .br
     table->setPixmap( 3, 2, pix );
 .br
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ QTable is easy to use, although it does have a large API because of the comprehe
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-The first line constructs the table specifying its size in rows and columns. We then insert a pixmap and some text into the \fIsame\fR cell, with the pixmap appearing to the left of the text. QTable cells can be populated with QTableItems, TQComboTableItems or by TQCheckTableItems. By default a vertical header appears at the left of the table showing row numbers and a horizontal header appears at the top of the table showing column numbers. (The numbers displayed start at 1, although row and column numbers within QTable begin at 0.)
+The first line constructs the table specifying its size in rows and columns. We then insert a pixmap and some text into the \fIsame\fR cell, with the pixmap appearing to the left of the text. TQTable cells can be populated with TQTableItems, TQComboTableItems or by TQCheckTableItems. By default a vertical header appears at the left of the table showing row numbers and a horizontal header appears at the top of the table showing column numbers. (The numbers displayed start at 1, although row and column numbers within TQTable begin at 0.)
 .PP
 If you want to use mouse tracking call setMouseTracking( TRUE ) on the \fIviewport\fR; (see TQScrollView).
 .PP
@@ -499,29 +499,29 @@ If you want to use mouse tracking call setMouseTracking( TRUE ) on the \fIviewpo
 .PP
 </center>
 .SH "Headers"
-QTable supports a header column, e.g. to display row numbers, and a header row, e.g to display column titles. To set row or column labels use QHeader::setLabel() on the pointers returned by verticalHeader() and horizontalHeader() respectively. The vertical header is displayed within the table's left margin whose width is set with setLeftMargin(). The horizontal header is displayed within the table's top margin whose height is set with setTopMargin(). The table's grid can be switched off with setShowGrid(). If you want to hide a horizontal header call hide(), and call setTopMargin( 0 ) so that the area the header would have occupied is reduced to zero size.
+TQTable supports a header column, e.g. to display row numbers, and a header row, e.g to display column titles. To set row or column labels use TQHeader::setLabel() on the pointers returned by verticalHeader() and horizontalHeader() respectively. The vertical header is displayed within the table's left margin whose width is set with setLeftMargin(). The horizontal header is displayed within the table's top margin whose height is set with setTopMargin(). The table's grid can be switched off with setShowGrid(). If you want to hide a horizontal header call hide(), and call setTopMargin( 0 ) so that the area the header would have occupied is reduced to zero size.
 .PP
-Header labels are indexed via their section numbers. Note that the default behavior of QHeader regarding section numbers is overriden for QTable. See the explanation below in the Rows and Columns section in the discussion of moving columns and rows.
+Header labels are indexed via their section numbers. Note that the default behavior of TQHeader regarding section numbers is overriden for TQTable. See the explanation below in the Rows and Columns section in the discussion of moving columns and rows.
 .SH "Rows and Columns"
 Row and column sizes are set with setRowHeight() and setColumnWidth(). If you want a row high enough to show the tallest item in its entirety, use adjustRow(). Similarly, to make a column wide enough to show the widest item use adjustColumn(). If you want the row height and column width to adjust automatically as the height and width of the table changes use setRowStretchable() and setColumnStretchable().
 .PP
 Rows and columns can be hidden and shown with hideRow(), hideColumn(), showRow() and showColumn(). New rows and columns are inserted using insertRows() and insertColumns(). Additional rows and columns are added at the bottom (rows) or right (columns) if you set setNumRows() or setNumCols() to be larger than numRows() or numCols(). Existing rows and columns are removed with removeRow() and removeColumn(). Multiple rows and columns can be removed with removeRows() and removeColumns().
 .PP
-Rows and columns can be set to be moveable using rowMovingEnabled() and columnMovingEnabled(). The user can drag them to reorder them holding down the Ctrl key and dragging the mouse. For performance reasons, the default behavior of QHeader section numbers is overridden by QTable. Currently in QTable, when a row or column is dragged and reordered, the section number is also changed to its new position. Therefore, there is no difference between the section and the index fields in QHeader. The QTable QHeader classes do not provide a mechanism for indexing independently of the user interface ordering.
+Rows and columns can be set to be moveable using rowMovingEnabled() and columnMovingEnabled(). The user can drag them to reorder them holding down the Ctrl key and dragging the mouse. For performance reasons, the default behavior of TQHeader section numbers is overridden by TQTable. Currently in TQTable, when a row or column is dragged and reordered, the section number is also changed to its new position. Therefore, there is no difference between the section and the index fields in TQHeader. The TQTable TQHeader classes do not provide a mechanism for indexing independently of the user interface ordering.
 .PP
 The table can be sorted using sortColumn(). Users can sort a column by clicking its header if setSorting() is set to TRUE. Rows can be swapped with swapRows(), columns with swapColumns() and cells with swapCells().
 .PP
-For editable tables (see setReadOnly()) you can set the read-only property of individual rows and columns with setRowReadOnly() and setColumnReadOnly(). (Whether a cell is editable or read-only depends on these settings and the cell's QTableItem::EditType.)
+For editable tables (see setReadOnly()) you can set the read-only property of individual rows and columns with setRowReadOnly() and setColumnReadOnly(). (Whether a cell is editable or read-only depends on these settings and the cell's TQTableItem::EditType.)
 .PP
 The row and column which have the focus are returned by currentRow() and currentColumn() respectively.
 .PP
-Although many QTable functions operate in terms of rows and columns the indexOf() function returns a single integer identifying a particular cell.
+Although many TQTable functions operate in terms of rows and columns the indexOf() function returns a single integer identifying a particular cell.
 .SH "Cells"
-All of a QTable's cells are empty when the table is constructed.
+All of a TQTable's cells are empty when the table is constructed.
 .PP
-There are two approaches to populating the table's cells. The first and simplest approach is to use QTableItems or QTableItem subclasses. The second approach doesn't use QTableItems at all which is useful for very large sparse tables but requires you to reimplement a number of functions. We'll look at each approach in turn.
+There are two approaches to populating the table's cells. The first and simplest approach is to use TQTableItems or TQTableItem subclasses. The second approach doesn't use TQTableItems at all which is useful for very large sparse tables but requires you to reimplement a number of functions. We'll look at each approach in turn.
 .PP
-To put a string in a cell use setText(). This function will create a new QTableItem for the cell if one doesn't already exist, and displays the text in it. By default the table item's widget will be a TQLineEdit. A pixmap may be put in a cell with setPixmap(), which also creates a table item if required. A cell may contain \fIboth\fR a pixmap and text; the pixmap is displayed to the left of the text. Another approach is to construct a QTableItem or QTableItem subclass, set its properties, then insert it into a cell with setItem().
+To put a string in a cell use setText(). This function will create a new TQTableItem for the cell if one doesn't already exist, and displays the text in it. By default the table item's widget will be a TQLineEdit. A pixmap may be put in a cell with setPixmap(), which also creates a table item if required. A cell may contain \fIboth\fR a pixmap and text; the pixmap is displayed to the left of the text. Another approach is to construct a TQTableItem or TQTableItem subclass, set its properties, then insert it into a cell with setItem().
 .PP
 If you want cells which contain comboboxes use the TQComboTableItem class. Similarly if you require cells containing checkboxes use the TQCheckTableItem class. These table items look and behave just like the combobox or checkbox widgets but consume far less memory.
 .PP
@@ -533,32 +533,32 @@ If you want cells which contain comboboxes use the TQComboTableItem class. Simil
 .fi
 In the example above we create a column of TQCheckTableItems and insert them into the table using setItem().
 .PP
-QTable takes ownership of its QTableItems and will delete them when the table itself is destroyed. You can take ownership of a table item using takeItem() which you use to move a cell's contents from one cell to another, either within the same table, or from one table to another. (See also, swapCells()).
+TQTable takes ownership of its TQTableItems and will delete them when the table itself is destroyed. You can take ownership of a table item using takeItem() which you use to move a cell's contents from one cell to another, either within the same table, or from one table to another. (See also, swapCells()).
 .PP
-In-place editing of the text in QTableItems, and the values in TQComboTableItems and TQCheckTableItems works automatically. Cells may be editable or read-only, see QTableItem::EditType. If you want fine control over editing see beginEdit() and endEdit().
+In-place editing of the text in TQTableItems, and the values in TQComboTableItems and TQCheckTableItems works automatically. Cells may be editable or read-only, see TQTableItem::EditType. If you want fine control over editing see beginEdit() and endEdit().
 .PP
-The contents of a cell can be retrieved as a QTableItem using item(), or as a string with text() or as a pixmap (if there is one) with pixmap(). A cell's bounding rectangle is given by cellGeometry(). Use updateCell() to repaint a cell, for example to clear away a cell's visual representation after it has been deleted with clearCell(). The table can be forced to scroll to show a particular cell with ensureCellVisible(). The isSelected() function indicates if a cell is selected.
+The contents of a cell can be retrieved as a TQTableItem using item(), or as a string with text() or as a pixmap (if there is one) with pixmap(). A cell's bounding rectangle is given by cellGeometry(). Use updateCell() to repaint a cell, for example to clear away a cell's visual representation after it has been deleted with clearCell(). The table can be forced to scroll to show a particular cell with ensureCellVisible(). The isSelected() function indicates if a cell is selected.
 .PP
-It is possible to use your own widget as a cell's widget using setCellWidget(), but subclassing QTableItem might be a simpler approach. The cell's widget (if there is one) can be removed with clearCellWidget().
+It is possible to use your own widget as a cell's widget using setCellWidget(), but subclassing TQTableItem might be a simpler approach. The cell's widget (if there is one) can be removed with clearCellWidget().
 .PP
 
 <h4> Large tables </h4>
 .PP
-For large, sparse, tables using QTableItems or other widgets is inefficient. The solution is to \fIdraw\fR the cell as it should appear and to create and destroy cell editors on demand.
+For large, sparse, tables using TQTableItems or other widgets is inefficient. The solution is to \fIdraw\fR the cell as it should appear and to create and destroy cell editors on demand.
 .PP
-This approach requires that you reimplement various functions. Reimplement paintCell() to display your data, and createEditor() and setCellContentFromEditor() to support in-place editing. It is very important to reimplement resizeData() to have no functionality, to prevent QTable from attempting to create a huge array. You will also need to reimplement item(), setItem(), takeItem(), clearCell(), and insertWidget(), cellWidget() and clearCellWidget(). In almost every circumstance (for sorting, removing and inserting columns and rows, etc.), you also need to reimplement swapRows(), swapCells() and swapColumns(), including header handling.
+This approach requires that you reimplement various functions. Reimplement paintCell() to display your data, and createEditor() and setCellContentFromEditor() to support in-place editing. It is very important to reimplement resizeData() to have no functionality, to prevent TQTable from attempting to create a huge array. You will also need to reimplement item(), setItem(), takeItem(), clearCell(), and insertWidget(), cellWidget() and clearCellWidget(). In almost every circumstance (for sorting, removing and inserting columns and rows, etc.), you also need to reimplement swapRows(), swapCells() and swapColumns(), including header handling.
 .PP
-If you represent active cells with a dictionary of QTableItems and TQWidgets, i.e. only store references to cells that are actually used, many of the functions can be implemented with a single line of code. (See the table/bigtable/main.cpp example.)
+If you represent active cells with a dictionary of TQTableItems and TQWidgets, i.e. only store references to cells that are actually used, many of the functions can be implemented with a single line of code. (See the table/bigtable/main.cpp example.)
 .PP
-For more information on cells see the QTableItem documenation.
+For more information on cells see the TQTableItem documenation.
 .SH "Selections"
-QTable's support single selection, multi-selection (multiple cells) or no selection. The selection mode is set with setSelectionMode(). Use isSelected() to determine if a particular cell is selected, and isRowSelected() and isColumnSelected() to see if a row or column is selected.
+TQTable's support single selection, multi-selection (multiple cells) or no selection. The selection mode is set with setSelectionMode(). Use isSelected() to determine if a particular cell is selected, and isRowSelected() and isColumnSelected() to see if a row or column is selected.
 .PP
-QTable's support many simultaneous selections. You can programmatically select cells with addSelection(). The number of selections is given by numSelections(). The current selection is returned by currentSelection(). You can remove a selection with removeSelection() and remove all selections with clearSelection(). Selections are QTableSelection objects.
+TQTable's support many simultaneous selections. You can programmatically select cells with addSelection(). The number of selections is given by numSelections(). The current selection is returned by currentSelection(). You can remove a selection with removeSelection() and remove all selections with clearSelection(). Selections are TQTableSelection objects.
 .PP
 To easily add a new selection use selectCells(), selectRow() or selectColumn().
 .PP
-Alternatively, use addSelection() to add new selections using QTableSelection objects. The advantage of using QTableSelection objects is that you can call QTableSelection::expandTo() to resize the selection and can query and compare them.
+Alternatively, use addSelection() to add new selections using TQTableSelection objects. The advantage of using TQTableSelection objects is that you can call TQTableSelection::expandTo() to resize the selection and can query and compare them.
 .PP
 The number of selections is given by numSelections(). The current selection is returned by currentSelection(). You can remove a selection with removeSelection() and remove all selections with clearSelection().
 .SH "Signals"
@@ -566,56 +566,56 @@ When the user clicks a cell the currentChanged() signal is emitted. You can also
 .PP
 See also Advanced Widgets.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QTable::EditMode"
+.SH "TQTable::EditMode"
 .TP
-\fCQTable::NotEditing\fR - No cell is currently being edited.
+\fCTQTable::NotEditing\fR - No cell is currently being edited.
 .TP
-\fCQTable::Editing\fR - A cell is currently being edited. The editor was initialised with the cell's contents.
+\fCTQTable::Editing\fR - A cell is currently being edited. The editor was initialised with the cell's contents.
 .TP
-\fCQTable::Replacing\fR - A cell is currently being edited. The editor was not initialised with the cell's contents.
-.SH "QTable::FocusStyle"
+\fCTQTable::Replacing\fR - A cell is currently being edited. The editor was not initialised with the cell's contents.
+.SH "TQTable::FocusStyle"
 Specifies how the current cell (focus cell) is drawn.
 .TP
-\fCQTable::FollowStyle\fR - The current cell is drawn according to the current style and the cell's background is also drawn selected, if the current cell is within a selection
+\fCTQTable::FollowStyle\fR - The current cell is drawn according to the current style and the cell's background is also drawn selected, if the current cell is within a selection
 .TP
-\fCQTable::SpreadSheet\fR - The current cell is drawn as in a spreadsheet. This means, it is signified by a black rectangle around the cell, and the background of the current cell is always drawn with the widget's base color - even when selected.
-.SH "QTable::SelectionMode"
+\fCTQTable::SpreadSheet\fR - The current cell is drawn as in a spreadsheet. This means, it is signified by a black rectangle around the cell, and the background of the current cell is always drawn with the widget's base color - even when selected.
+.SH "TQTable::SelectionMode"
 .TP
-\fCQTable::NoSelection\fR - No cell can be selected by the user.
+\fCTQTable::NoSelection\fR - No cell can be selected by the user.
 .TP
-\fCQTable::Single\fR - The user may only select a single range of cells.
+\fCTQTable::Single\fR - The user may only select a single range of cells.
 .TP
-\fCQTable::Multi\fR - The user may select multiple ranges of cells.
+\fCTQTable::Multi\fR - The user may select multiple ranges of cells.
 .TP
-\fCQTable::SingleRow\fR - The user may select one row at once.
+\fCTQTable::SingleRow\fR - The user may select one row at once.
 .TP
-\fCQTable::MultiRow\fR - The user may select multiple rows.
+\fCTQTable::MultiRow\fR - The user may select multiple rows.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTable::QTable ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQTable::TQTable ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Creates an empty table object called \fIname\fR as a child of \fIparent\fR.
 .PP
-Call setNumRows() and setNumCols() to set the table size before populating the table if you're using QTableItems.
+Call setNumRows() and setNumCols() to set the table size before populating the table if you're using TQTableItems.
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
-.SH "QTable::QTable ( int numRows, int numCols, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQTable::TQTable ( int numRows, int numCols, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs an empty table called \fIname\fR with \fInumRows\fR rows and \fInumCols\fR columns. The table is a child of \fIparent\fR.
 .PP
-If you're using QTableItems to populate the table's cells, you can create QTableItem, TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem items and insert them into the table using setItem(). (See the notes on large tables for an alternative to using QTableItems.)
+If you're using TQTableItems to populate the table's cells, you can create TQTableItem, TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem items and insert them into the table using setItem(). (See the notes on large tables for an alternative to using TQTableItems.)
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
-.SH "QTable::~QTable ()"
-Releases all the resources used by the QTable object, including all QTableItems and their widgets.
-.SH "void QTable::activateNextCell ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "TQTable::~TQTable ()"
+Releases all the resources used by the TQTable object, including all TQTableItems and their widgets.
+.SH "void TQTable::activateNextCell ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called to activate the next cell if in-place editing was finished by pressing the Enter key.
 .PP
 The default behaviour is to move from top to bottom, i.e. move to the cell beneath the cell being edited. Reimplement this function if you want different behaviour, e.g. moving from left to right.
-.SH "int QTable::addSelection ( const QTableSelection & s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::addSelection ( const TQTableSelection & s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Adds a selection described by \fIs\fR to the table and returns its number or -1 if the selection is invalid.
 .PP
-Remember to call QTableSelection::init() and QTableSelection::expandTo() to make the selection valid (see also QTableSelection::isActive(), or use the QTableSelection(int,int,int,int) constructor).
+Remember to call TQTableSelection::init() and TQTableSelection::expandTo() to make the selection valid (see also TQTableSelection::isActive(), or use the TQTableSelection(int,int,int,int) constructor).
 .PP
 See also numSelections, removeSelection(), and clearSelection().
-.SH "void QTable::adjustColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::adjustColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Resizes column \fIcol\fR so that the column width is wide enough to display the widest item the column contains.
 .PP
 See also adjustRow().
@@ -623,118 +623,118 @@ See also adjustRow().
 Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQDataTable.
-.SH "void QTable::adjustRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::adjustRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Resizes row \fIrow\fR so that the row height is tall enough to display the tallest item the row contains.
 .PP
 See also adjustColumn().
-.SH "TQWidget * QTable::beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTable::beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called to start in-place editing of the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. Editing is achieved by creating an editor (createEditor() is called) and setting the cell's editor with setCellWidget() to the newly created editor. (After editing is complete endEdit() will be called to replace the cell's content with the editor's content.) If \fIreplace\fR is TRUE the editor will start empty; otherwise it will be initialized with the cell's content (if any), i.e. the user will be modifying the original cell content.
 .PP
 See also endEdit().
-.SH "TQRect QTable::cellGeometry ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQRect TQTable::cellGeometry ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the bounding rectangle of the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR in content coordinates.
-.SH "TQRect QTable::cellRect ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQRect TQTable::cellRect ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the geometry of cell \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR in the cell's coordinate system. This is a convenience function useful in paintCell(). It is equivalent to TQRect( TQPoint(0,0), cellGeometry( row, col).size() );
 .PP
 See also cellGeometry().
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "TQWidget * QTable::cellWidget ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTable::cellWidget ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the widget that has been set for the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, or 0 if no widget has been set.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
+If you don't use TQTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
 .PP
 See also clearCellWidget() and setCellWidget().
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::clearCell ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Removes the QTableItem at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
+.SH "void TQTable::clearCell ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Removes the TQTableItem at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
-.SH "void QTable::clearCellWidget ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+If you don't use TQTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
+.SH "void TQTable::clearCellWidget ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Removes the widget (if there is one) set for the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
+If you don't use TQTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
 .PP
 This function deletes the widget at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. Note that the widget is not deleted immediately; instead TQObject::deleteLater() is called on the widget to avoid problems with timing issues.
 .PP
 See also cellWidget() and setCellWidget().
-.SH "void QTable::clearSelection ( bool repaint = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::clearSelection ( bool repaint = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Clears all selections and repaints the appropriate regions if \fIrepaint\fR is TRUE.
 .PP
 See also removeSelection().
-.SH "void QTable::clicked ( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint & mousePos )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::clicked ( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint & mousePos )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when mouse button \fIbutton\fR is clicked. The cell where the event took place is at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, and the mouse's position is in \fImousePos\fR.
 .PP
 See also TQt::ButtonState.
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "int QTable::columnAt ( int x ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::columnAt ( int x ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the number of the column at position \fIx\fR. \fIx\fR must be given in content coordinates.
 .PP
 See also columnPos() and rowAt().
-.SH "void QTable::columnClicked ( int col )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::columnClicked ( int col )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 This function is called when the column \fIcol\fR has been clicked. The default implementation sorts this column if sorting() is TRUE.
-.SH "void QTable::columnIndexChanged ( int section, int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::columnIndexChanged ( int section, int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 This function is called when column order is to be changed, i.e. when the user moved the column header \fIsection\fR from \fIfromIndex\fR to \fItoIndex\fR.
 .PP
 If you want to change the column order programmatically, call swapRows() or swapColumns();
 .PP
-See also QHeader::indexChange() and rowIndexChanged().
-.SH "bool QTable::columnMovingEnabled () const"
+See also TQHeader::indexChange() and rowIndexChanged().
+.SH "bool TQTable::columnMovingEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if columns can be moved by the user; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "columnMovingEnabled" property for details.
-.SH "int QTable::columnPos ( int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::columnPos ( int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the x-coordinate of the column \fIcol\fR in content coordinates.
 .PP
 See also columnAt() and rowPos().
-.SH "int QTable::columnWidth ( int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::columnWidth ( int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the width of column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also setColumnWidth() and rowHeight().
-.SH "void QTable::columnWidthChanged ( int col )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::columnWidthChanged ( int col )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 This function should be called whenever the column width of \fIcol\fR has been changed. It updates the geometry of any affected columns and repaints the table to reflect the changes it has made.
-.SH "void QTable::contentsDragEnterEvent ( TQDragEnterEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-This event handler is called whenever a QTable object receives a TQDragEnterEvent \fIe\fR, i.e. when the user pressed the mouse button to drag something.
+.SH "void TQTable::contentsDragEnterEvent ( TQDragEnterEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+This event handler is called whenever a TQTable object receives a TQDragEnterEvent \fIe\fR, i.e. when the user pressed the mouse button to drag something.
 .PP
 The focus is moved to the cell where the TQDragEnterEvent occurred.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QTable::contentsDragLeaveEvent ( TQDragLeaveEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-This event handler is called when a drag activity leaves \fIthis\fR QTable object with event \fIe\fR.
+.SH "void TQTable::contentsDragLeaveEvent ( TQDragLeaveEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+This event handler is called when a drag activity leaves \fIthis\fR TQTable object with event \fIe\fR.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QTable::contentsDragMoveEvent ( TQDragMoveEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-This event handler is called whenever a QTable object receives a TQDragMoveEvent \fIe\fR, i.e. when the user actually drags the mouse.
+.SH "void TQTable::contentsDragMoveEvent ( TQDragMoveEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+This event handler is called whenever a TQTable object receives a TQDragMoveEvent \fIe\fR, i.e. when the user actually drags the mouse.
 .PP
 The focus is moved to the cell where the TQDragMoveEvent occurred.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QTable::contentsDropEvent ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-This event handler is called when the user ends a drag and drop by dropping something onto \fIthis\fR QTable and thus triggers the drop event, \fIe\fR.
+.SH "void TQTable::contentsDropEvent ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+This event handler is called when the user ends a drag and drop by dropping something onto \fIthis\fR TQTable and thus triggers the drop event, \fIe\fR.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QTable::contextMenuRequested ( int row, int col, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::contextMenuRequested ( int row, int col, const TQPoint & pos )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user invokes a context menu with the right mouse button (or with a system-specific keypress). The cell where the event took place is at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. \fIpos\fR is the position where the context menu will appear in the global coordinate system. This signal is always emitted, even if the contents of the cell are disabled.
-.SH "TQWidget * QTable::createEditor ( int row, int col, bool initFromCell ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTable::createEditor ( int row, int col, bool initFromCell ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function returns the widget which should be used as an editor for the contents of the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIinitFromCell\fR is TRUE, the editor is used to edit the current contents of the cell (so the editor widget should be initialized with this content). If \fIinitFromCell\fR is FALSE, the content of the cell is replaced with the new content which the user entered into the widget created by this function.
 .PP
-The default functionality is as follows: if \fIinitFromCell\fR is TRUE or the cell has a QTableItem and the table item's QTableItem::isReplaceable() is FALSE then the cell is asked to create an appropriate editor (using QTableItem::createEditor()). Otherwise a TQLineEdit is used as the editor.
+The default functionality is as follows: if \fIinitFromCell\fR is TRUE or the cell has a TQTableItem and the table item's TQTableItem::isReplaceable() is FALSE then the cell is asked to create an appropriate editor (using TQTableItem::createEditor()). Otherwise a TQLineEdit is used as the editor.
 .PP
-If you want to create your own editor for certain cells, implement a custom QTableItem subclass and reimplement QTableItem::createEditor().
+If you want to create your own editor for certain cells, implement a custom TQTableItem subclass and reimplement TQTableItem::createEditor().
 .PP
-If you are not using QTableItems and you don't want to use a TQLineEdit as the default editor, subclass QTable and reimplement this function with code like this:
+If you are not using TQTableItems and you don't want to use a TQLineEdit as the default editor, subclass TQTable and reimplement this function with code like this:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    QTableItem *i = item( row, col );
+    TQTableItem *i = item( row, col );
 .br
     if ( initFromCell || ( i && !i->isReplaceable() ) )
 .br
-        // If we had a QTableItem ask the base class to create the editor
+        // If we had a TQTableItem ask the base class to create the editor
 .br
-        return QTable::createEditor( row, col, initFromCell );
+        return TQTable::createEditor( row, col, initFromCell );
 .br
     else
 .br
@@ -745,201 +745,201 @@ Ownership of the editor widget is transferred to the caller.
 .PP
 If you reimplement this function return 0 for read-only cells. You will need to reimplement setCellContentFromEditor() to retrieve the data the user entered.
 .PP
-See also QTableItem::createEditor().
-.SH "int QTable::currEditCol () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+See also TQTableItem::createEditor().
+.SH "int TQTable::currEditCol () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns the current edited column
-.SH "int QTable::currEditRow () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::currEditRow () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns the current edited row
-.SH "void QTable::currentChanged ( int row, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::currentChanged ( int row, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the current cell has changed to \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "int QTable::currentColumn () const"
+.SH "int TQTable::currentColumn () const"
 Returns the current column.
 .PP
 See also currentRow().
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "int QTable::currentRow () const"
+.SH "int TQTable::currentRow () const"
 Returns the current row.
 .PP
 See also currentColumn().
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "int QTable::currentSelection () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::currentSelection () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the number of the current selection or -1 if there is no current selection.
 .PP
 See also numSelections.
-.SH "void QTable::doubleClicked ( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint & mousePos )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::doubleClicked ( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint & mousePos )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when mouse button \fIbutton\fR is double-clicked. The cell where the event took place is at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, and the mouse's position is in \fImousePos\fR.
 .PP
 See also TQt::ButtonState.
-.SH "bool QTable::dragEnabled () const\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQTable::dragEnabled () const\fC [slot]\fR"
 If this function returns TRUE, the table supports dragging.
 .PP
 See also setDragEnabled().
-.SH "TQDragObject * QTable::dragObject ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "TQDragObject * TQTable::dragObject ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 If the user presses the mouse on a selected cell, starts moving (i.e. dragging), and dragEnabled() is TRUE, this function is called to obtain a drag object. A drag using this object begins immediately unless dragObject() returns 0.
 .PP
 By default this function returns 0. You might reimplement it and create a TQDragObject depending on the selected items.
 .PP
 See also dropped().
-.SH "void QTable::drawContents ( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::drawContents ( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Draws the table contents on the painter \fIp\fR. This function is optimized so that it only draws the cells inside the \fIcw\fR pixels wide and \fIch\fR pixels high clipping rectangle at position \fIcx\fR, \fIcy\fR.
 .PP
 Additionally, drawContents() highlights the current cell.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
-.SH "void QTable::dropped ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::dropped ( TQDropEvent * e )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when a drop event occurred on the table.
 .PP
 \fIe\fR contains information about the drop.
-.SH "void QTable::editCell ( int row, int col, bool replace = FALSE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::editCell ( int row, int col, bool replace = FALSE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Starts editing the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIreplace\fR is TRUE the content of this cell will be replaced by the content of the editor when editing is finished, i.e. the user will be entering new data; otherwise the current content of the cell (if any) will be modified in the editor.
 .PP
 See also beginEdit().
-.SH "EditMode QTable::editMode () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "EditMode TQTable::editMode () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns the current edit mode
 .PP
-See also QTable::EditMode.
-.SH "void QTable::endEdit ( int row, int col, bool accept, bool replace )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+See also TQTable::EditMode.
+.SH "void TQTable::endEdit ( int row, int col, bool accept, bool replace )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called when in-place editing of the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR is requested to stop.
 .PP
 If the cell is not being edited or \fIaccept\fR is FALSE the function returns and the cell's contents are left unchanged.
 .PP
-If \fIaccept\fR is TRUE the content of the editor must be transferred to the relevant cell. If \fIreplace\fR is TRUE the current content of this cell should be replaced by the content of the editor (this means removing the current QTableItem of the cell and creating a new one for the cell). Otherwise (if possible) the content of the editor should just be set to the existing QTableItem of this cell.
+If \fIaccept\fR is TRUE the content of the editor must be transferred to the relevant cell. If \fIreplace\fR is TRUE the current content of this cell should be replaced by the content of the editor (this means removing the current TQTableItem of the cell and creating a new one for the cell). Otherwise (if possible) the content of the editor should just be set to the existing TQTableItem of this cell.
 .PP
 setCellContentFromEditor() is called to replace the contents of the cell with the contents of the cell's editor.
 .PP
 Finally clearCellWidget() is called to remove the editor widget.
 .PP
 See also setCellContentFromEditor() and beginEdit().
-.SH "void QTable::ensureCellVisible ( int row, int col )"
+.SH "void TQTable::ensureCellVisible ( int row, int col )"
 Scrolls the table until the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR becomes visible.
-.SH "FocusStyle QTable::focusStyle () const"
+.SH "FocusStyle TQTable::focusStyle () const"
 Returns how the current (focus) cell is drawn. See the "focusStyle" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::hideColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::hideColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Hides column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also showColumn() and hideRow().
-.SH "void QTable::hideRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::hideRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Hides row \fIrow\fR.
 .PP
 See also showRow() and hideColumn().
-.SH "QHeader * QTable::horizontalHeader () const"
-Returns the table's top QHeader.
+.SH "TQHeader * TQTable::horizontalHeader () const"
+Returns the table's top TQHeader.
 .PP
 This header contains the column labels.
 .PP
-To modify a column label use QHeader::setLabel(), e.g.
+To modify a column label use TQHeader::setLabel(), e.g.
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
         horizontalHeader()->setLabel( 0, tr( "File" ) );
 .fi
 .PP
-See also verticalHeader(), setTopMargin(), and QHeader.
+See also verticalHeader(), setTopMargin(), and TQHeader.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, regexptester/regexptester.cpp, and table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-.SH "int QTable::indexOf ( int row, int col ) const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::indexOf ( int row, int col ) const\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns a single integer which identifies a particular \fIrow\fR and \fIcol\fR by mapping the 2D table to a 1D array.
 .PP
 This is useful, for example, if you have a sparse table and want to use a TQIntDict to map integers to the cells that are used.
-.SH "void QTable::insertColumns ( int col, int count = 1 )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::insertColumns ( int col, int count = 1 )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Inserts \fIcount\fR empty columns at column \fIcol\fR. Also clears the selection(s).
 .PP
 See also insertRows() and removeColumn().
-.SH "void QTable::insertRows ( int row, int count = 1 )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::insertRows ( int row, int count = 1 )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Inserts \fIcount\fR empty rows at row \fIrow\fR. Also clears the selection(s).
 .PP
 See also insertColumns() and removeRow().
-.SH "void QTable::insertWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::insertWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Inserts widget \fIw\fR at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR into the internal data structure. See the documentation of setCellWidget() for further details.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
-.SH "bool QTable::isColumnHidden ( int col ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
+If you don't use TQTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
+.SH "bool TQTable::isColumnHidden ( int col ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if column \fIcol\fR is hidden; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also hideColumn() and isRowHidden().
-.SH "bool QTable::isColumnReadOnly ( int col ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isColumnReadOnly ( int col ) const"
 Returns TRUE if column \fIcol\fR is read-only; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
-Whether a cell in this column is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see QTableItem::EditType.
+Whether a cell in this column is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see TQTableItem::EditType.
 .PP
 See also setColumnReadOnly() and isRowReadOnly().
-.SH "bool QTable::isColumnSelected ( int col, bool full = FALSE ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isColumnSelected ( int col, bool full = FALSE ) const"
 Returns TRUE if column \fIcol\fR is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 If \fIfull\fR is FALSE (the default), 'column is selected' means that at least one cell in the column is selected. If \fIfull\fR is TRUE, then 'column is selected' means every cell in the column is selected.
 .PP
 See also isRowSelected() and isSelected().
-.SH "bool QTable::isColumnStretchable ( int col ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isColumnStretchable ( int col ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if column \fIcol\fR is stretchable; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setColumnStretchable() and isRowStretchable().
-.SH "bool QTable::isEditing () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isEditing () const\fC [protected]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if the EditMode is Editing or Replacing; otherwise (i.e. the EditMode is NotEditing) returns FALSE.
 .PP
-See also QTable::EditMode.
-.SH "bool QTable::isReadOnly () const"
+See also TQTable::EditMode.
+.SH "bool TQTable::isReadOnly () const"
 Returns TRUE if the table is read-only; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "readOnly" property for details.
-.SH "bool QTable::isRowHidden ( int row ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isRowHidden ( int row ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if row \fIrow\fR is hidden; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also hideRow() and isColumnHidden().
-.SH "bool QTable::isRowReadOnly ( int row ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isRowReadOnly ( int row ) const"
 Returns TRUE if row \fIrow\fR is read-only; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
-Whether a cell in this row is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see QTableItem::EditType.
+Whether a cell in this row is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see TQTableItem::EditType.
 .PP
 See also setRowReadOnly() and isColumnReadOnly().
-.SH "bool QTable::isRowSelected ( int row, bool full = FALSE ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isRowSelected ( int row, bool full = FALSE ) const"
 Returns TRUE if row \fIrow\fR is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 If \fIfull\fR is FALSE (the default), 'row is selected' means that at least one cell in the row is selected. If \fIfull\fR is TRUE, then 'row is selected' means every cell in the row is selected.
 .PP
 See also isColumnSelected() and isSelected().
-.SH "bool QTable::isRowStretchable ( int row ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isRowStretchable ( int row ) const\fC [slot]\fR"
 Returns TRUE if row \fIrow\fR is stretchable; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setRowStretchable() and isColumnStretchable().
-.SH "bool QTable::isSelected ( int row, int col ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTable::isSelected ( int row, int col ) const"
 Returns TRUE if the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also isRowSelected() and isColumnSelected().
-.SH "QTableItem * QTable::item ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Returns the QTableItem representing the contents of the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
+.SH "TQTableItem * TQTable::item ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Returns the TQTableItem representing the contents of the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIrow\fR or \fIcol\fR are out of range or no content has been set for this cell, item() returns 0.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
+If you don't use TQTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
 .PP
 See also setItem().
 .PP
 Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-.SH "int QTable::numCols () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::numCols () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the number of columns in the table. See the "numCols" property for details.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQDataTable.
-.SH "int QTable::numRows () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::numRows () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the number of rows in the table. See the "numRows" property for details.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQDataTable.
-.SH "int QTable::numSelections () const"
+.SH "int TQTable::numSelections () const"
 Returns the number of selections. See the "numSelections" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col, const TQRect & cr, bool selected, const TQColorGroup & cg )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col, const TQRect & cr, bool selected, const TQColorGroup & cg )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Paints the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR on the painter \fIp\fR. The painter has already been translated to the cell's origin. \fIcr\fR describes the cell coordinates in the content coordinate system.
 .PP
 If \fIselected\fR is TRUE the cell is highlighted.
 .PP
 \fIcg\fR is the colorgroup which should be used to draw the cell content.
 .PP
-If you want to draw custom cell content, for example right-aligned text, you must either reimplement paintCell(), or subclass QTableItem and reimplement QTableItem::paint() to do the custom drawing.
+If you want to draw custom cell content, for example right-aligned text, you must either reimplement paintCell(), or subclass TQTableItem and reimplement TQTableItem::paint() to do the custom drawing.
 .PP
-If you're using a QTableItem subclass, for example, to store a data structure, then reimplementing QTableItem::paint() may be the best approach. For data you want to draw immediately, e.g. data retrieved from a database, it is probably best to reimplement paintCell(). Note that if you reimplement paintCell(), i.e. don't use QTableItems, you must reimplement other functions: see the notes on large tables.
+If you're using a TQTableItem subclass, for example, to store a data structure, then reimplementing TQTableItem::paint() may be the best approach. For data you want to draw immediately, e.g. data retrieved from a database, it is probably best to reimplement paintCell(). Note that if you reimplement paintCell(), i.e. don't use TQTableItems, you must reimplement other functions: see the notes on large tables.
 .PP
 Note that the painter is not clipped by default in order to get maximum efficiency. If you want clipping, use code like this:
 .PP
@@ -952,119 +952,119 @@ Note that the painter is not clipped by default in order to get maximum efficien
     p->setClipping( FALSE );
 .br
 .fi
-.SH "void QTable::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col, const TQRect & cr, bool selected )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col, const TQRect & cr, bool selected )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Use the other paintCell() function. This function is only included for backwards compatibilty.
-.SH "void QTable::paintEmptyArea ( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::paintEmptyArea ( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function fills the \fIcw\fR pixels wide and \fIch\fR pixels high rectangle starting at position \fIcx\fR, \fIcy\fR with the background color using the painter \fIp\fR.
 .PP
 paintEmptyArea() is invoked by drawContents() to erase or fill unused areas.
-.SH "void QTable::paintFocus ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & cr )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::paintFocus ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & cr )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Draws the focus rectangle of the current cell (see currentRow(), currentColumn()).
 .PP
 The painter \fIp\fR is already translated to the cell's origin, while \fIcr\fR specifies the cell's geometry in content coordinates.
-.SH "TQPixmap QTable::pixmap ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQPixmap TQTable::pixmap ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the pixmap set for the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, or a null-pixmap if the cell contains no pixmap.
 .PP
 See also setPixmap().
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::pressed ( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint & mousePos )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::pressed ( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint & mousePos )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when mouse button \fIbutton\fR is pressed. The cell where the event took place is at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, and the mouse's position is in \fImousePos\fR.
 .PP
 See also TQt::ButtonState.
-.SH "void QTable::removeColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::removeColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Removes column \fIcol\fR, and deletes all its cells including any table items and widgets the cells may contain. Also clears the selection(s).
 .PP
 See also removeColumns(), hideColumn(), insertColumns(), and removeRow().
-.SH "void QTable::removeColumns ( const TQMemArray<int> & cols )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::removeColumns ( const TQMemArray<int> & cols )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Removes the columns listed in the array \fIcols\fR, and deletes all their cells including any table items and widgets the cells may contain.
 .PP
 The array passed in must only contain valid columns (in the range from 0 to numCols() - 1) with no duplicates, and must be sorted in ascending order. Also clears the selection(s).
 .PP
 See also removeColumn(), insertColumns(), and removeRows().
-.SH "void QTable::removeRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::removeRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Removes row \fIrow\fR, and deletes all its cells including any table items and widgets the cells may contain. Also clears the selection(s).
 .PP
 See also hideRow(), insertRows(), removeColumn(), and removeRows().
-.SH "void QTable::removeRows ( const TQMemArray<int> & rows )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::removeRows ( const TQMemArray<int> & rows )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Removes the rows listed in the array \fIrows\fR, and deletes all their cells including any table items and widgets the cells may contain.
 .PP
 The array passed in must only contain valid rows (in the range from 0 to numRows() - 1) with no duplicates, and must be sorted in ascending order. Also clears the selection(s).
 .PP
 See also removeRow(), insertRows(), and removeColumns().
-.SH "void QTable::removeSelection ( const QTableSelection & s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::removeSelection ( const TQTableSelection & s )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If the table has a selection, \fIs\fR, this selection is removed from the table.
 .PP
 See also addSelection() and numSelections.
-.SH "void QTable::removeSelection ( int num )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::removeSelection ( int num )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Removes selection number \fInum\fR from the table.
 .PP
 See also numSelections, addSelection(), and clearSelection().
-.SH "void QTable::repaintSelections ()"
+.SH "void TQTable::repaintSelections ()"
 Repaints all selections
-.SH "void QTable::resizeData ( int len )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
-This is called when QTable's internal array needs to be resized to \fIlen\fR elements.
+.SH "void TQTable::resizeData ( int len )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+This is called when TQTable's internal array needs to be resized to \fIlen\fR elements.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems you should reimplement this as an empty method to avoid wasting memory. See the notes on large tables for further details.
-.SH "int QTable::rowAt ( int y ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+If you don't use TQTableItems you should reimplement this as an empty method to avoid wasting memory. See the notes on large tables for further details.
+.SH "int TQTable::rowAt ( int y ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the number of the row at position \fIy\fR. \fIy\fR must be given in content coordinates.
 .PP
 See also rowPos() and columnAt().
-.SH "int QTable::rowHeight ( int row ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::rowHeight ( int row ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the height of row \fIrow\fR.
 .PP
 See also setRowHeight() and columnWidth().
 .PP
 Example: table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::rowHeightChanged ( int row )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::rowHeightChanged ( int row )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 This function should be called whenever the row height of \fIrow\fR has been changed. It updates the geometry of any affected rows and repaints the table to reflect the changes it has made.
-.SH "void QTable::rowIndexChanged ( int section, int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::rowIndexChanged ( int section, int fromIndex, int toIndex )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 This function is called when the order of the rows is to be changed, i.e. the user moved the row header section \fIsection\fR from \fIfromIndex\fR to \fItoIndex\fR.
 .PP
 If you want to change the order programmatically, call swapRows() or swapColumns();
 .PP
-See also QHeader::indexChange() and columnIndexChanged().
-.SH "bool QTable::rowMovingEnabled () const"
+See also TQHeader::indexChange() and columnIndexChanged().
+.SH "bool TQTable::rowMovingEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if rows can be moved by the user; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "rowMovingEnabled" property for details.
-.SH "int QTable::rowPos ( int row ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTable::rowPos ( int row ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the y-coordinate of the row \fIrow\fR in content coordinates.
 .PP
 See also rowAt() and columnPos().
-.SH "void QTable::selectCells ( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )"
+.SH "void TQTable::selectCells ( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )"
 Selects the range starting at \fIstart_row\fR and \fIstart_col\fR and ending at \fIend_row\fR and \fIend_col\fR.
 .PP
-See also QTableSelection.
-.SH "void QTable::selectColumn ( int col )"
+See also TQTableSelection.
+.SH "void TQTable::selectColumn ( int col )"
 Selects the column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
-See also QTableSelection.
-.SH "void QTable::selectRow ( int row )"
+See also TQTableSelection.
+.SH "void TQTable::selectRow ( int row )"
 Selects the row \fIrow\fR.
 .PP
-See also QTableSelection.
-.SH "QTableSelection QTable::selection ( int num ) const"
-Returns selection number \fInum\fR, or an inactive QTableSelection if \fInum\fR is out of range (see QTableSelection::isActive()).
-.SH "void QTable::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+See also TQTableSelection.
+.SH "TQTableSelection TQTable::selection ( int num ) const"
+Returns selection number \fInum\fR, or an inactive TQTableSelection if \fInum\fR is out of range (see TQTableSelection::isActive()).
+.SH "void TQTable::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever a selection changes.
 .PP
-See also QTableSelection.
-.SH "SelectionMode QTable::selectionMode () const"
+See also TQTableSelection.
+.SH "SelectionMode TQTable::selectionMode () const"
 Returns the current selection mode. See the "selectionMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setCellContentFromEditor ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setCellContentFromEditor ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This function is called to replace the contents of the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR with the contents of the cell's editor.
 .PP
-If there already exists a QTableItem for the cell, it calls QTableItem::setContentFromEditor() on this QTableItem.
+If there already exists a TQTableItem for the cell, it calls TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor() on this TQTableItem.
 .PP
-If, for example, you want to create different QTableItems depending on the contents of the editor, you might reimplement this function.
+If, for example, you want to create different TQTableItems depending on the contents of the editor, you might reimplement this function.
 .PP
-If you want to work without QTableItems, you will need to reimplement this function to save the data the user entered into your data structure. (See the notes on large tables.)
+If you want to work without TQTableItems, you will need to reimplement this function to save the data the user entered into your data structure. (See the notes on large tables.)
 .PP
-See also QTableItem::setContentFromEditor() and createEditor().
-.SH "void QTable::setCellWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * e )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor() and createEditor().
+.SH "void TQTable::setCellWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * e )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the widget \fIe\fR to the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR and takes care of placing and resizing the widget when the cell geometry changes.
 .PP
 By default widgets are inserted into a vector with numRows() * numCols() elements. In very large tables you will probably want to store the widgets in a data structure that consumes less memory (see the notes on large tables). To support the use of your own data structure this function calls insertWidget() to add the widget to the internal data structure. To use your own data structure reimplement insertWidget(), cellWidget() and clearCellWidget().
@@ -1072,25 +1072,25 @@ By default widgets are inserted into a vector with numRows() * numCols() element
 Cell widgets are created dynamically with the \fCnew\fR operator. The cell widgets are destroyed automatically once the table is destroyed; the table takes ownership of the widget when using setCellWidget.
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::setColumnLabels ( const TQStringList & labels )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setColumnLabels ( const TQStringList & labels )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the section labels of the horizontalHeader() to \fIlabels\fR
-.SH "void QTable::setColumnMovingEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setColumnMovingEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether columns can be moved by the user to \fIb\fR. See the "columnMovingEnabled" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setColumnReadOnly ( int col, bool ro )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setColumnReadOnly ( int col, bool ro )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIro\fR is TRUE, column \fIcol\fR is set to be read-only; otherwise the column is set to be editable.
 .PP
-Whether a cell in this column is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see QTableItem::EditType.
+Whether a cell in this column is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see TQTableItem::EditType.
 .PP
 See also isColumnReadOnly(), setRowReadOnly(), and readOnly.
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::setColumnStretchable ( int col, bool stretch )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setColumnStretchable ( int col, bool stretch )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIstretch\fR is TRUE, column \fIcol\fR is set to be stretchable; otherwise column \fIcol\fR is set to be unstretchable.
 .PP
 If the table widget's width decreases or increases stretchable columns will grow narrower or wider to fit the space available as completely as possible. The user cannot manually resize stretchable columns.
 .PP
 See also isColumnStretchable(), setRowStretchable(), and adjustColumn().
-.SH "void QTable::setColumnWidth ( int col, int w )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setColumnWidth ( int col, int w )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Resizes column \fIcol\fR to be \fIw\fR pixels wide.
 .PP
 See also columnWidth() and setRowHeight().
@@ -1098,28 +1098,28 @@ See also columnWidth() and setRowHeight().
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQDataTable.
-.SH "void QTable::setCurrentCell ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setCurrentCell ( int row, int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Moves the focus to the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also currentRow() and currentColumn().
-.SH "void QTable::setDragEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setDragEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE, the table starts a drag (see dragObject()) when the user presses and moves the mouse on a selected cell.
-.SH "void QTable::setEditMode ( EditMode mode, int row, int col )\fC [protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setEditMode ( EditMode mode, int row, int col )\fC [protected]\fR"
 Sets the current edit mode to \fImode\fR, the current edit row to \fIrow\fR and the current edit column to \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also EditMode.
-.SH "void QTable::setFocusStyle ( FocusStyle fs )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setFocusStyle ( FocusStyle fs )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets how the current (focus) cell is drawn to \fIfs\fR. See the "focusStyle" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setItem ( int row, int col, QTableItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setItem ( int row, int col, TQTableItem * item )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Inserts the table item \fIitem\fR into the table at row \fIrow\fR, column \fIcol\fR, and repaints the cell. If a table item already exists in this cell it is deleted and replaced with \fIitem\fR. The table takes ownership of the table item.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
+If you don't use TQTableItems you may need to reimplement this function: see the notes on large tables.
 .PP
 See also item() and takeItem().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp and table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::setLeftMargin ( int m )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setLeftMargin ( int m )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the left margin to be \fIm\fR pixels wide.
 .PP
 The verticalHeader(), which displays row labels, occupies this margin.
@@ -1129,59 +1129,59 @@ In an Arabic or Hebrew localization, the verticalHeader() will appear on the rig
 See also leftMargin(), setTopMargin(), and verticalHeader().
 .PP
 Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::setNumCols ( int r )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setNumCols ( int r )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the number of columns in the table to \fIr\fR. See the "numCols" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setNumRows ( int r )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setNumRows ( int r )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the number of rows in the table to \fIr\fR. See the "numRows" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setPixmap ( int row, int col, const TQPixmap & pix )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setPixmap ( int row, int col, const TQPixmap & pix )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the pixmap in the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR to \fIpix\fR.
 .PP
-If the cell does not contain a table item a QTableItem is created with an EditType of \fCOnTyping\fR, otherwise the existing table item's pixmap (if any) is replaced with \fIpix\fR.
+If the cell does not contain a table item a TQTableItem is created with an EditType of \fCOnTyping\fR, otherwise the existing table item's pixmap (if any) is replaced with \fIpix\fR.
 .PP
 Note that TQComboTableItems and TQCheckTableItems don't show pixmaps.
 .PP
-See also pixmap(), setText(), setItem(), and QTableItem::setPixmap().
+See also pixmap(), setText(), setItem(), and TQTableItem::setPixmap().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp and table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::setReadOnly ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setReadOnly ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether the table is read-only to \fIb\fR. See the "readOnly" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setRowHeight ( int row, int h )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setRowHeight ( int row, int h )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Resizes row \fIrow\fR to be \fIh\fR pixels high.
 .PP
 See also rowHeight() and setColumnWidth().
-.SH "void QTable::setRowLabels ( const TQStringList & labels )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setRowLabels ( const TQStringList & labels )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the section labels of the verticalHeader() to \fIlabels\fR
-.SH "void QTable::setRowMovingEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setRowMovingEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether rows can be moved by the user to \fIb\fR. See the "rowMovingEnabled" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setRowReadOnly ( int row, bool ro )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setRowReadOnly ( int row, bool ro )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIro\fR is TRUE, row \fIrow\fR is set to be read-only; otherwise the row is set to be editable.
 .PP
-Whether a cell in this row is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see QTableItem::EditType.
+Whether a cell in this row is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see TQTableItem::EditType.
 .PP
 See also isRowReadOnly(), setColumnReadOnly(), and readOnly.
-.SH "void QTable::setRowStretchable ( int row, bool stretch )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setRowStretchable ( int row, bool stretch )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIstretch\fR is TRUE, row \fIrow\fR is set to be stretchable; otherwise row \fIrow\fR is set to be unstretchable.
 .PP
 If the table widget's height decreases or increases stretchable rows will grow shorter or taller to fit the space available as completely as possible. The user cannot manually resize stretchable rows.
 .PP
 See also isRowStretchable() and setColumnStretchable().
-.SH "void QTable::setSelectionMode ( SelectionMode mode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setSelectionMode ( SelectionMode mode )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the current selection mode to \fImode\fR. See the "selectionMode" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setShowGrid ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setShowGrid ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether the table's grid is displayed to \fIb\fR. See the "showGrid" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setSorting ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setSorting ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether a click on the header of a column sorts that column to \fIb\fR. See the "sorting" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::setText ( int row, int col, const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setText ( int row, int col, const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the text in the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR to \fItext\fR.
 .PP
-If the cell does not contain a table item a QTableItem is created with an EditType of \fCOnTyping\fR, otherwise the existing table item's text (if any) is replaced with \fItext\fR.
+If the cell does not contain a table item a TQTableItem is created with an EditType of \fCOnTyping\fR, otherwise the existing table item's text (if any) is replaced with \fItext\fR.
 .PP
-See also text(), setPixmap(), setItem(), and QTableItem::setText().
+See also text(), setPixmap(), setItem(), and TQTableItem::setText().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l chart/setdataform.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, regexptester/regexptester.cpp, and table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::setTopMargin ( int m )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::setTopMargin ( int m )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the top margin to be \fIm\fR pixels high.
 .PP
 The horizontalHeader(), which displays column labels, occupies this margin.
@@ -1189,73 +1189,73 @@ The horizontalHeader(), which displays column labels, occupies this margin.
 See also topMargin() and setLeftMargin().
 .PP
 Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-.SH "void QTable::showColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::showColumn ( int col )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Shows column \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 See also hideColumn() and showRow().
-.SH "bool QTable::showGrid () const"
+.SH "bool TQTable::showGrid () const"
 Returns TRUE if the table's grid is displayed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "showGrid" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::showRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::showRow ( int row )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Shows row \fIrow\fR.
 .PP
 See also hideRow() and showColumn().
-.SH "void QTable::sortColumn ( int col, bool ascending = TRUE, bool wholeRows = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::sortColumn ( int col, bool ascending = TRUE, bool wholeRows = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sorts column \fIcol\fR. If \fIascending\fR is TRUE the sort is in ascending order, otherwise the sort is in descending order.
 .PP
 If \fIwholeRows\fR is TRUE, entire rows are sorted using swapRows(); otherwise only cells in the column are sorted using swapCells().
 .PP
-Note that if you are not using QTableItems you will need to reimplement swapRows() and swapCells(). (See the notes on large tables.)
+Note that if you are not using TQTableItems you will need to reimplement swapRows() and swapCells(). (See the notes on large tables.)
 .PP
 See also swapRows().
 .PP
 Example: table/statistics/statistics.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQDataTable.
-.SH "bool QTable::sorting () const"
+.SH "bool TQTable::sorting () const"
 Returns TRUE if a click on the header of a column sorts that column; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "sorting" property for details.
-.SH "void QTable::startDrag ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::startDrag ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Starts a drag.
 .PP
 Usually you don't need to call or reimplement this function yourself.
 .PP
 See also dragObject().
-.SH "void QTable::swapCells ( int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2 )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::swapCells ( int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2 )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Swaps the contents of the cell at \fIrow1\fR, \fIcol1\fR with the contents of the cell at \fIrow2\fR, \fIcol2\fR.
 .PP
 This function is also called when the table is sorted.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems and want your users to be able to swap cells, you will need to reimplement this function. (See the notes on large tables.)
+If you don't use TQTableItems and want your users to be able to swap cells, you will need to reimplement this function. (See the notes on large tables.)
 .PP
 See also swapColumns() and swapRows().
-.SH "void QTable::swapColumns ( int col1, int col2, bool swapHeader = FALSE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::swapColumns ( int col1, int col2, bool swapHeader = FALSE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Swaps the data in \fIcol1\fR with \fIcol2\fR.
 .PP
 This function is used to swap the positions of two columns. It is called when the user changes the order of columns (see setColumnMovingEnabled(), and when columns are sorted.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems and want your users to be able to swap columns you will need to reimplement this function. (See the notes on large tables.)
+If you don't use TQTableItems and want your users to be able to swap columns you will need to reimplement this function. (See the notes on large tables.)
 .PP
 If \fIswapHeader\fR is TRUE, the columns' header contents is also swapped.
 .PP
 See also swapCells().
-.SH "void QTable::swapRows ( int row1, int row2, bool swapHeader = FALSE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::swapRows ( int row1, int row2, bool swapHeader = FALSE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Swaps the data in \fIrow1\fR and \fIrow2\fR.
 .PP
 This function is used to swap the positions of two rows. It is called when the user changes the order of rows (see setRowMovingEnabled()), and when rows are sorted.
 .PP
-If you don't use QTableItems and want your users to be able to swap rows, e.g. for sorting, you will need to reimplement this function. (See the notes on large tables.)
+If you don't use TQTableItems and want your users to be able to swap rows, e.g. for sorting, you will need to reimplement this function. (See the notes on large tables.)
 .PP
 If \fIswapHeader\fR is TRUE, the rows' header contents is also swapped.
 .PP
-This function will not update the QTable, you will have to do this manually, e.g. by calling updateContents().
+This function will not update the TQTable, you will have to do this manually, e.g. by calling updateContents().
 .PP
 See also swapColumns() and swapCells().
-.SH "void QTable::takeItem ( QTableItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::takeItem ( TQTableItem * i )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Takes the table item \fIi\fR out of the table. This function does \fInot\fR delete the table item. You must either delete the table item yourself or put it into a table (using setItem()) which will then take ownership of it.
 .PP
 Use this function if you want to move an item from one cell in a table to another, or to move an item from one table to another, reinserting the item with setItem().
 .PP
 If you want to exchange two cells use swapCells().
-.SH "TQString QTable::text ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQString TQTable::text ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the text in the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, or TQString::null if the relevant item does not exist or has no text.
 .PP
 See also setText() and setPixmap().
@@ -1263,20 +1263,20 @@ See also setText() and setPixmap().
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQDataTable.
-.SH "void QTable::updateCell ( int row, int col )"
+.SH "void TQTable::updateCell ( int row, int col )"
 Repaints the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
-.SH "void QTable::updateHeaderStates ()"
+.SH "void TQTable::updateHeaderStates ()"
 This functions updates all the header states to be in sync with the current selections. This should be called after programatically changing, adding or removing selections, so that the headers are updated.
-.SH "void QTable::valueChanged ( int row, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTable::valueChanged ( int row, int col )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user changed the value in the cell at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR.
 .PP
 Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-.SH "QHeader * QTable::verticalHeader () const"
-Returns the table's vertical QHeader.
+.SH "TQHeader * TQTable::verticalHeader () const"
+Returns the table's vertical TQHeader.
 .PP
 This header contains the row labels.
 .PP
-See also horizontalHeader(), setLeftMargin(), and QHeader.
+See also horizontalHeader(), setLeftMargin(), and TQHeader.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp and regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ This property holds whether columns can be moved by the user.
 .PP
 The default is FALSE. Columns are moved by dragging whilst holding down the Ctrl key.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by QHeader will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., QTable does not call QHeader::moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
+\fBWarning:\fR If TQTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by TQHeader will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., TQTable does not call TQHeader::moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
 .PP
 See also rowMovingEnabled.
 .PP
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ This property holds how the current (focus) cell is drawn.
 .PP
 The default style is SpreadSheet.
 .PP
-See also QTable::FocusStyle.
+See also TQTable::FocusStyle.
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setFocusStyle() and get this property's value with focusStyle().
 .SH "int numCols"
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ See also currentSelection().
 .SH "bool readOnly"
 This property holds whether the table is read-only.
 .PP
-Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see QTableItem::EditType.
+Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on the cell's EditType, and this setting: see TQTableItem::EditType.
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::enabled, setColumnReadOnly(), and setRowReadOnly().
 .PP
@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ This property holds whether rows can be moved by the user.
 .PP
 The default is FALSE. Rows are moved by dragging whilst holding down the Ctrl key.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by QHeader will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., QTable does not call QHeader::moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
+\fBWarning:\fR If TQTable is used to move header sections as a result of user interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by TQHeader will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e., TQTable does not call TQHeader::moveSection() to move sections but handles move operations internally.
 .PP
 See also columnMovingEnabled.
 .PP
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ Set this property's value with setSorting() and get this property's value with s
 See also sortColumn().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqtable.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtable.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtableitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtableitem.3qt
index 94edc175..73fbcdda 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtableitem.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtableitem.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTableItem 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTableItem 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTableItem \- The cell content for QTable cells
+TQTableItem \- The cell content for TQTable cells
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtable.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtable.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits Qt.
 .PP
@@ -21,16 +21,16 @@ Inherited by TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem.
 .BI "enum \fBEditType\fR { Never, OnTyping, WhenCurrent, Always }"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTableItem\fR ( QTable * table, EditType et )"
+.BI "\fBTQTableItem\fR ( TQTable * table, EditType et )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTableItem\fR ( QTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text )"
+.BI "\fBTQTableItem\fR ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTableItem\fR ( QTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
+.BI "\fBTQTableItem\fR ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual \fB~QTableItem\fR ()"
+.BI "virtual \fB~TQTableItem\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual TQPixmap \fBpixmap\fR () const"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Inherited by TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & str )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTable * \fBtable\fR () const"
+.BI "TQTable * \fBtable\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual int \fBalignment\fR () const"
@@ -112,17 +112,17 @@ Inherited by TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTableItem class provides the cell content for QTable cells.
+The TQTableItem class provides the cell content for TQTable cells.
 .PP
-For many applications QTableItems are ideal for presenting and editing the contents of QTable cells. In situations where you need to create very large tables you may prefer an alternative approach to using QTableItems: see the notes on large tables.
+For many applications TQTableItems are ideal for presenting and editing the contents of TQTable cells. In situations where you need to create very large tables you may prefer an alternative approach to using TQTableItems: see the notes on large tables.
 .PP
-A QTableItem contains a cell's data, by default, a string and a pixmap. The table item also holds the cell's display size and how the data should be aligned. The table item specifies the cell's EditType and the editor used for in-place editing (by default a TQLineEdit). If you want checkboxes use TQCheckTableItem, and if you want comboboxes use TQComboTableItem. The EditType (set in the constructor) determines whether the cell's contents may be edited.
+A TQTableItem contains a cell's data, by default, a string and a pixmap. The table item also holds the cell's display size and how the data should be aligned. The table item specifies the cell's EditType and the editor used for in-place editing (by default a TQLineEdit). If you want checkboxes use TQCheckTableItem, and if you want comboboxes use TQComboTableItem. The EditType (set in the constructor) determines whether the cell's contents may be edited.
 .PP
 If a pixmap is specified it is displayed to the left of any text. You can change the text or pixmap with setText() and setPixmap() respectively. For text you can use setWordWrap().
 .PP
 When sorting table items the key() function is used; by default this returns the table item's text(). Reimplement key() to customize how your table items will sort.
 .PP
-Table items are inserted into a table using QTable::setItem(). If you insert an item into a cell that already contains a table item the original item will be deleted.
+Table items are inserted into a table using TQTable::setItem(). If you insert an item into a cell that already contains a table item the original item will be deleted.
 .PP
 Example:
 .PP
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Example:
 .br
             table->setItem( row, col,
 .br
-                new QTableItem( table, QTableItem::WhenCurrent, TQString::number( row * col ) ) );
+                new TQTableItem( table, TQTableItem::WhenCurrent, TQString::number( row * col ) ) );
 .br
         }
 .br
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Example:
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-You can move a table item from one cell to another, in the same or a different table, using QTable::takeItem() and QTable::setItem() but see also QTable::swapCells().
+You can move a table item from one cell to another, in the same or a different table, using TQTable::takeItem() and TQTable::setItem() but see also TQTable::swapCells().
 .PP
 Table items can be deleted with delete in the standard way; the table and cell will be updated accordingly.
 .PP
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ It is important to ensure that your custom widget can accept the keyboard focus,
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-By default, table items may be replaced by new QTableItems during the lifetime of a QTable. Therefore, if you create your own subclass of QTableItem, and you want to ensure that this does not happen, you must call setReplaceable(FALSE) in the constructor of your subclass.
+By default, table items may be replaced by new TQTableItems during the lifetime of a TQTable. Therefore, if you create your own subclass of TQTableItem, and you want to ensure that this does not happen, you must call setReplaceable(FALSE) in the constructor of your subclass.
 .PP
 <center>
 .ce 1
@@ -181,70 +181,70 @@ By default, table items may be replaced by new QTableItems during the lifetime o
 See also TQCheckTableItem, TQComboTableItem, and Advanced Widgets.
 .PP
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QTableItem::EditType"
+.SH "TQTableItem::EditType"
 This enum is used to define whether a cell is editable or read-only (in conjunction with other settings), and how the cell should be displayed.
 .TP
-\fCQTableItem::Always\fR - The cell always \fIlooks\fR editable.
+\fCTQTableItem::Always\fR - The cell always \fIlooks\fR editable.
 .PP
 Using this EditType ensures that the editor created with createEditor() (by default a TQLineEdit) is always visible. This has implications for the alignment of the content: the default editor aligns everything (even numbers) to the left whilst numerical values in the cell are by default aligned to the right.
 .PP
 If a cell with the edit type Always looks misaligned you could reimplement createEditor() for these items.
 .TP
-\fCQTableItem::WhenCurrent\fR - The cell \fIlooks\fR editable only when it has keyboard focus (see QTable::setCurrentCell()).
+\fCTQTableItem::WhenCurrent\fR - The cell \fIlooks\fR editable only when it has keyboard focus (see TQTable::setCurrentCell()).
 .TP
-\fCQTableItem::OnTyping\fR - The cell \fIlooks\fR editable only when the user types in it or double-clicks it. It resembles the WhenCurrent functionality but is, perhaps, nicer.
+\fCTQTableItem::OnTyping\fR - The cell \fIlooks\fR editable only when the user types in it or double-clicks it. It resembles the WhenCurrent functionality but is, perhaps, nicer.
 .PP
-The OnTyping edit type is the default when QTableItem objects are created by the convenience functions QTable::setText() and QTable::setPixmap().
+The OnTyping edit type is the default when TQTableItem objects are created by the convenience functions TQTable::setText() and TQTable::setPixmap().
 .TP
-\fCQTableItem::Never\fR - The cell is not editable.
+\fCTQTableItem::Never\fR - The cell is not editable.
 .PP
-The cell is actually editable only if QTable::isRowReadOnly() is FALSE for its row, QTable::isColumnReadOnly() is FALSE for its column, and QTable::isReadOnly() is FALSE.
+The cell is actually editable only if TQTable::isRowReadOnly() is FALSE for its row, TQTable::isColumnReadOnly() is FALSE for its column, and TQTable::isReadOnly() is FALSE.
 .PP
 TQComboTableItems have an isEditable() property. This property is used to indicate whether the user may enter their own text or are restricted to choosing one of the choices in the list. TQComboTableItems may be interacted with only if they are editable in accordance with their EditType as described above.
 .PP
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTableItem::QTableItem ( QTable * table, EditType et )"
+.SH "TQTableItem::TQTableItem ( TQTable * table, EditType et )"
 Creates a table item that is a child of table \fItable\fR with no text. The item has the EditType \fIet\fR.
 .PP
-The table item will use a TQLineEdit for its editor, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with QTable::setItem().
+The table item will use a TQLineEdit for its editor, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with TQTable::setItem().
 .PP
 The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item should not be inserted into more than one table at a time.
-.SH "QTableItem::QTableItem ( QTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text )"
+.SH "TQTableItem::TQTableItem ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text )"
 Creates a table item that is a child of table \fItable\fR with text \fItext\fR. The item has the EditType \fIet\fR.
 .PP
-The table item will use a TQLineEdit for its editor, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with QTable::setItem().
+The table item will use a TQLineEdit for its editor, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with TQTable::setItem().
 .PP
 The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item should not be inserted into more than one table at a time.
-.SH "QTableItem::QTableItem ( QTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
+.SH "TQTableItem::TQTableItem ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )"
 Creates a table item that is a child of table \fItable\fR with text \fItext\fR and pixmap \fIp\fR. The item has the EditType \fIet\fR.
 .PP
-The table item will display the pixmap to the left of the text. It will use a TQLineEdit for editing the text, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with QTable::setItem().
+The table item will display the pixmap to the left of the text. It will use a TQLineEdit for editing the text, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with TQTable::setItem().
 .PP
 The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item should not be inserted in more than one table at a time.
-.SH "QTableItem::~QTableItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQTableItem::~TQTableItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 The destructor deletes this item and frees all allocated resources.
 .PP
 If the table item is in a table (i.e. was inserted with setItem()), it will be removed from the table and the cell it occupied.
-.SH "int QTableItem::alignment () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "int TQTableItem::alignment () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 The alignment function returns how the text contents of the cell are aligned when drawn. The default implementation aligns numbers to the right and any other text to the left.
 .PP
 See also TQt::AlignmentFlags.
-.SH "int QTableItem::col () const"
+.SH "int TQTableItem::col () const"
 Returns the column where the table item is located. If the cell spans multiple columns, this function returns the left-most column.
 .PP
 See also row() and setCol().
 .PP
 Example: table/bigtable/main.cpp.
-.SH "int QTableItem::colSpan () const"
+.SH "int TQTableItem::colSpan () const"
 Returns the column span of the table item, usually 1.
 .PP
 See also setSpan() and rowSpan().
-.SH "TQWidget * QTableItem::createEditor () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTableItem::createEditor () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This virtual function creates an editor which the user can interact with to edit the cell's contents. The default implementation creates a TQLineEdit.
 .PP
 If the function returns 0, the cell is read-only.
 .PP
-The returned widget should preferably be invisible, ideally with QTable::viewport() as parent.
+The returned widget should preferably be invisible, ideally with TQTable::viewport() as parent.
 .PP
 If you reimplement this function you'll almost certainly need to reimplement setContentFromEditor(), and may need to reimplement sizeHint().
 .PP
@@ -271,30 +271,30 @@ If you reimplement this function you'll almost certainly need to reimplement set
         return cb;
 .fi
 .PP
-See also QTable::createEditor(), setContentFromEditor(), QTable::viewport(), and setReplaceable().
+See also TQTable::createEditor(), setContentFromEditor(), TQTable::viewport(), and setReplaceable().
 .PP
 Example: table/statistics/statistics.cpp.
-.SH "EditType QTableItem::editType () const"
+.SH "EditType TQTableItem::editType () const"
 Returns the table item's edit type.
 .PP
 This is set when the table item is constructed.
 .PP
-See also EditType and QTableItem().
-.SH "bool QTableItem::isEnabled () const"
+See also EditType and TQTableItem().
+.SH "bool TQTableItem::isEnabled () const"
 Returns TRUE if the table item is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setEnabled().
-.SH "bool QTableItem::isReplaceable () const"
+.SH "bool TQTableItem::isReplaceable () const"
 This function returns whether the contents of the cell may be replaced with the contents of another table item. Regardless of this setting, table items that span more than one cell may not have their contents replaced by another table item.
 .PP
 (This differs from EditType because EditType is concerned with whether the \fIuser\fR is able to change the contents of a cell.)
 .PP
 See also setReplaceable() and EditType.
-.SH "TQString QTableItem::key () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQString TQTableItem::key () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This virtual function returns the key that should be used for sorting. The default implementation returns the text() of the relevant item.
 .PP
-See also QTable::sorting.
-.SH "void QTableItem::paint ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, const TQRect & cr, bool selected )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also TQTable::sorting.
+.SH "void TQTableItem::paint ( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, const TQRect & cr, bool selected )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This virtual function is used to paint the contents of an item using the painter \fIp\fR in the rectangular area \fIcr\fR using the color group \fIcg\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIselected\fR is TRUE the cell is displayed in a way that indicates that it is highlighted.
@@ -316,36 +316,36 @@ Note that the painter is not clipped by default in order to get maximum efficien
 .fi
 .PP
 Example: table/statistics/statistics.cpp.
-.SH "TQPixmap QTableItem::pixmap () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQPixmap TQTableItem::pixmap () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the table item's pixmap or a null pixmap if no pixmap has been set.
 .PP
 See also setPixmap() and text().
-.SH "int QTableItem::row () const"
+.SH "int TQTableItem::row () const"
 Returns the row where the table item is located. If the cell spans multiple rows, this function returns the top-most row.
 .PP
 See also col() and setRow().
 .PP
 Example: table/bigtable/main.cpp.
-.SH "int QTableItem::rowSpan () const"
+.SH "int TQTableItem::rowSpan () const"
 Returns the row span of the table item, usually 1.
 .PP
 See also setSpan() and colSpan().
-.SH "int QTableItem::rtti () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Returns the Run Time Type Identification value for this table item which for QTableItems is 0.
+.SH "int TQTableItem::rtti () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Returns the Run Time Type Identification value for this table item which for TQTableItems is 0.
 .PP
-When you create subclasses based on QTableItem make sure that each subclass returns a unique rtti() value. It is advisable to use values greater than 1000, preferably large random numbers, to allow for extensions to this class.
+When you create subclasses based on TQTableItem make sure that each subclass returns a unique rtti() value. It is advisable to use values greater than 1000, preferably large random numbers, to allow for extensions to this class.
 .PP
 See also TQCheckTableItem::rtti() and TQComboTableItem::rtti().
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem.
-.SH "void QTableItem::setCol ( int c )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setCol ( int c )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets column \fIc\fR as the table item's column. Usually you will not need to call this function.
 .PP
 If the cell spans multiple columns, this function sets the left-most column and retains the width of the multi-cell table item.
 .PP
 See also col(), setRow(), and colSpan().
-.SH "void QTableItem::setContentFromEditor ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Whenever the content of a cell has been edited by the editor \fIw\fR, QTable calls this virtual function to copy the new values into the QTableItem.
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Whenever the content of a cell has been edited by the editor \fIw\fR, TQTable calls this virtual function to copy the new values into the TQTableItem.
 .PP
 If you reimplement createEditor() and return something that is not a TQLineEdit you will need to reimplement this function.
 .PP
@@ -365,65 +365,65 @@ If you reimplement createEditor() and return something that is not a TQLineEdit
 .br
         else
 .br
-            QTableItem::setContentFromEditor( w );
+            TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor( w );
 .fi
 .PP
-See also QTable::setCellContentFromEditor().
+See also TQTable::setCellContentFromEditor().
 .PP
 Example: table/statistics/statistics.cpp.
-.SH "void QTableItem::setEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setEnabled ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE, the table item is enabled; if \fIb\fR is FALSE the table item is disabled.
 .PP
 A disabled item doesn't respond to user interaction.
 .PP
 See also isEnabled().
-.SH "void QTableItem::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & p )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & p )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets pixmap \fIp\fR to be this item's pixmap.
 .PP
-Note that setPixmap() does not update the cell the table item belongs to. Use QTable::updateCell() to repaint the cell's contents.
+Note that setPixmap() does not update the cell the table item belongs to. Use TQTable::updateCell() to repaint the cell's contents.
 .PP
 For TQComboTableItems and TQCheckTableItems this function has no visible effect.
 .PP
-See also QTable::setPixmap(), pixmap(), and setText().
-.SH "void QTableItem::setReplaceable ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-If \fIb\fR is TRUE it is acceptable to replace the contents of the cell with the contents of another QTableItem. If \fIb\fR is FALSE the contents of the cell may not be replaced by the contents of another table item. Table items that span more than one cell may not have their contents replaced by another table item.
+See also TQTable::setPixmap(), pixmap(), and setText().
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setReplaceable ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+If \fIb\fR is TRUE it is acceptable to replace the contents of the cell with the contents of another TQTableItem. If \fIb\fR is FALSE the contents of the cell may not be replaced by the contents of another table item. Table items that span more than one cell may not have their contents replaced by another table item.
 .PP
 (This differs from EditType because EditType is concerned with whether the \fIuser\fR is able to change the contents of a cell.)
 .PP
 See also isReplaceable().
-.SH "void QTableItem::setRow ( int r )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setRow ( int r )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets row \fIr\fR as the table item's row. Usually you do not need to call this function.
 .PP
 If the cell spans multiple rows, this function sets the top row and retains the height of the multi-cell table item.
 .PP
 See also row(), setCol(), and rowSpan().
-.SH "void QTableItem::setSpan ( int rs, int cs )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Changes the extent of the QTableItem so that it spans multiple cells covering \fIrs\fR rows and \fIcs\fR columns. The top left cell is the original cell.
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setSpan ( int rs, int cs )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Changes the extent of the TQTableItem so that it spans multiple cells covering \fIrs\fR rows and \fIcs\fR columns. The top left cell is the original cell.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR This function only works if the item has already been inserted into the table using e.g. QTable::setItem(). This function also checks to make sure if \fIrs\fR and \fIcs\fR are within the bounds of the table and returns without changing the span if they are not. In addition swapping, inserting or removing rows and columns that cross QTableItems spanning more than one cell is not supported.
+\fBWarning:\fR This function only works if the item has already been inserted into the table using e.g. TQTable::setItem(). This function also checks to make sure if \fIrs\fR and \fIcs\fR are within the bounds of the table and returns without changing the span if they are not. In addition swapping, inserting or removing rows and columns that cross TQTableItems spanning more than one cell is not supported.
 .PP
 See also rowSpan() and colSpan().
-.SH "void QTableItem::setText ( const TQString & str )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setText ( const TQString & str )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Changes the table item's text to \fIstr\fR.
 .PP
-Note that setText() does not update the cell the table item belongs to. Use QTable::updateCell() to repaint the cell's contents.
+Note that setText() does not update the cell the table item belongs to. Use TQTable::updateCell() to repaint the cell's contents.
 .PP
-See also QTable::setText(), text(), setPixmap(), and QTable::updateCell().
+See also TQTable::setText(), text(), setPixmap(), and TQTable::updateCell().
 .PP
 Example: table/statistics/statistics.cpp.
-.SH "void QTableItem::setWordWrap ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTableItem::setWordWrap ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIb\fR is TRUE, the cell's text will be wrapped over multiple lines, when necessary, to fit the width of the cell; otherwise the text will be written as a single line.
 .PP
-See also wordWrap(), QTable::adjustColumn(), and QTable::setColumnStretchable().
-.SH "TQSize QTableItem::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also wordWrap(), TQTable::adjustColumn(), and TQTable::setColumnStretchable().
+.SH "TQSize TQTableItem::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This virtual function returns the size a cell needs to show its entire content.
 .PP
-If you subclass QTableItem you will often need to reimplement this function.
-.SH "QTable * QTableItem::table () const"
-Returns the QTable the table item belongs to.
+If you subclass TQTableItem you will often need to reimplement this function.
+.SH "TQTable * TQTableItem::table () const"
+Returns the TQTable the table item belongs to.
 .PP
-See also QTable::setItem() and QTableItem().
-.SH "TQString QTableItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+See also TQTable::setItem() and TQTableItem().
+.SH "TQString TQTableItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns the text of the table item or TQString::null if there is no text.
 .PP
 To ensure that the current value of the editor is returned, setContentFromEditor() is called: <ol type=1>
@@ -435,13 +435,13 @@ if editMode() is \fInot\fR Always but the editor of the cell is active and the e
 This means that text() returns the original text value of the item if the editor is a line edit, until the user commits an edit (e.g. by pressing Enter or Tab) in which case the new text is returned. For other editors (e.g. a combobox) setContentFromEditor() is always called so the currently display value is the one returned.
 .PP
 See also setText() and pixmap().
-.SH "bool QTableItem::wordWrap () const"
+.SH "bool TQTableItem::wordWrap () const"
 Returns TRUE if word wrap is enabled for the cell; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setWordWrap().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qtableitem.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtableitem.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtableselection.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtableselection.3qt
index fcc5d6e6..b6c091a1 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtableselection.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtableselection.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTableSelection 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTableSelection 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,17 +7,17 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTableSelection \- Access to a selected area in a QTable
+TQTableSelection \- Access to a selected area in a TQTable
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtable.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtable.h>\fR
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTableSelection\fR ()"
+.BI "\fBTQTableSelection\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTableSelection\fR ( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )"
+.BI "\fBTQTableSelection\fR ( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBinit\fR ( int row, int col )"
@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ QTableSelection \- Access to a selected area in a QTable
 .BI "void \fBexpandTo\fR ( int row, int col )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QTableSelection & s ) const"
+.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const TQTableSelection & s ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QTableSelection & s ) const"
+.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const TQTableSelection & s ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBtopRow\fR () const"
@@ -63,77 +63,77 @@ QTableSelection \- Access to a selected area in a QTable
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTableSelection class provides access to a selected area in a QTable.
+The TQTableSelection class provides access to a selected area in a TQTable.
 .PP
-The selection is a rectangular set of cells in a QTable. One of the rectangle's cells is called the anchor cell; this is the cell that was selected first. The init() function sets the anchor and the selection rectangle to exactly this cell; the expandTo() function expands the selection rectangle to include additional cells.
+The selection is a rectangular set of cells in a TQTable. One of the rectangle's cells is called the anchor cell; this is the cell that was selected first. The init() function sets the anchor and the selection rectangle to exactly this cell; the expandTo() function expands the selection rectangle to include additional cells.
 .PP
 There are various access functions to find out about the area: anchorRow() and anchorCol() return the anchor's position; leftCol(), rightCol(), topRow() and bottomRow() return the rectangle's four edges. All four are part of the selection.
 .PP
-A newly created QTableSelection is inactive -- isActive() returns FALSE. You must use init() and expandTo() to activate it.
+A newly created TQTableSelection is inactive -- isActive() returns FALSE. You must use init() and expandTo() to activate it.
 .PP
-See also QTable, QTable::addSelection(), QTable::selection(), QTable::selectCells(), QTable::selectRow(), QTable::selectColumn(), and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQTable, TQTable::addSelection(), TQTable::selection(), TQTable::selectCells(), TQTable::selectRow(), TQTable::selectColumn(), and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTableSelection::QTableSelection ()"
+.SH "TQTableSelection::TQTableSelection ()"
 Creates an inactive selection. Use init() and expandTo() to activate it.
-.SH "QTableSelection::QTableSelection ( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )"
+.SH "TQTableSelection::TQTableSelection ( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )"
 Creates an active selection, starting at \fIstart_row\fR and \fIstart_col\fR, ending at \fIend_row\fR and \fIend_col\fR.
-.SH "int QTableSelection::anchorCol () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::anchorCol () const"
 Returns the anchor column of the selection.
 .PP
 See also anchorRow() and expandTo().
-.SH "int QTableSelection::anchorRow () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::anchorRow () const"
 Returns the anchor row of the selection.
 .PP
 See also anchorCol() and expandTo().
-.SH "int QTableSelection::bottomRow () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::bottomRow () const"
 Returns the bottom row of the selection.
 .PP
 See also topRow(), leftCol(), and rightCol().
-.SH "void QTableSelection::expandTo ( int row, int col )"
+.SH "void TQTableSelection::expandTo ( int row, int col )"
 Expands the selection to include cell \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. The new selection rectangle is the bounding rectangle of \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR and the previous selection rectangle. After calling this function the selection is active.
 .PP
 If you haven't called init(), this function does nothing.
 .PP
 See also init() and isActive().
-.SH "void QTableSelection::init ( int row, int col )"
+.SH "void TQTableSelection::init ( int row, int col )"
 Sets the selection anchor to cell \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR and the selection to only contain this cell. The selection is not active until expandTo() is called.
 .PP
 To extend the selection to include additional cells, call expandTo().
 .PP
 See also isActive().
-.SH "bool QTableSelection::isActive () const"
+.SH "bool TQTableSelection::isActive () const"
 Returns whether the selection is active or not. A selection is active after init() \fIand\fR expandTo() have been called.
-.SH "bool QTableSelection::isEmpty () const"
+.SH "bool TQTableSelection::isEmpty () const"
 Returns whether the selection is empty or not.
 .PP
 See also numRows() and numCols().
-.SH "int QTableSelection::leftCol () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::leftCol () const"
 Returns the left column of the selection.
 .PP
 See also topRow(), bottomRow(), and rightCol().
-.SH "int QTableSelection::numCols () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::numCols () const"
 Returns the number of columns in the selection.
 .PP
 See also numRows().
-.SH "int QTableSelection::numRows () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::numRows () const"
 Returns the number of rows in the selection.
 .PP
 See also numCols().
-.SH "bool QTableSelection::operator!= ( const QTableSelection & s ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTableSelection::operator!= ( const TQTableSelection & s ) const"
 Returns TRUE if \fIs\fR does not include the same cells as the selection; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "bool QTableSelection::operator== ( const QTableSelection & s ) const"
+.SH "bool TQTableSelection::operator== ( const TQTableSelection & s ) const"
 Returns TRUE if \fIs\fR includes the same cells as the selection; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "int QTableSelection::rightCol () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::rightCol () const"
 Returns the right column of the selection.
 .PP
 See also topRow(), bottomRow(), and leftCol().
-.SH "int QTableSelection::topRow () const"
+.SH "int TQTableSelection::topRow () const"
 Returns the top row of the selection.
 .PP
 See also bottomRow(), leftCol(), and rightCol().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qtableselection.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtableselection.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt
index bd7c8d06..225c595e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTabletEvent 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTabletEvent 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTabletEvent \- Parameters that describe a Tablet event
+TQTabletEvent \- Parameters that describe a Tablet event
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqevent.h>\fR
 .PP
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ Inherits TQEvent.
 .BI "enum \fBTabletDevice\fR { NoDevice = -1, Puck, Stylus, Eraser }"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTabletEvent\fR ( Type t, const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )"
+.BI "\fBTQTabletEvent\fR ( Type t, const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTabletEvent ( const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "TQTabletEvent ( const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBpressure\fR () const"
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ Inherits TQEvent.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTabletEvent class contains parameters that describe a Tablet event.
+The TQTabletEvent class contains parameters that describe a Tablet event.
 .PP
-Tablet Events are generated from a Wacom&copy; tablet. Most of the time you will want to deal with events from the tablet as if they were events from a mouse, for example retrieving the position with x(), y(), pos(), globalX(), globalY() and globalPos(). In some situations you may wish to retrieve the extra information provided by the tablet device driver, for example, you might want to adjust color brightness based on pressure. QTabletEvent allows you to get the pressure(), the xTilt() and yTilt(), as well as the type of device being used with device() (see TabletDevice).
+Tablet Events are generated from a Wacom&copy; tablet. Most of the time you will want to deal with events from the tablet as if they were events from a mouse, for example retrieving the position with x(), y(), pos(), globalX(), globalY() and globalPos(). In some situations you may wish to retrieve the extra information provided by the tablet device driver, for example, you might want to adjust color brightness based on pressure. TQTabletEvent allows you to get the pressure(), the xTilt() and yTilt(), as well as the type of device being used with device() (see TabletDevice).
 .PP
-A tablet event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the event. You should call QTabletEvent::accept() if you handle the tablet event; otherwise it will be sent to the parent widget.
+A tablet event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the event. You should call TQTabletEvent::accept() if you handle the tablet event; otherwise it will be sent to the parent widget.
 .PP
 The TQWidget::setEnabled() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
 .PP
@@ -80,24 +80,24 @@ The event handler TQWidget::tabletEvent() receives all three types of tablet eve
 .PP
 See also Event Classes.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QTabletEvent::TabletDevice"
+.SH "TQTabletEvent::TabletDevice"
 This enum defines what type of device is generating the event.
 .TP
-\fCQTabletEvent::NoDevice\fR - No device, or an unknown device.
+\fCTQTabletEvent::NoDevice\fR - No device, or an unknown device.
 .TP
-\fCQTabletEvent::Puck\fR - A Puck (a device that is similar to a flat mouse with a transparent circle with cross-hairs).
+\fCTQTabletEvent::Puck\fR - A Puck (a device that is similar to a flat mouse with a transparent circle with cross-hairs).
 .TP
-\fCQTabletEvent::Stylus\fR - A Stylus (the narrow end of the pen).
+\fCTQTabletEvent::Stylus\fR - A Stylus (the narrow end of the pen).
 .TP
-\fCQTabletEvent::Eraser\fR - An Eraser (the broad end of the pen).
+\fCTQTabletEvent::Eraser\fR - An Eraser (the broad end of the pen).
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent ( Type t, const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )"
+.SH "TQTabletEvent::TQTabletEvent ( Type t, const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )"
 Construct a tablet event of type \fIt\fR. The position of when the event occurred is given int \fIpos\fR and \fIglobalPos\fR. \fIdevice\fR contains the device type, \fIpressure\fR contains the pressure exerted on the \fIdevice\fR, \fIxTilt\fR and \fIyTilt\fR contain \fIdevice\fR's degree of tilt from the X and Y axis respectively. The \fIuId\fR contains an event id.
 .PP
 On Irix, \fIglobalPos\fR will contain the high-resolution coordinates received from the tablet device driver, instead of from the windowing system.
 .PP
 See also pos(), globalPos(), device(), pressure(), xTilt(), and yTilt().
-.SH "QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent ( const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )"
+.SH "TQTabletEvent::TQTabletEvent ( const TQPoint & pos, const TQPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair<int, int> & uId )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Constructs a tablet event object. The position when the event occurred is is given in \fIpos\fR and \fIglobalPos\fR. \fIdevice\fR contains the device type, \fIpressure\fR contains the pressure exerted on the \fIdevice\fR, \fIxTilt\fR and \fIyTilt\fR contain the \fIdevice\fR's degrees of tilt from the X and Y axis respectively. The \fIuId\fR contains an event id.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Constructs a tablet event object. The position when the event occurred is is giv
 On Irix, \fIglobalPos\fR will contain the high-resolution coordinates received from the tablet device driver, instead of from the windowing system.
 .PP
 See also pos(), globalPos(), device(), pressure(), xTilt(), and yTilt().
-.SH "void QTabletEvent::accept ()"
+.SH "void TQTabletEvent::accept ()"
 Sets the accept flag of the tablet event object.
 .PP
 Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of the event wants the tablet event. Unwanted tablet events are sent to the parent widget.
@@ -113,23 +113,23 @@ Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of the event wants the table
 The accept flag is set by default.
 .PP
 See also ignore().
-.SH "TabletDevice QTabletEvent::device () const"
+.SH "TabletDevice TQTabletEvent::device () const"
 Returns the type of device that generated the event. Useful if you want one end of the pen to do something different than the other.
 .PP
 See also TabletDevice.
-.SH "const TQPoint & QTabletEvent::globalPos () const"
+.SH "const TQPoint & TQTabletEvent::globalPos () const"
 Returns the global position of the device \fIat the time of the event\fR. This is important on asynchronous windows systems like X11; whenever you move your widgets around in response to mouse events, globalPos() can differ significantly from the current position QCursor::pos().
 .PP
 See also globalX() and globalY().
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::globalX () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::globalX () const"
 Returns the global x-position of the mouse pointer at the time of the event.
 .PP
 See also globalY() and globalPos().
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::globalY () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::globalY () const"
 Returns the global y-position of the mouse pointer at the time of the event.
 .PP
 See also globalX() and globalPos().
-.SH "void QTabletEvent::ignore ()"
+.SH "void TQTabletEvent::ignore ()"
 Clears the accept flag parameter of the tablet event object.
 .PP
 Clearing the accept flag indicates that the event receiver does not want the tablet event. Unwanted tablet events are sent to the parent widget.
@@ -137,37 +137,37 @@ Clearing the accept flag indicates that the event receiver does not want the tab
 The accept flag is set by default.
 .PP
 See also accept().
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::isAccepted () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::isAccepted () const"
 Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event handles the tablet event; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "const TQPoint & QTabletEvent::pos () const"
+.SH "const TQPoint & TQTabletEvent::pos () const"
 Returns the position of the device, relative to the widget that received the event.
 .PP
 If you move widgets around in response to mouse events, use globalPos() instead of this function.
 .PP
 See also x(), y(), and globalPos().
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::pressure () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::pressure () const"
 Returns the pressure that is exerted on the device. This number is a value from 0 (no pressure) to 255 (maximum pressure). The pressure is always scaled to be within this range no matter how many pressure levels the underlying hardware supports.
-.SH "TQPair<int, int> QTabletEvent::uniqueId ()"
+.SH "TQPair<int, int> TQTabletEvent::uniqueId ()"
 Returns a unique ID for the current device. It is possible to generate a unique ID for any Wacom&copy; device. This makes it possible to differentiate between multiple devices being used at the same time on the tablet. The \fCfirst\fR member contains a value for the type, the \fCsecond\fR member contains a physical ID obtained from the device. Each combination of these values is unique. Note: for different platforms, the \fCfirst\fR value is different due to different driver implementations.
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::x () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::x () const"
 Returns the x-position of the device, relative to the widget that received the event.
 .PP
 See also y() and pos().
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::xTilt () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::xTilt () const"
 Returns the difference from the perpendicular in the X Axis. Positive values are towards the tablet's physical right. The angle is in the range -60 to +60 degrees.
 .PP
 See also yTilt().
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::y () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::y () const"
 Returns the y-position of the device, relative to the widget that received the event.
 .PP
 See also x() and pos().
-.SH "int QTabletEvent::yTilt () const"
+.SH "int TQTabletEvent::yTilt () const"
 Returns the difference from the perpendicular in the Y Axis. Positive values are towards the bottom of the tablet. The angle is within the range -60 to +60 degrees.
 .PP
 See also xTilt().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qtabletevent.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtabletevent.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt
index 85cf45a9..4abdbd8a 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QTabWidget 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQTabWidget 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,16 +7,16 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QTabWidget \- Stack of tabbed widgets
+TQTabWidget \- Stack of tabbed widgets
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqtabwidget.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqtabwidget.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQWidget.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQTabWidget\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQTabWidget\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )"
@@ -160,20 +160,20 @@ Inherits TQWidget.
 .SS "Protected Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBsetTabBar\fR ( QTabBar * tb )"
+.BI "void \fBsetTabBar\fR ( TQTabBar * tb )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QTabBar * \fBtabBar\fR () const"
+.BI "TQTabBar * \fBtabBar\fR () const"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.
+The TQTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.
 .PP
 A tab widget provides a tab bar of tabs and a `page area' below (or above, see TabPosition) the tabs. Each tab is associated with a different widget (called a `page'). Only the current tab's page is shown in the page area; all the other tabs' pages are hidden. The user can show a different page by clicking on its tab or by pressing its Alt+\fIletter\fR accelerator if it has one.
 .PP
-The normal way to use QTabWidget is to do the following in the constructor: <ol type=1>
+The normal way to use TQTabWidget is to do the following in the constructor: <ol type=1>
 .IP 1
-Create a QTabWidget.
+Create a TQTabWidget.
 .IP 2
 Create a TQWidget for each of the pages in the tab dialog, insert children into it, set up geometry management for it and use addTab() (or insertTab()) to set up a tab and keyboard accelerator for it.
 .IP 3
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Connect to the signals and slots.
 .PP
 The position of the tabs is set with setTabPosition(), their shape with setTabShape(), and their margin with setMargin().
 .PP
-If you don't call addTab() and the QTabWidget is already visible, then the page you have created will not be visible. Don't confuse the object name you supply to the TQWidget constructor and the tab label you supply to addTab(). addTab() takes a name which indicates an accelerator and is meaningful and descriptive to the user, whereas the widget name is used primarily for debugging.
+If you don't call addTab() and the TQTabWidget is already visible, then the page you have created will not be visible. Don't confuse the object name you supply to the TQWidget constructor and the tab label you supply to addTab(). addTab() takes a name which indicates an accelerator and is meaningful and descriptive to the user, whereas the widget name is used primarily for debugging.
 .PP
 The signal currentChanged() is emitted when the user selects a page.
 .PP
@@ -191,9 +191,9 @@ You can change a tab's label and iconset using changeTab() or setTabLabel() and
 .PP
 Each tab is either enabled or disabled at any given time (see setTabEnabled()). If a tab is enabled, the tab text is drawn normally and the user can select that tab. If it is disabled, the tab is drawn in a different way and the user cannot select that tab. Note that even if a tab is disabled, the page can still be visible, for example if all of the tabs happen to be disabled.
 .PP
-Although tab widgets can be a very good way to split up a complex dialog, it's also very easy to get into a mess. See QTabDialog for some design hints. An alternative is to use a TQWidgetStack for which you provide some means of navigating between pages, for example, a TQToolBar or a QListBox.
+Although tab widgets can be a very good way to split up a complex dialog, it's also very easy to get into a mess. See TQTabDialog for some design hints. An alternative is to use a TQWidgetStack for which you provide some means of navigating between pages, for example, a TQToolBar or a TQListBox.
 .PP
-Most of the functionality in QTabWidget is provided by a QTabBar (at the top, providing the tabs) and a TQWidgetStack (most of the area, organizing the individual pages).
+Most of the functionality in TQTabWidget is provided by a TQTabBar (at the top, providing the tabs) and a TQWidgetStack (most of the area, organizing the individual pages).
 .PP
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
@@ -202,24 +202,24 @@ Most of the functionality in QTabWidget is provided by a QTabBar (at the top, pr
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-See also QTabDialog, TQToolBox, Advanced Widgets, and Organizers.
+See also TQTabDialog, TQToolBox, Advanced Widgets, and Organizers.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
-.SH "QTabWidget::TabPosition"
-This enum type defines where QTabWidget draws the tab row:
+.SH "TQTabWidget::TabPosition"
+This enum type defines where TQTabWidget draws the tab row:
 .TP
-\fCQTabWidget::Top\fR - above the pages
+\fCTQTabWidget::Top\fR - above the pages
 .TP
-\fCQTabWidget::Bottom\fR - below the pages
-.SH "QTabWidget::TabShape"
+\fCTQTabWidget::Bottom\fR - below the pages
+.SH "TQTabWidget::TabShape"
 This enum type defines the shape of the tabs:
 .TP
-\fCQTabWidget::Rounded\fR - rounded look (normal)
+\fCTQTabWidget::Rounded\fR - rounded look (normal)
 .TP
-\fCQTabWidget::Triangular\fR - triangular look (very unusual, included for completeness)
+\fCTQTabWidget::Triangular\fR - triangular look (very unusual, included for completeness)
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QTabWidget::QTabWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQTabWidget::TQTabWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a tabbed widget called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, and widget flags \fIf\fR.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 .PP
 The new page is \fIchild\fR; the tab's label is \fIlabel\fR. Note the difference between the widget name (which you supply to widget constructors and to setTabEnabled(), for example) and the tab label. The name is internal to the program and invariant, whereas the label is shown on-screen and may vary according to language and other factors.
@@ -234,37 +234,37 @@ See also insertTab().
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp and themes/themes.cpp.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 .PP
 This function is the same as addTab(), but with an additional \fIiconset\fR.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
-This is a low-level function for adding tabs. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a QTabBar subclass with an overridden QTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of QTab. The \fIchild\fR is the new page and \fItab\fR is the tab to put the \fIchild\fR on.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )"
+This is a low-level function for adding tabs. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a TQTabBar subclass with an overridden TQTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of TQTab. The \fIchild\fR is the new page and \fItab\fR is the tab to put the \fIchild\fR on.
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )"
 Defines a new \fIlabel\fR for page \fIw\fR's tab.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Defines a new \fIiconset\fR and a new \fIlabel\fR for page \fIw\fR's tab.
-.SH "TQWidget * QTabWidget::cornerWidget ( TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight ) const"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTabWidget::cornerWidget ( TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight ) const"
 Returns the widget shown in the \fIcorner\fR of the tab widget or 0.
-.SH "int QTabWidget::count () const"
+.SH "int TQTabWidget::count () const"
 Returns the number of tabs in the tab bar. See the "count" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::currentChanged ( TQWidget * )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::currentChanged ( TQWidget * )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted whenever the current page changes. The parameter is the new current page.
 .PP
 See also currentPage(), showPage(), and tabLabel().
-.SH "TQWidget * QTabWidget::currentPage () const"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTabWidget::currentPage () const"
 Returns a pointer to the page currently being displayed by the tab dialog. The tab dialog does its best to make sure that this value is never 0 (but if you try hard enough, it can be).
-.SH "int QTabWidget::currentPageIndex () const"
+.SH "int TQTabWidget::currentPageIndex () const"
 Returns the index position of the current tab page. See the "currentPage" property for details.
-.SH "int QTabWidget::indexOf ( TQWidget * w ) const"
+.SH "int TQTabWidget::indexOf ( TQWidget * w ) const"
 Returns the index position of page \fIw\fR, or -1 if the widget cannot be found.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 .PP
 The new page is \fIchild\fR; the tab's label is \fIlabel\fR. Note the difference between the widget name (which you supply to widget constructors and to setTabEnabled(), for example) and the tab label. The name is internal to the program and invariant, whereas the label is shown on-screen and may vary according to language and other factors.
@@ -276,87 +276,87 @@ If \fIindex\fR is not specified, the tab is simply appended. Otherwise it is ins
 If you call insertTab() after show(), the screen will flicker and the user may be confused.
 .PP
 See also addTab().
-.SH "void QTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 .PP
 This function is the same as insertTab(), but with an additional \fIiconset\fR.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
-This is a lower-level method for inserting tabs, similar to the other insertTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a QTabBar subclass with an overridden QTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of QTab. The \fIchild\fR is the new page, \fItab\fR is the tab to put the \fIchild\fR on and \fIindex\fR is the position in the tab bar that this page should occupy.
-.SH "bool QTabWidget::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const"
+This is a lower-level method for inserting tabs, similar to the other insertTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a TQTabBar subclass with an overridden TQTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of TQTab. The \fIchild\fR is the new page, \fItab\fR is the tab to put the \fIchild\fR on and \fIindex\fR is the position in the tab bar that this page should occupy.
+.SH "bool TQTabWidget::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const"
 Returns TRUE if the page \fIw\fR is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
-.SH "TQString QTabWidget::label ( int index ) const"
+.SH "TQString TQTabWidget::label ( int index ) const"
 Returns the label of the tab at index position \fIindex\fR or TQString::null if the \fIindex\fR is out of range.
-.SH "int QTabWidget::margin () const"
+.SH "int TQTabWidget::margin () const"
 Returns the margin in this tab widget. See the "margin" property for details.
-.SH "TQWidget * QTabWidget::page ( int index ) const"
+.SH "TQWidget * TQTabWidget::page ( int index ) const"
 Returns the tab page at index position \fIindex\fR or 0 if the \fIindex\fR is out of range.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::removePage ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::removePage ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Removes page \fIw\fR from this stack of widgets. Does not delete \fIw\fR.
 .PP
 See also addTab(), showPage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
-.SH "void QTabWidget::removeTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::removeTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w )"
 Removes the tab tool tip for page \fIw\fR. If the page does not have a tip, nothing happens.
 .PP
 See also setTabToolTip() and tabToolTip().
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setCornerWidget ( TQWidget * w, TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setCornerWidget ( TQWidget * w, TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight )"
 Sets widget \fIw\fR to be the shown in the specified \fIcorner\fR of the tab widget.
 .PP
 Only the horizontal element of the \fIcorner\fR will be used.
 .PP
 See also cornerWidget() and tabPosition.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setCurrentPage ( int )\fC [slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setCurrentPage ( int )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Sets the index position of the current tab page. See the "currentPage" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setMargin ( int )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setMargin ( int )"
 Sets the margin in this tab widget. See the "margin" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setTabBar ( QTabBar * tb )\fC [protected]\fR"
-Replaces the dialog's QTabBar heading with the tab bar \fItb\fR. Note that this must be called \fIbefore\fR any tabs have been added, or the behavior is undefined.
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setTabBar ( TQTabBar * tb )\fC [protected]\fR"
+Replaces the dialog's TQTabBar heading with the tab bar \fItb\fR. Note that this must be called \fIbefore\fR any tabs have been added, or the behavior is undefined.
 .PP
 See also tabBar().
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIw\fR is enabled; otherwise page \fIw\fR is disabled. The page's tab is redrawn appropriately.
 .PP
-QTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a separate flag.
+TQTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a separate flag.
 .PP
-Note that even a disabled tab/page may be visible. If the page is visible already, QTabWidget will not hide it; if all the pages are disabled, QTabWidget will show one of them.
+Note that even a disabled tab/page may be visible. If the page is visible already, TQTabWidget will not hide it; if all the pages are disabled, TQTabWidget will show one of them.
 .PP
 See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setTabIconSet ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setTabIconSet ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset )"
 Sets the iconset for page \fIw\fR to \fIiconset\fR.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setTabLabel ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & l )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setTabLabel ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & l )"
 Sets the tab label for page \fIw\fR to \fIl\fR
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setTabPosition ( TabPosition )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setTabPosition ( TabPosition )"
 Sets the position of the tabs in this tab widget. See the "tabPosition" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setTabShape ( TabShape s )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setTabShape ( TabShape s )"
 Sets the shape of the tabs in this tab widget to \fIs\fR. See the "tabShape" property for details.
-.SH "void QTabWidget::setTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & tip )"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::setTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & tip )"
 Sets the tab tool tip for page \fIw\fR to \fItip\fR.
 .PP
 See also removeTabToolTip() and tabToolTip().
-.SH "void QTabWidget::showPage ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTabWidget::showPage ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Ensures that page \fIw\fR is shown. This is useful mainly for accelerators.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR Used carelessly, this function can easily surprise or confuse the user.
 .PP
-See also QTabBar::currentTab.
-.SH "QTabBar * QTabWidget::tabBar () const\fC [protected]\fR"
-Returns the current QTabBar.
+See also TQTabBar::currentTab.
+.SH "TQTabBar * TQTabWidget::tabBar () const\fC [protected]\fR"
+Returns the current TQTabBar.
 .PP
 See also setTabBar().
-.SH "TQIconSet QTabWidget::tabIconSet ( TQWidget * w ) const"
+.SH "TQIconSet TQTabWidget::tabIconSet ( TQWidget * w ) const"
 Returns the iconset of page \fIw\fR or a null iconset if \fIw\fR is not a tab page or does not have an iconset.
-.SH "TQString QTabWidget::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w ) const"
+.SH "TQString TQTabWidget::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w ) const"
 Returns the label text for the tab on page \fIw\fR.
-.SH "TabPosition QTabWidget::tabPosition () const"
+.SH "TabPosition TQTabWidget::tabPosition () const"
 Returns the position of the tabs in this tab widget. See the "tabPosition" property for details.
-.SH "TabShape QTabWidget::tabShape () const"
+.SH "TabShape TQTabWidget::tabShape () const"
 Returns the shape of the tabs in this tab widget. See the "tabShape" property for details.
-.SH "TQString QTabWidget::tabToolTip ( TQWidget * w ) const"
+.SH "TQString TQTabWidget::tabToolTip ( TQWidget * w ) const"
 Returns the tab tool tip for page \fIw\fR or TQString::null if no tool tip has been set.
 .PP
 See also setTabToolTip() and removeTabToolTip().
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ This property holds the index position of the current tab page.
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setCurrentPage() and get this property's value with currentPageIndex().
 .PP
-See also QTabBar::currentTab.
+See also TQTabBar::currentTab.
 .SH "int margin"
 This property holds the margin in this tab widget.
 .PP
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Set this property's value with setMargin() and get this property's value with ma
 .SH "TabPosition tabPosition"
 This property holds the position of the tabs in this tab widget.
 .PP
-Possible values for this property are QTabWidget::Top and QTabWidget::Bottom.
+Possible values for this property are TQTabWidget::Top and TQTabWidget::Bottom.
 .PP
 See also TabPosition.
 .PP
@@ -392,14 +392,14 @@ Set this property's value with setTabPosition() and get this property's value wi
 .SH "TabShape tabShape"
 This property holds the shape of the tabs in this tab widget.
 .PP
-Possible values for this property are QTabWidget::Rounded (default) or QTabWidget::Triangular.
+Possible values for this property are TQTabWidget::Rounded (default) or TQTabWidget::Triangular.
 .PP
 See also TabShape.
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setTabShape() and get this property's value with tabShape().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqtabwidget.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqtabwidget.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt
index 3da294e9..a40978d2 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ TQTextEdit \- Powerful single-page rich text editor
 .PP
 Inherits TQScrollView.
 .PP
-Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, TQTextBrowser, and TQTextView.
+Inherited by TQMultiLineEdit, TQTextBrowser, and TQTextView.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ See also setSelection() and copyAvailable().
 .SH "void TQTextEdit::setAlignment ( int a )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the alignment of the current paragraph to \fIa\fR. Valid alignments are TQt::AlignLeft, TQt::AlignRight, TQt::AlignJustify and TQt::AlignCenter (which centers horizontally).
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QMultiLineEdit.
+Reimplemented in TQMultiLineEdit.
 .SH "void TQTextEdit::setAutoFormatting ( uint features )"
 Sets the enabled set of auto formatting features to \fIfeatures\fR. See the "autoFormatting" property for details.
 .SH "void TQTextEdit::setBold ( bool b )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt
index 3db56402..7cf57b29 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ If you create a new widget on an already visible TQToolBar, this widget will aut
 .PP
 TQToolBars, like QDockWindows, are located in QDockAreas or float as top-level windows. TQMainWindow provides four QDockAreas (top, left, right and bottom). When you create a new toolbar (as in the example above) as a child of a TQMainWindow the toolbar will be added to the top dock area. You can move it to another dock area (or float it) by calling TQMainWindow::moveDockWindow(). QDock areas lay out their windows in Lines.
 .PP
-If the main window is resized so that the area occupied by the toolbar is too small to show all its widgets a little arrow button (which looks like a right-pointing chevron, '&#187;') will appear at the right or bottom of the toolbar depending on its orientation. Clicking this button pops up a menu that shows the 'overflowing' items. TQToolButtons are represented in the menu using their textLabel property, other QButton subclasses are represented using their text property, and TQComboBoxes are represented as submenus, with the caption text being used in the submenu item.
+If the main window is resized so that the area occupied by the toolbar is too small to show all its widgets a little arrow button (which looks like a right-pointing chevron, '&#187;') will appear at the right or bottom of the toolbar depending on its orientation. Clicking this button pops up a menu that shows the 'overflowing' items. TQToolButtons are represented in the menu using their textLabel property, other TQButton subclasses are represented using their text property, and TQComboBoxes are represented as submenus, with the caption text being used in the submenu item.
 .PP
 Usually a toolbar will get precisely the space it needs. However, with setHorizontalStretchable(), setVerticalStretchable() or setStretchableWidget() you can tell the main window to expand the toolbar to fill all available space in the specified orientation.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt
index 746580a5..51e96a3f 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQToolBox \- Column of tabbed widget items
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqtoolbox.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ The current item widget is returned by currentItem() and set with setCurrentItem
 .PP
 The currentChanged() signal is emitted when the current item is changed.
 .PP
-See also QTabWidget and Advanced Widgets.
+See also TQTabWidget and Advanced Widgets.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "TQToolBox::TQToolBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs a toolbox called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR and flags \fIf\fR.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt
index 58007a99..0d576882 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQToolButton \- Quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqtoolbutton.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QButton.
+Inherits TQButton.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt
index afc163b5..ee62ee1e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ The simplest use of the class is like this:
 .PP
 </center>
 .PP
-See also QHBoxLayout, QGridLayout, the Layout overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
+See also QHBoxLayout, TQGridLayout, the Layout overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "QVBoxLayout::QVBoxLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a new top-level vertical box called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt
index d99fe0a8..d455e044 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt
@@ -7,11 +7,11 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QVButtonGroup \- Organizes QButton widgets in a vertical column
+QVButtonGroup \- Organizes TQButton widgets in a vertical column
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <ntqvbuttongroup.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QButtonGroup.
+Inherits TQButtonGroup.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ Inherits QButtonGroup.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QVButtonGroup widget organizes QButton widgets in a vertical column.
+The QVButtonGroup widget organizes TQButton widgets in a vertical column.
 .PP
-QVButtonGroup is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of QButtonGroup. Think of it as a QVBox that offers a frame with a title and is specifically designed for buttons.
+QVButtonGroup is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of TQButtonGroup. Think of it as a QVBox that offers a frame with a title and is specifically designed for buttons.
 .PP
 <center>
 .ce 1
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt
index 5fc7aa32..41a0efd5 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ TQWidget \- The base class of all user interface objects
 .PP
 Inherits TQObject and TQPaintDevice.
 .PP
-Inherited by QButton, QFrame, TQDialog, TQComboBox, TQDataBrowser, TQDataView, TQDateTimeEditBase, TQDateTimeEdit, TQDesktopWidget, TQDial, QDockArea, TQGLWidget, QHeader, TQMainWindow, QMotifWidget, QNPWidget, TQScrollBar, TQSizeGrip, TQSlider, TQSpinBox, QSplashScreen, TQStatusBar, QTabBar, QTabWidget, TQWorkspace, and QXtWidget.
+Inherited by TQButton, TQFrame, TQDialog, TQComboBox, TQDataBrowser, TQDataView, TQDateTimeEditBase, TQDateTimeEdit, TQDesktopWidget, TQDial, QDockArea, TQGLWidget, TQHeader, TQMainWindow, QMotifWidget, QNPWidget, TQScrollBar, TQSizeGrip, TQSlider, TQSpinBox, QSplashScreen, TQStatusBar, TQTabBar, TQTabWidget, TQWorkspace, and QXtWidget.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ Inherited by QButton, QFrame, TQDialog, TQComboBox, TQDataBrowser, TQDataView, T
 .BI "virtual void \fBimEndEvent\fR ( QIMEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBtabletEvent\fR ( QTabletEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBtabletEvent\fR ( TQTabletEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBdragEnterEvent\fR ( TQDragEnterEvent * )"
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ Non-top-level widgets are child widgets. These are child windows in their parent
 .PP
 If you want to use a TQWidget to hold child widgets you will probably want to add a layout to the parent TQWidget. (See Layouts.)
 .PP
-TQWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct functionality: for example, TQWidget has a font property, but never uses this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality, such as TQPushButton, QListBox and QTabDialog, etc.
+TQWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct functionality: for example, TQWidget has a font property, but never uses this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality, such as TQPushButton, TQListBox and TQTabDialog, etc.
 .SH "Groups of functions:"
 <center>.nf
 .TS
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ It is almost always useful to reimplement sizeHint() and to set the correct size
 If your widget is a top-level window, setCaption() and setIcon() set the title bar and icon respectively.
 .IP
 .PP
-See also TQEvent, TQPainter, QGridLayout, QBoxLayout, and Abstract Widget Classes.
+See also TQEvent, TQPainter, TQGridLayout, QBoxLayout, and Abstract Widget Classes.
 .SS "Member Type Documentation"
 .SH "TQWidget::BackgroundOrigin"
 This enum defines the origin used to draw a widget's background pixmap.
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive paint events.
 .PP
 A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of the widget. It can happen as a result of repaint() or update(), or because the widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or for many other reasons.
 .PP
-Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked to, but some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the requested region: TQPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization does not change the result, as painting is clipped to that region during event processing. QListView and TQCanvas do this, for example.
+Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked to, but some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the requested region: TQPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization does not change the result, as painting is clipped to that region during event processing. TQListView and TQCanvas do this, for example.
 .PP
 Qt also tries to speed up painting by merging multiple paint events into one. When update() is called several times or the window system sends several paint events, TQt merges these events into one event with a larger region (see TQRegion::unite()). repaint() does not permit this optimization, so we suggest using update() when possible.
 .PP
@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ See also event(), repaint(), update(), TQPainter, TQPixmap, and TQPaintEvent.
 Examples:
 .)l drawlines/connect.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, splitter/splitter.cpp, t8/cannon.cpp, and t9/cannon.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QButton, QFrame, TQGLWidget, TQSizeGrip, TQStatusBar, and QTabBar.
+Reimplemented in TQButton, TQFrame, TQGLWidget, TQSizeGrip, TQStatusBar, and TQTabBar.
 .SH "const TQPalette & TQWidget::palette () const"
 Returns the widget's palette. See the "palette" property for details.
 .SH "const TQColor & TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor () const"
@@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ If the new parent widget is in a different top-level widget, the reparented widg
 .PP
 If the new parent widget is in the same top-level widget as the old parent, reparent doesn't change the tab order or keyboard focus.
 .PP
-\fBWarning:\fR It is extremely unlikely that you will ever need this function. If you have a widget that changes its content dynamically, it is far easier to use TQWidgetStack or QWizard.
+\fBWarning:\fR It is extremely unlikely that you will ever need this function. If you have a widget that changes its content dynamically, it is far easier to use TQWidgetStack or TQWizard.
 .PP
 See also getWFlags().
 .PP
@@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ See also moveEvent(), event(), size, QResizeEvent, and paintEvent().
 Examples:
 .)l drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, tooltip/tooltip.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QFrame and TQGLWidget.
+Reimplemented in TQFrame and TQGLWidget.
 .SH "void TQWidget::scroll ( int dx, int dy )"
 Scrolls the widget including its children \fIdx\fR pixels to the right and \fIdy\fR downwards. Both \fIdx\fR and \fIdy\fR may be negative.
 .PP
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ See also focusProxy().
 .SH "void TQWidget::setFont ( const TQFont & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the font currently set for the widget. See the "font" property for details.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in TQComboBox, TQLabel, and QTabDialog.
+Reimplemented in TQComboBox, TQLabel, and TQTabDialog.
 .SH "void TQWidget::setFont ( const TQFont & f, bool )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
@@ -2363,14 +2363,14 @@ Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its GUI style change
 The default implementation updates the widget including its geometry.
 .PP
 See also QApplication::setStyle(), style(), update(), and updateGeometry().
-.SH "void TQWidget::tabletEvent ( QTabletEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWidget::tabletEvent ( TQTabletEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive tablet events for the widget.
 .PP
 If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you ignore() the event if you do not handle it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
 .PP
 The default implementation ignores the event.
 .PP
-See also QTabletEvent::ignore(), QTabletEvent::accept(), event(), and QTabletEvent.
+See also TQTabletEvent::ignore(), TQTabletEvent::accept(), event(), and TQTabletEvent.
 .SH "WFlags TQWidget::testWFlags ( WFlags f ) const"
 Returns the bitwise AND of the widget flags and \fIf\fR.
 .PP
@@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ setPaletteBackgroundColor() reads this property to determine which entry of the
 .PP
 For most widgets the default suffices (PaletteBackground, typically gray), but some need to use PaletteBase (the background color for text output, typically white) or another role.
 .PP
-QListBox, which is "sunken" and uses the base color to contrast with its environment, does this in its constructor:
+TQListBox, which is "sunken" and uses the base color to contrast with its environment, does this in its constructor:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ This property holds the default layout behavior of the widget.
 .PP
 If there is a QLayout that manages this widget's children, the size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such QLayout, the result of this function is used.
 .PP
-The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as TQLineEdit, TQSpinBox or an editable TQComboBox) and other horizontally orientated widgets (such as QProgressBar). TQToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as TQSlider, TQScrollBar or QHeader) specify stretching in the respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scrollbars (usually subclasses of TQScrollView) tend to specify that they can use additional space, and that they can make do with less than sizeHint().
+The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as TQLineEdit, TQSpinBox or an editable TQComboBox) and other horizontally orientated widgets (such as TQProgressBar). TQToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as TQSlider, TQScrollBar or TQHeader) specify stretching in the respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scrollbars (usually subclasses of TQScrollView) tend to specify that they can use additional space, and that they can make do with less than sizeHint().
 .PP
 See also sizeHint, QLayout, TQSizePolicy, and updateGeometry().
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt
index f250240c..e40eea6e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Returns the name of the include file that \fIQt Designer\fR and \fCuic\fR should
 .PP
 The default implementation returns TQString::null.
 .SH "bool TQWidgetPlugin::isContainer ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Returns TRUE if the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR can contain other widgets, e.g. like QFrame; otherwise returns FALSE.
+Returns TRUE if the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR can contain other widgets, e.g. like TQFrame; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 The default implementation returns FALSE.
 .SH "TQStringList TQWidgetPlugin::keys () const\fC [pure virtual]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt
index 08601ac8..bbc5bd41 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ TQWidgetStack \- Stack of widgets of which only the top widget is user-visible
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include <tqwidgetstack.h>\fR
 .PP
-Inherits QFrame.
+Inherits TQFrame.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -73,20 +73,20 @@ visibleWidget() is the \fIget\fR equivalent of raiseWidget(); it returns a point
 .PP
 TQWidgetStack also provides the ability to manipulate widgets through application-specified integer IDs. You can also translate from widget pointers to IDs using id() and from IDs to widget pointers using widget(). These numeric IDs are unique (per TQWidgetStack, not globally), but TQWidgetStack does not attach any additional meaning to them.
 .PP
-The default widget stack is frameless, but you can use the usual QFrame functions (such as setFrameStyle()) to add a frame.
+The default widget stack is frameless, but you can use the usual TQFrame functions (such as setFrameStyle()) to add a frame.
 .PP
 TQWidgetStack provides a signal, aboutToShow(), which is emitted just before a managed widget is shown.
 .PP
-See also QTabDialog, QTabBar, QFrame, and Organizers.
+See also TQTabDialog, TQTabBar, TQFrame, and Organizers.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "TQWidgetStack::TQWidgetStack ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs an empty widget stack.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .SH "TQWidgetStack::TQWidgetStack ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f )"
 Constructs an empty widget stack.
 .PP
-The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor.
+The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 .SH "TQWidgetStack::~TQWidgetStack ()"
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
 .SH "void TQWidgetStack::aboutToShow ( int )\fC [signal]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt
index 7fc09aa8..470433de 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QWizard 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQWizard 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QWizard \- Framework for wizard dialogs
+TQWizard \- Framework for wizard dialogs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include <ntqwizard.h>\fR
+\fC#include <tqwizard.h>\fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQDialog.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQWizard\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQWizard\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QWizard\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQWizard\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBaddPage\fR ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )"
@@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ Inherits TQDialog.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QWizard class provides a framework for wizard dialogs.
+The TQWizard class provides a framework for wizard dialogs.
 .PP
 A wizard is a special type of input dialog that consists of a sequence of dialog pages. A wizard's purpose is to walk the user through a process step by step. Wizards are useful for complex or infrequently occurring tasks that people may find difficult to learn or do.
 .PP
-QWizard provides page titles and displays Next, Back, Finish, Cancel, and Help push buttons, as appropriate to the current position in the page sequence. These buttons can be enabled/disabled using setBackEnabled(), setNextEnabled(), setFinishEnabled() and setHelpEnabled().
+TQWizard provides page titles and displays Next, Back, Finish, Cancel, and Help push buttons, as appropriate to the current position in the page sequence. These buttons can be enabled/disabled using setBackEnabled(), setNextEnabled(), setFinishEnabled() and setHelpEnabled().
 .PP
 Create and populate dialog pages that inherit from TQWidget and add them to the wizard using addPage(). Use insertPage() to add a dialog page at a certain position in the page sequence. Use removePage() to remove a page from the page sequence.
 .PP
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Use currentPage() to retrieve a pointer to the currently displayed page. page()
 .PP
 Use pageCount() to retrieve the total number of pages in the page sequence. indexOf() will return the index of a page in the page sequence.
 .PP
-QWizard provides functionality to mark pages as appropriate (or not) in the current context with setAppropriate(). The idea is that a page may be irrelevant and should be skipped depending on the data entered by the user on a preceding page.
+TQWizard provides functionality to mark pages as appropriate (or not) in the current context with setAppropriate(). The idea is that a page may be irrelevant and should be skipped depending on the data entered by the user on a preceding page.
 .PP
 It is generally considered good design to provide a greater number of simple pages with fewer choices rather than a smaller number of complex pages.
 .PP
@@ -156,104 +156,104 @@ Example code is available here: wizard/wizard.cpp wizard/wizard.h
 .ce 1
 .B "[Image Omitted]"
 .PP
-</center> <blockquote><p align="center">\fI A QWizard page \fR</p> </blockquote>
+</center> <blockquote><p align="center">\fI A TQWizard page \fR</p> </blockquote>
 .PP
 See also Abstract Widget Classes, Dialog Classes, and Organizers.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QWizard::QWizard ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
+.SH "TQWizard::TQWizard ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )"
 Constructs an empty wizard dialog. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the TQDialog constructor.
-.SH "QWizard::~QWizard ()"
+.SH "TQWizard::~TQWizard ()"
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources, including all pages and controllers.
-.SH "void QWizard::addPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::addPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Adds \fIpage\fR to the end of the page sequence, with the title, \fItitle\fR.
-.SH "bool QWizard::appropriate ( TQWidget * page ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Called when the Next button is clicked; this virtual function returns TRUE if \fIpage\fR is relevant for display in the current context; otherwise it is ignored by QWizard and returns FALSE. The default implementation returns the value set using setAppropriate(). The ultimate default is TRUE.
+.SH "bool TQWizard::appropriate ( TQWidget * page ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Called when the Next button is clicked; this virtual function returns TRUE if \fIpage\fR is relevant for display in the current context; otherwise it is ignored by TQWizard and returns FALSE. The default implementation returns the value set using setAppropriate(). The ultimate default is TRUE.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR The last page of the wizard will be displayed if no page is relevant in the current context.
-.SH "void QWizard::back ()\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::back ()\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 Called when the user clicks the Back button; this function shows the preceding relevant page in the sequence.
 .PP
 See also appropriate().
-.SH "TQPushButton * QWizard::backButton () const"
+.SH "TQPushButton * TQWizard::backButton () const"
 Returns a pointer to the dialog's Back button
 .PP
-By default, this button is connected to the back() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass. Use setBackEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
-.SH "TQPushButton * QWizard::cancelButton () const"
+By default, this button is connected to the back() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use setBackEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
+.SH "TQPushButton * TQWizard::cancelButton () const"
 Returns a pointer to the dialog's Cancel button
 .PP
-By default, this button is connected to the TQDialog::reject() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass.
-.SH "TQWidget * QWizard::currentPage () const"
+By default, this button is connected to the TQDialog::reject() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass.
+.SH "TQWidget * TQWizard::currentPage () const"
 Returns a pointer to the current page in the sequence. Although the wizard does its best to make sure that this value is never 0, it can be if you try hard enough.
-.SH "TQPushButton * QWizard::finishButton () const"
+.SH "TQPushButton * TQWizard::finishButton () const"
 Returns a pointer to the dialog's Finish button
 .PP
-By default, this button is connected to the TQDialog::accept() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass. Use setFinishEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
-.SH "void QWizard::help ()\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+By default, this button is connected to the TQDialog::accept() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use setFinishEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
+.SH "void TQWizard::help ()\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 Called when the user clicks the Help button, this function emits the helpClicked() signal.
-.SH "TQPushButton * QWizard::helpButton () const"
+.SH "TQPushButton * TQWizard::helpButton () const"
 Returns a pointer to the dialog's Help button
 .PP
-By default, this button is connected to the help() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass. Use setHelpEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
-.SH "void QWizard::helpClicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
+By default, this button is connected to the help() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use setHelpEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
+.SH "void TQWizard::helpClicked ()\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the user clicks on the Help button.
-.SH "int QWizard::indexOf ( TQWidget * page ) const"
+.SH "int TQWizard::indexOf ( TQWidget * page ) const"
 Returns the position of page \fIpage\fR. If the page is not part of the wizard -1 is returned.
-.SH "void QWizard::insertPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::insertPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Inserts \fIpage\fR at position \fIindex\fR into the page sequence, with title \fItitle\fR. If \fIindex\fR is -1, the page will be appended to the end of the wizard's page sequence.
-.SH "void QWizard::layOutButtonRow ( QHBoxLayout * layout )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::layOutButtonRow ( QHBoxLayout * layout )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This virtual function is responsible for adding the buttons below the bottom divider.
 .PP
 \fIlayout\fR is the horizontal layout of the entire wizard.
-.SH "void QWizard::layOutTitleRow ( QHBoxLayout * layout, const TQString & title )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::layOutTitleRow ( QHBoxLayout * layout, const TQString & title )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This virtual function is responsible for laying out the title row.
 .PP
 \fIlayout\fR is the horizontal layout for the wizard, and \fItitle\fR is the title for this page. This function is called every time \fItitle\fR changes.
-.SH "void QWizard::next ()\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::next ()\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR"
 Called when the user clicks the Next button, this function shows the next relevant page in the sequence.
 .PP
 See also appropriate().
-.SH "TQPushButton * QWizard::nextButton () const"
+.SH "TQPushButton * TQWizard::nextButton () const"
 Returns a pointer to the dialog's Next button
 .PP
-By default, this button is connected to the next() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass. Use setNextEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
-.SH "TQWidget * QWizard::page ( int index ) const"
+By default, this button is connected to the next() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use setNextEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
+.SH "TQWidget * TQWizard::page ( int index ) const"
 Returns a pointer to the page at position \fIindex\fR in the sequence, or 0 if \fIindex\fR is out of range. The first page has index 0.
-.SH "int QWizard::pageCount () const"
+.SH "int TQWizard::pageCount () const"
 Returns the number of pages in the wizard.
-.SH "void QWizard::removePage ( TQWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Removes \fIpage\fR from the page sequence but does not delete the page. If \fIpage\fR is currently being displayed, QWizard will display the page that precedes it, or the first page if this was the first page.
-.SH "void QWizard::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::removePage ( TQWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Removes \fIpage\fR from the page sequence but does not delete the page. If \fIpage\fR is currently being displayed, TQWizard will display the page that precedes it, or the first page if this was the first page.
+.SH "void TQWizard::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR"
 This signal is emitted when the current page changes. The parameter contains the title of the selected page.
-.SH "void QWizard::setAppropriate ( TQWidget * page, bool appropriate )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setAppropriate ( TQWidget * page, bool appropriate )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 If \fIappropriate\fR is TRUE then page \fIpage\fR is considered relevant in the current context and should be displayed in the page sequence; otherwise \fIpage\fR should not be displayed in the page sequence.
 .PP
 See also appropriate().
-.SH "void QWizard::setBackEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setBackEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Back button; otherwise \fIpage\fR has no Back button. By default all pages have this button.
-.SH "void QWizard::setFinish ( TQWidget *, bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setFinish ( TQWidget *, bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Use setFinishEnabled instead
-.SH "void QWizard::setFinishEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setFinishEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Finish button; otherwise \fIpage\fR has no Finish button. By default \fIno\fR page has this button.
-.SH "void QWizard::setHelpEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setHelpEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Help button; otherwise \fIpage\fR has no Help button. By default all pages have this button.
-.SH "void QWizard::setNextEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setNextEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Next button; otherwise the Next button on \fIpage\fR is disabled. By default all pages have this button.
-.SH "void QWizard::setTitle ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setTitle ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )"
 Sets the title for page \fIpage\fR to \fItitle\fR.
-.SH "void QWizard::setTitleFont ( const TQFont & )"
+.SH "void TQWizard::setTitleFont ( const TQFont & )"
 Sets the font used for page titles. See the "titleFont" property for details.
-.SH "void QWizard::showPage ( TQWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWizard::showPage ( TQWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Makes \fIpage\fR the current page and emits the selected() signal.
 .PP
-This virtual function is called whenever a different page is to be shown, including the first time the QWizard is shown. By reimplementing it (and calling QWizard::showPage()), you can prepare each page prior to it being shown.
+This virtual function is called whenever a different page is to be shown, including the first time the TQWizard is shown. By reimplementing it (and calling TQWizard::showPage()), you can prepare each page prior to it being shown.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l distributor/distributor.ui.h and wizard/wizard.cpp.
-.SH "TQString QWizard::title ( TQWidget * page ) const"
+.SH "TQString TQWizard::title ( TQWidget * page ) const"
 Returns the title of page \fIpage\fR.
-.SH "TQFont QWizard::titleFont () const"
+.SH "TQFont TQWizard::titleFont () const"
 Returns the font used for page titles. See the "titleFont" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
 .SH "TQFont titleFont"
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ The default is QApplication::font().
 Set this property's value with setTitleFont() and get this property's value with titleFont().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqwizard.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqwizard.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the